Home

OPERATION MANUAL Ethernet Units

1. Using Socket Services with CMND 490 Section 6 3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 D03000 UDP io REQUEST response 2703H SPa pse D03010 UDP SEND REQUEST results storage area Re No of sponse send code bytes 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 D04000 UDP RECEIVE REQUEST command data 2702H 0001H 820FH B400H 0064H 0000H a Loo Timeout value Not set No of bytes to receive 100 bytes 0064hex Results storage area set to D04020 OFB4 UDP socket number used Command code 0 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 D04010 UDP PECENE REQUEST response 2702H obde D04020 UDP RECEIVE REQUEST results storage area Ens Source IP a eee Receive data 100 bytes 0064 code address number receive CIO Area The following bits and flags are used to control CMND 490 execution The bits in CIO 0000 are used to signal execution the bits in CIO 0001 are used to signal errors and the bits in CIO 0002 are used to control the program so that the instruction is executed only once 15 to 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 UDP UDP UDP UDP CIO 0000 Receive Send Close Open Bit Bit Bit Bit UDP UDP UDP UDP CIO 0001 Receive Send Close Open Error Error Error Error Flag Flag Flag Flag UDP UDP UDP UDP CIO 0002 Receiving Sending Closing Opening Flag Flag Flag Flag 156 Using Socket Services with CMND 490 Section 6 3 Programming Example
2. 1 2 3 1 The remote node returns ACK when data is received normally 2 The local node sends the next data after it receives ACK or it resends the same data if ACK is not returned within the specified time Transmitted data Send L j Receive ss ag ACK acknowledge lee gh Resent data Local node Remote node UDP Communications With the TCP protocol the remote IP address and remote TCP port number are specified when an open request is made for a socket When a send request is made the number of bytes to send and the send data are specified When a receive request is made the number of bytes to receive is specified With the TCP protocol communications with another remote device are not possible until the socket that was opened has been closed Data is simply sent to the remote Unlike TCP the reception of data is not checked and data is not resent To increase communication reliability data resends must be programmed by the user in user application Transmitted data Send Receive request E iO Dotan cece Roky a a ees request made ACK acknowledge only when made processed by application Local node Remote node 106 With the UDP protocol the remote IP address and remote TCP port number are not specified when an open request is made for a socket When a send request is made the remote IP address the remote TCP port number the number of bytes
3. 000 122 6 2 4 UDP TCP Socket Status 0 00 0 0 2 eee eee eee 125 6 2 5 Application Procedure 0 0 eee eee eee 126 6 2 6 Socket Services and Socket Status 00 127 6 2 7 Timing Charts 0 s ai emni e a EA E a 128 6 2 8 TCP IP Communications Programming Example 130 6 2 9 UDP IP Communications Programming Example 134 6 3 Using Socket Services with CMND 490 2 0 cee eee 139 6 3 1 UDP TCP Socket Status 00 0 a eee eee 140 6 3 2 Socket Services and Socket Status 000 143 6 3 3 Communications Timing Chart 00 144 6 3 4 Socket Service Timing Chart 00 0 0000 144 6 3 5 TCP IP Communications Programming Example 146 6 3 6 UDP IP Communications Programming Example 153 103 Overview Section 6 1 6 1 Overview 6 1 1 Socket Service Functions The socket services allow devices on the Ethernet to send and receive vari ous data using the UDP or TCP protocol The socket services can be used by CS CJ series PCs through the user program by manipulating dedicated bits called Socket Service Request Switches or by executing the CMND 490 instruction The two methods of using the socket services are as follows e Dedicated Bits Socket Service Request Switches Requests can be made to a socket service by setting parameters and then merely mani
4. 0001H 0110H 0000H 0032H Response monitor time 5 s Ld a Port number Port 0 Remote Ethernet Unit designation L Network address 01hex Node number 01 nex Unit address 1Ohex Number bytes to receive 4 bytes Number of bytes to send 18 001 2hex D00010 CMN 0008H D 490 control data for TCP CLOSE REQUEST 0004H 0001H 0110H 0000H 0032H Number bytes to receive 4 bytes Number of bytes to send 8 bytes 147 Using Socket Services with CMND 490 Section 6 3 148 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 D00020 CMND 490 control data for TCP SEND REQUEST OO6EH 0004H 0001H 0110H 0000H 0032H i Number bytes to receive 4 bytes Number of bytes to send 110 006Ehex bytes Command format 10 bytes 100 bytes send data 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 D00030 CMND 490 control data for TCP RECEIVE REQUEST 000CH 0004H 0001H 0110H 0000H 0032H Number bytes to receive 4 bytes Number of bytes to send 12 bytes 000Chex Number of bytes received specified in command data 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 D01000 TCP PASSIVE OPEN REQUEST comm
5. Section 6 describes the functionality provided by the Ethernet Unit via the socket services Section 7 describes the functions provided by the FTP server Section 8 explains the Ethernet Unit s mail function Section 9 describes functions that allow you to test communications Section 10 describes information and procedures that can be used to troubleshoot problems that sometimes occur with Ethernet Unit and Ethernet communications Section 11 describes the FINS commands that can be sent to an Ethernet Unit and the responses that are returned by the Ethernet Unit Various Appendices are provided for reference Refer to the table of contents for a list of the appendi ces N WARNING Failure to read and understand the information provided in this manual may result in per sonal injury or death damage to the product or product failure Please read each section in its entirety and be sure you understand the information provided in the section and related sections before attempting any of the procedures or operations given xii Read and Understand this Manual Please read and understand this manual before using the product Please consult your OMRON representative if you have any questions or comments Warranty and Limitations of Liability WARRANTY OMRON s exclusive warranty is that the products are free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of one year or other period if specified f
6. UDP packet issued by user program 81 Procedure Before Using FINS Communications Section 5 2 5 2 Procedure Before Using FINS Communications Determine the address conversion method for the destination IP address IP Address Table Converted from table of corre spondences between FINS node numbers and IP addresses Automatic Generation Automatically converted from FINS node number Combined Method IP address table is referenced if IP address is not registered then it is converted from FINS node number Select the IP table address method for the address conver sion method in the System Set up and create an IP address table Select the combined method for the address conversion method in the System Setup and create an IP address table Set the IP address see note so that the host number s least significant byte the FINS node number Determine the FINS UDP port number In the System Setup select user defined as the method for specifying the FINS UDP port number Is the FINS UDP port number other than 9600 Set the FINS UDP port number Set the FINS UDP port numbers for all Ethernet Units on the for all of the Ethernet Units on Ethernet network to the default the Ethernet network to the of 9600 same value Determine the network configuration Communications with PC on local netw
7. 000020000 96 3 5 BINS Server cs t scien coe ga A a T E sae ARASA wee E eens 102 SECTION 6 Socket ServicesS ccc ccc cece cc ccccccccceee 103 6 1 OVERVIEW os ns este el Nhe DR he erect ede Shier Seg hae Ged 104 6 2 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches 112 6 3 Using Socket Services with CMND 490 2 0 2 cece eee eee 139 SECTION 7 FTP Server 325 o8 deh oe eo hee eee eee eee LOL TA SOVERVICW So secon edie ets esis Slee ah oad eee he Ia A Sale eo eS es 162 7 2 Setting Login Names and Passwords 0 000 c cece ee eee ee 163 Ty Using Fil Memory eenia cot hiekan eae anes E OERA 163 7 4 FTP Server Application Example 0 0 0 0 eee eee eee eee 167 7 5 Using FTP Commands 0 0 0 cee eee 168 7 6 UNIX Application Example 0 0 00 0 eee eee eee 174 SECTION 8 Mail cigi cit E E E ieee eeelemies LTT 8 1 Overview of Mail Function 0 00 0 eee 178 amp 2 Sending Mail ie a cea ie sl ae Sea Sa el Bee ae os Ges 182 8 3 Mail Examiple 05 i t0 56 ge cb ee hey dae eee tee eed ede 182 SECTION 9 Testing Communications eeeeeeeeeeee 185 9 1 Communications Testing Functions 00 0 0 eee ee eee ee eee 186 9 2 PING Command 0 erao ein cece eee 186 9 3 Internode Test wisgo eini sa nen eee ea Pel oe a aE tho a ed 187 viii SECTION 10 Troubleshooting 4 siiiee ccs nec elie eck oe e
8. Response Meaning code 0000 Normal end 0105 Local IP address setting error 0302 CPU Unit error cannot execute 1100 UDP socket number is not 1 to 8 or local UDP port number is 0 110C Request Switch turned ON during other processing 220F Specified socket is already open 2211 Unit is busy cannot execute 2606 Specified socket is already open as TCP socket cannot open UDP socket 2607 Specified Socket Service Parameter Area is already being used for another socket 003E Internal buffer cannot be obtained due to high reception traffic ENOBUFS 0049 The same UDP port number has been specified more than once EADDRINUSE 0081 The specified socket was closed during open processing UDP Socket Receive Request Response Meaning code Normal end CPU Unit error cannot execute Number of bytes to receive is not in allowable range The area designation of the Send Receive Data Address is not in allowable range The bit number in the Send Receive Data Address is not 00 Request Switch turned ON during other processing Specified socket is already processing a receive request The specified socket is not open Unit is busy cannot execute Specified Socket Service Parameter Area is already being used for another socket Internal buffer cannot be obtained due to high reception traffic ENOBUFS Internal memory cannot be obtained cannot execute Reception request timeout The specified socket was closed du
9. Continued on next page 136 UDP Open When the UDP Open Bit CIO 000000 turns ON the UDP Open Error Flag CIO 000100 is turned OFF and the UDP Opening Flag CIO 000200 is turned ON to initialize pro cessing When the UDP Opening Flag CIO 000200 turns ON the following parameters are written to the parameter area for socket number 1 D30018 0001 Hex UDP TCP socket No 1 D30019 1000 Hex Local UDP TCP port No 4096 After the parameters have been set the UDP Open Re quest Switch CIO 151900 is turned ON and the UDP Opening Flag CIO 000200 is turned OFF If the UDP Open Request Switch CIO 151900 turns OFF while the UDP Opening Flag CIO 000200 is OFF the contents of the response code D30027 in the Socket Service Parameter Area is checked and if it is not 0000 Hex normal end the UDP Open Error Flag CIO 000100 is turned ON After the execution results have been checked the UDP Open Bit CIO 000000 is turned OFF UDP Close When the UDP Close Bit CIO 000001 turns ON the UDP Close Error Flag CIO 000101 is turned OFF and the UDP Closing Flag CIO 000201 is turned ON to initialize processing When the UDP Closing Flag CIO 000201 turns ON the following parameter is written to the parameter area for socket number 1 D30018 0001 Hex UDP TCP socket No 1 After the parameter has been set the Close Request Switch CIO 151905 is turned ON and the UDP Closing Flag CIO 000201 is tur
10. Source data Ethernet Unit Receiving Node Receiving User Program 1 472 bytes __Data A 4 First receive request i 1 984 bytes Data B J Data A Data B 512 bytes i 2 3 As shown above the UDP protocol handles data communications as data grams so that the send data is restored to the original data before being passed to the user program Consequently if the data length in the receive request is set to the length of the send data the entire data can be received using a single receive data request However if the data length in the receive 109 Overview Section 6 1 data request is set smaller than the actual length of the data all received data exceeding the set data length will be discarded 6 1 8 Maximum Transmission Delays The transmission delays for socket service is calculated as the sum of the communications processing times for both nodes Transmission delay Remote node send processing time Local node re ceive processing time Local node send processing time Remote node receive processing time Calculate the maximum Ethernet Unit transmission delays for sending and receiving using the following formulas These times are the same for both UDP and TCP Note The delay times calculated here ignore delays that can occur on the Ethernet network Actual delays can be much longer depending on actual conditions on the network Delay T
11. UDP socket reception request buffers 8 x 9 016 max ee TCP socket reception request buffers 8 x 4 096 max 77 FTP service reception buffer 4 096 bytes FINS reception buffer 16 383 bytes max See note 1 See note 1 N FINS send buffer 9 000 bytes max FTP service send buffer 4 096 bytes TCP socket send request buffers 8 x 4 096 max UDP socket send request buffers 8 x 9 000 max SN See notea j ge Z See note 2 IP packet input queue 50 max x 1 500 bytes IP packet output queue 50 max x 1 500 bytes Network memory 196K bytes Communications Network controller 263 Buffer Configuration Appendix C Network Memory Most of the buffers used for communications servicing by the Ethernet Unit are administered in a buffer config uration called network memory Network memory consists of 196K bytes of memory divided into short and long buffers The use of short and long buffers is determined by the status of the various services when the Ethernet Unit is running The capacity of all buffers cannot be used due to limits in the mounted memory capacity The status of the short and long buffers can be accessed by execution the FINS command MEMORY STATUS READ 2763 Note 1 Thestatus of UDP and TCP so
12. Describes the use of Serial Communications Units and Boards to per form serial communications with external devices including the usage of standard system protocols for OMRON products Serial Communications Boards and Serial Communications Units Operation Manual This manual contains the following sections Section 1 introduces the overall structure of an Ethernet network outlines the features of the Ethernet Unit describes the communications protocols used by an Ethernet network and provides basic pre cautions for use of an Ethernet network Section 2 provides an overview of the communications functions that can be used with the Ethernet Unit Section 3 explains how to install the Ethernet Unit and make the initial settings required for operation Section 4 explains the system setup and the words allocated in the CIO Area and the DM Area for Ethernet Unit operations Section 5 provides information on communicating on Ethernet networks and interconnected networks using FINS commands The information provided in the section deals only with FINS communications in reference to Ethernet Units FINS commands issued from a PC are sent via the SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 instructions programmed into the user ladder diagram program Refer to the CS CJU series CS1G H CPULIL E CJ1G CPU Programmable Controllers Instruction Refer ence Manual W340 for further details on programming these instructions
13. Request Switch Response Code Receiving Flag Open Send or Receive Force close Switch Opening Sending or Closing Flag Open Flag Escada addline es Request Switch Request i turned ON accepted Close request accepted Not synced with Force close Request Switches Switch turned ON Note The Open Flag will not turn ON at all if a force close request is made during open processing 129 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 6 2 8 TCP IP Communications Programming Example The following programming example illustrates transferring 100 bytes of data between an Ethernet Unit and a host computer using TCP IP communica tions System Configuration The programming example uses the following system configuration For the TCP connection the Ethernet Unit uses a passive open and the host com puter uses an active open Host computer Ethernet Unit IP address 196 36 32 55 IP address 196 36 32 101 Port number 4096 Port number 4096 Data Flow The data will flow between the CPU Unit Ethernet Unit and host computer as shown in the following diagram Line Ethernet CPU Unit Host computer Ethernet Unit Execution bits turned OFF Request Switches and ex Sent to line ecution bits turned ON i See note Processing in host computer Note Here execution bits refer to CIO 000000 to CIO 000003 which are used in the ladder diagram to control execution of c
14. 4 3 2 1 0 Lead i S m 17 L User mail status Periodic mail status Error log mail status 273 CPU Bus Unit Allocations in the CPU Unit Appendix F Socket Services Parameter Area 1 to 8 Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit Offset Socket Socket No 1 No 8 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 0 m 18 g m 88 UDP TCP socket number 1 to 8 1 m 19 m 89 Local UDP TCP port number 0000 to FFFF Hex 2 m 20 m 90 Remote IP address 00000000 to FFFFFFFF Hex m 21 m 91 4 m 22 e m 92 Remote UDP TCP port number 0000 to FFFF Hex 5 m 23 m 93 Number of send receive bytes 0000 to 07C0 Hex 1984 6 m 24 m 94 Send receive data address m 25 m 95 Same as FINS variable area designation method 8 m 26 m 96 Timeout value 0000 to FFFF Hex 9 m 27 m 97 Response code IP Address Display Area CS Series 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 m 98 swi swe2 SW3 sw4 m 99 SW5 i swe i SW7 sws The set values of the Local IP Address Switches rotary switches 1 to 8 on the back of the Ethernet Unit are read and stored here when the power is turned ON or the Ethernet Unit is restarted If an incorrect address is set 0000 Hex will be stored here and the ERC indicator will flash Refer to Setting the Local IP Address IP Address Display Setting Area CJ Series 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 m 98 0 B 8 gt 4 m 99 5 6 7 8 IP address 12 34 56 78
15. P Q R S T U V Ww X Y Z N WITT NIS X SES lt c gt al ml ol ol wl bl olol oa a alow nm alo olzizirixl irlo mnim ol olose O 35 3 7 4 7 a 277 Appendix H Dimensions CS1W ETNO1 16 5 with cover attached Unit mm 279 Dimensions Appendix H CS1W ETN11 TS UNIT J T NO nva mva ial gia NO 16 ETHERNET 130 Unit mm 280 Dimensions Appendix H CJ1W ETN11 Ja 2 7 2 ETN11 RUN ERC SD oo oO gt ao ees ser ERH TCP AS UNIT Cs No 453 NODE oe SS S 90 ETHERNET Unit mm 281 Appendix Maintenance The Ethernet Unit makes up part of a network Repair a defective Ethernet Unit as soon as possible as it can have a negative effect on the entire network We recommend that customers keep one or more spare Ethernet Units to allow immediate recovery of the network Replacing an Ethernet Unit Observe the following precautions when replacing the Ethernet Unit e Always turn OFF the power supply before replacing the Ethernet Unit e Check that the spare Ethernet Unit is operating normally before replacing a defective Unit with it e When returning a defective Unit for repairs provide as much written information as possible on the symp toms of the pro
16. 00 00 00 OA TIME WAIT After closing pauses twice the maximum segment life 2MSL 247 Command Response Reference Section 11 3 Precautions All the above values are set to 0 if Ethernet communications functions are stopped due to improper settings in the system setup Response Codes 0000 Normal 1001 Command too large 11 3 26 ADDRESS INFORMATION READ Reads FINS node numbers and IP addresses Command Block 27 65 Command code Response Block _ 1 J Tj 27 65 6 bytes Command Response Number of Address code code addresses information Parameters Number of Addresses Response The number of pairs of FINS node numbers and IP addresses being returned The Ethernet Unit is always 0001 1 decimal Address Information Pairs of FINS node numbers and IP addresses Each pair requires 6 bytes and has the following configuration 1 6 bytes 00 FINS node IP address number FINS Node Number Node number set on the Ethernet Unit hexadecimal IP Address IP address set on the Ethernet Unit hexadecimal Response Codes 0000 Normal 1001 Command too large 248 Command Response Reference Section 11 3 11 3 27 IP ADDRESS READ Reads the local IP address and subnet mask in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup and the FINS node number The values read with this command how ever are not necessarily the settings actually used for o
17. 22 Was it impossible to obtain the required information from the mail data True Correct the following errors Correct the user generated mail address Check the user application to be sure that there is not too much traffic at the Ethernet Unit 23 End 24 Check the setting of the mail send timing in the Setup The timing may not be set or may be set longer than intended 10 6 Troubleshooting with Response Codes You can troubleshoot the errors in FINS communications from the response codes when the SEND 090 RECV 098 or CMND 490 instructions have been used For the storage areas of the response codes refer to information on page 90 The table below lists response codes main and sub codes returned after execution of FINS commands the probable cause of errors and recom mended remedies The response codes provided here are for the Ethernet Unit Refer to the FINS Command Reference Manual W227 or the operation manuals for the relevant Unit for further information on response codes The 6th 7th and 15th bits of the response codes have specific functions The 6th bit will be ON when a non fatal error has occurred in the PC at the remote node the 7th bit will be ON when a fatal error has occurred in the PC at the remote node and the 15th bit will be ON when a network relay error has occurred Refer to information given after the following table for more informa tion on relay errors Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3
18. 27 62 48 bytes 184 bytes 184 bytes 12 bytes Command Response IP status ICMP status TCP status UDP status code code Twelve types of IP status information occupying 4 bytes each are returned in the following sequence Each value is returned as an 8 digit hexadecimal value 1 2 10 11 12 Total number of IP packets received The number of IP packets discarded due to an error with the checksum in the packet header The number of IP packets discarded because the received packet was larger than the overall packet length value in the packet header The number of IP packets discarded because the minimum size of the IP header data could not be stored in the first short buffer when an attempt was made to store the packet Refer to 11 3 24 MEMORY STATUS READ and Appendix F Buffer Configuration The number of packets discarded for one of the following reasons e The IP header length value in the IP header was smaller than the smallest size of the IP header e The size of the first short buffer was smaller than the IP header length value in the IP header when storing the packet The number of IP packets discarded because the IP header length was larger than the overall packet length value in the packet header The number of fragmented packets received The number of received fragmented IP packets discarded because a queue for reassembly could not be secured The number of frag
19. CMND 490 D02000 D03000 D00020 RSET 000202 000102 000002 000202 A20200 150902 H 150914 lt gt 305 D03010 0000 A021900 000002 000202 A20200 150902 H RSET 000002 000003 RSET SET 000203 RSET 000203 000003 000203 A020200 KF 000003 000203 A020200 150901 KH 150914 D4020 0000 A021900 000003 000203 A20200 150901 KH RSET 000003 END 001 152 TCP Send When the TCP Send Bit CIO 000002 turns ON the TCP Send Error Flag CIO 000102 is turned OFF and the TCP Sending Flag CIO 000202 is turned ON to initialize processing When the TCP Sending Flag CIO 000202 turns ON the status of the Port Enabled Flag A20200 is checked to be sure it is ON and a TCP SEND REQUEST com mand is sent using CMND 490 D02000 First command word D03000 First response word D00020 First control data word The TCP Sending Flag CIO 000202 is also turned OFF If the Port Enabled Flag A20200 turns ON and the Sending Flag CIO 150902 turns OFF while the TCP Sending Flag CIO 000202 is OFF checks are made and if any of the following are true the TCP Send Error Flag CIO 000102 is turned ON The Results Storage Error Flag CIO 150914 is ON The contents of the Response Storage Area set in the command code D03010 is not 0000 Hex normal end The Network Communications Error Flag A21900 is ON After
20. Connection with remote node not achieved for passive TCP open request The remote IP address and TCP port number settings differ from those of the remote socket active side 211 SECTION 11 FINS Commands Addressed to Ethernet Units This section describes the FINS commands that can be sent to an Ethernet Unit and the responses that are returned by the Ethernet Unit 11 1 Command Codes and Response Codes 00 00 00 2 eee eee 11 1 1 Command Code List 11 1 2 Response Code List 11 2 Socket Applications 11 2 1 Format 11 2 2 PC Memory Areas 11 3 Command Response Reference 11 3 1 RESET 11 3 2 CONTROLLER DATA READ 00 000000 11 3 3 CONTROLLER STATUS READ 00 0 11 3 4 INTERNODE ECHO TEST 00 0 0000 11 3 5 BROADCAST TEST RESULTS READ 11 3 6 BROADCAST DATA 11 3 7 ERROR LOG READ SEND 93 220 e3ah fees ale ee ae ees 11 3 8 ERROR LOG CLEAR 000 00 11 3 9 UDP OPEN REQUES Toon deat teak BAe eh ee ces 11 3 10 UDP RECEIVE REQUEST 0 00 00 00 0000 11 3 11 UDP SEND REQUES BE sein sSb i Gaiges eel ae ats peat a He aaa ot 11 3 12 UDP CLOSE REQUEST 0 0 00 02 cee eee 11 3 13 PASSIVE TCP OPEN REQUEST sic te euinte so ete Als 11 3 14 ACTIVE TCP OPEN REQUEST 00 00 2000 11 3 15 TCP RECEIVE REQUEST cresca cedre e aa 11
21. 56 SECTION 4 System Setup and Memory Allocations This section explains the System Setup and the words allocated in the CIO Area and the DM Area for Ethernet Units 4 1 Allocated Words oea pe roe non e E te G a ED 58 4 2 CPU Bus Unit System Setup 0 0 00 02 eee eee 59 4 2 SQuin PSs sasi e ee E E E EE E TE ea BS 60 4 2 2 Mail Settings 3 5 0 4 8 55 2 a a e a eaa eE 64 4 3 ClO Area Allocations ses eteco ieta e eana aa ihe ina ek ae oai 67 4 4 DM Area Allocations 0 cette nee 73 57 Allocated Words Section 4 1 4 1 Allocated Words The Ethernet Unit is allocated words in the following three areas for reading settings and status e System Setup for CPU Bus Units Stores initial setup for the Ethernet node e Allocated Words in the CIO Area Stores software switches and status information for functions e Allocated Words in the DM Area Stores software switch and status information for functions CPU Unit Ethernet Unit CPU Bus Unit System Setup Set using CX Programmer Transferred when power supply is turned ON or Unit is restarted Allocated Words in CIO Area for CPU Bus Units n CIO 1500 25 x unit number 15 I O refresh Allocated Words in DM Area for CPU Bus Units n D30000 100 x unit number I O refresh The words in the CIO Area and DM Area are
22. Applicable Programming The following Programming Devices can be used with CS CJ series PCs Devices Programming Console Model number Key Sheet required Recommended cable required C200H PRO27 E CS1W KS001 E CS1W CN224 cable length 2 0 m CS1W CN624 cable length 6 0 m CQM1 PROO01 E CS1W CN114 cable length 0 1 m CX Programmer and CX Net Model number WS02 CXPLILI EV2 The operations are explained here using a Programming Console For details regarding the CX Programmer and the CX Net refer to the CX Programmer User s Manual CX Net is software that comes with CX Programmer and is automatically installed when CX Programmer is installed Connecting Programming To connect a Programming Console attach a CS CJ series Key Sheet and Devices then connect the Console to the CPU Unit s peripheral port It cannot be con nected to the RS 232C port 3 7 3 Procedure for Creating an I O Table The procedure for creating an I O table is shown here taking as an example an I O table that is generated automatically for a PC connected online In this example a Programming Console is used for creating the I O table For an 45 Creating Routing Tables Note Section 3 8 explanation of how to create an I O table using a CX Programmer refer to the CX Programmer User s Manual Use the following procedure to create the I O table With the CJ Series it is necessary to create an I O table only wh
23. Transfers using get 1 KB 1 1 30 KB 6 60 KB 10 120 KB 19 Note 1 The above times assume that the peripheral servicing time setting in the PC Setup is set to the default value of 4 173 UNIX Application Example Section 7 6 2 If the peripheral servicing time setting in the PC Setup is increased FTP files will be transferred faster 7 6 UNIX Application Example The following procedure provides an example of FTP operations from a UNIX workstation In this example the following assumptions are made e The IP address of the Ethernet Unit is registered in etc hosts on the workstation as cs1 e The default FTP login name is being used CONFIDENTIAL e A processing results data file called RESULT IOM already exists on the Memory Card in the CPU Unit e A processing instructions data file called PLAN IOM already exists on the workstation The following procedure transfers the processing results file RESULT IOM from the Memory Card in the CPU Unit to the workstation and then the pro cessing instructions file PLAN IOM is transferred from the workstation to the Memory Card in the CPU Unit Underlined text is keyed in from the FTP client The workstation prompt is indi cated as and the cursor is indicated as W 1 2 3 1 Start FTP and connect to the Ethernet Unit ftp cs1 gt FTP started connected to cst 220 Paddress CSIW ETNO1 FTP server FTP version
24. 13 10 Section 10 5 True Replace the CPU Unit Initialize the EM File Memory from the CX Programmer or other Program ming Device Can you display the MEMCARD directory using 1s from the host comput er True End Is a Memory Card not inserted in the PC True Insert a Memory Card Is the Memory Card faulty True Initialize the Memory Card If the problem persists replace the Memory Card if necessary Are you not connected to the FTP server True Return to the previous procedure Is the current directory not MEMCARD or EM True Make MEMCARD or EM the current directory execute cd MEM CARD Or cd EM Can you execute get True Step 6 Is the file you are attempting to get not actually on the Memory Card True Designate a file actually in the file system Return to 10 5 1 Startup Problems on page 197 Can you execute put True Step 9 Is there insufficient free space available in the file system True Delete unneeded files or use a different Memory Card Return to 10 5 1 Startup Problems on page 197 Is the data in the file transferred with put or get normal i e not corrupt ed True End Use the type command and change the file data type to binary before ex ecuting put or get 10 5 6 Network Connection Problems Most of the initial steps in these procedures are in question form Continue in sequence until a True answer tells you to jump to a specified st
25. FTP Status Flag i FTP server operating FTP client connected Page 173 FTP server on standby FTP client not connect Not used Power status i Power is being supplied CS1W ETN11 Always Page 42 CS1W ETNO1 only to transceiver OFF Power is not being CJ1W ETN11 Always supplied to transceiver OFF FTP Status Bit 0 Turns ON while connected to an FTP client and OFF while not connected With the FTP server function only one FTP client can be connected at a time so while this bit is ON no other clients can connect to the server The FTP status is also shown by the Ethernet Unit s FTP indicator as follows Not lit FTP server on standby FTP status OFF Lit FTP server operating FTP status ON 70 CIO Area Allocations Section 4 3 Error Status Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit n 18 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 Power Status Bit 15 Turns ON while power is being supplied from the Ethernet Unit to the trans ceiver and OFF when power is not being supplied Check to be sure that this bit is ON before beginning communications The status of errors that occur at the Ethernet Unit is reflected as shown in the following diagram 7 6 5 4 L 8 3 2 1 0 RRBs ry ry rear L Bit 01 Transceiver echo test error CS1W ETNO1 only Bit 02 IP address error Bit 03 IP address table error Bit 04 IP router table error Bit 06 Routing table erro
26. Reads the IP address table 27 60 Command Number of code records 27 60 6 bytes 6 bytes Command Response Maximum Number Number IP address IP address code code number of of table records table records of stored stored records records records The number of records to read is specified between 0000 and 0020 0 to 32 decimal in the command If this value is set to 0 the number of stored records is returned but the IP address table records are not returned The response returns the actual number of records read The maximum number of records that can be stored in the IP address table is returned The maximum number of stored records is fixed at 32 The number of IP address table records stored at the time the command is executed is returned as a hexadecimal number The number of IP address table records specified in the number of records parameter is returned The total number of bytes in the IP address table records is calculated as the number of records x 6 bytes record The configu ration of the 6 bytes of data in each record is as shown in the following dia gram 1 6 bytes 00 FINS node number IP address FINS Node Number Node number for communications via the FINS command IP Address IP number used by TCP IP protocol If the IP address table contains fewer records than the number specified in the number of records par
27. The Network Communications Error Flag A21900 is ON After the execution results have been checked the UDP Open Bit CIO 000000 is turned OFF UDP Close When the UDP Close Bit CIO 000001 turns ON the UDP Close Error Flag CIO 000101 is turned OFF and the UDP Closing Flag CIO 000201 is turned ON to ini tialize processing When the UDP Closing Flag CIO 000201 turns ON the status of the Port Enabled Flag A20200 is checked to be sure it is ON and a UDP CLOSE REQUEST command is sent using CMND 490 D01030 First command word D01040 First response word D00010 First control data word The UDP Closing Flag CIO 000201 is also turned OFF If the Port Enabled Flag A20200 turns ON and the Clos ing Flag CIO 150103 turns OFF while the UDP Closing Flag CIO 000201 is OFF checks are made and if any of the following are true the UDP Close Error Flag CIO 000101 is turned ON The Results Storage Error Flag CIO 150114 is ON The contents of the Response Storage Area set in the command code D01050 is not 0000 Hex normal end The Network Communications Error Flag A21900 is ON mH Continued on next page After the execution results have been checked the UDP Close Bit CIO 000001 is turned OFF 157 Using Socket Services with CMND 490 Section 6 3 Continued from previous page 000002 000002 000202 A020200 KF 000002 000202 000002 000202 A020200 15010
28. 000000 RSET 000100 SET 000200 RSET 000200 000100 000000 000200 A20200 Kr 150114 000000 000200 A020200 150100 D01020 0000 A021900 000000 000200 A020200 150100 H RSET 000000 RSET 000101 SET 000001 000001 000201 A20200 mmm CMND 490 D01030 D01040 D00010 RSET 000201 000001 000201 A020200 150103 E a 150114 lt gt 305 D01050 0000 A021900 000001 000201 A020200 150103 UDP Open When the UDP Open Bit CIO 000000 turns ON the UDP Open Error Flag CIO 000100 is turned OFF and the UDP Opening Flag CIO 000200 is turned ON to initialize processing When the UDP Opening Flag CIO 000200 turns ON the status of the Port Enabled Flag A20200 is checked to be sure it is ON and a UDP OPEN REQUEST com mand is sent using CMND 490 D01000 First command word D01010 First response word D00000 First control data word E Opening Flag CIO 000200 is also turned If the Port Enabled Flag A20200 turns ON and the Open ing Flag CIO 150100 turns OFF while the UDP Opening Flag CIO 000200 is OFF checks are made and if any of the following are true the UDP Open Error Flag CIO 000100 is turned ON The Results Storage Error Flag CIO 150114 is ON The contents of the Response Storage Area set in the command code D01020 is not 0000 Hex normal end
29. 151903 RSET 000202 000102 RSET 000002 RSET 000103 SET 000203 lt gt 305 D30027 0000 000001 000201 151905 000002 000002 000202 m 000002 000202 m 000002 000202 151903 lt gt 305 030027 0000 000002 000202 151903 000003 Continued on next page TCP Send When the TCP Send Bit CIO 000002 turns ON the TCP Send Error Flag CIO 000102 is turned OFF and the TCP Sending Flag CIO 000202 is turned ON to initialize pro cessing When the TCP Sending Flag CIO 000202 turns ON the following parameters are written to the parameter area for socket number 1 D30018 0001 Hex UDP TCP socket No 1 D30023 0064 Hex No of send receive bytes is 100 D30024 and D30025 8200 0000 Hex Send receive data address D00000 After the parameters have been set the Send Request Switch CIO 151903 is turned ON and the TCP Sending Flag CIO 000202 is turned OFF If the Send Request Switch CIO 151903 turns OFF while the TCP Sending Flag CIO 000202 is OFF the contents of the response code D30027 in the Socket Service Pa rameter Area is checked and if it is not 0000 Hex normal end the TCP Send Error Flag CIO 000102 is turned ON After the execution results have been checked the TCP Send Bit CIO 000002 is turned OFF TCP Receive When the TCP Receive Bit CIO 000003 turns ON the
30. Command code 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 D03000 TCP neg REQUEST response e sponse 2713H pa po3010 TCP SEND REQUEST results storage area Re No of sponse bytes code sent 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 27 D04000 TCP RECEIVE REQUEST command data 12H 0001H 820FH B400H 0064H 0000H ae Timeout value Not set No of bytes to receive 100 bytes 0064 Results storage area Set to D04020 OFB4 TCP socket number sponse bytes code received Command code 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 D04010 TCP RECEIVE REQUEST response 2712H Bae D04020 TCP RECEIVE REQUEST results storage area Re No of Receive data 100 bytes 0064 149 Using Socket Services with CMND 490 CIO Area 150 Section 6 3 The following bits and flags are used to control CMND 490 execution The bits in CIO 0000 are used to signal execution the bits in CIO 0001 are used to signal errors and the bits in CIO 0002 are used to control the program so that the instruction is executed only once 15to8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 TCP TCP TCP TCP CIO 0000 Receive Send Close Open Bit Bit Bit Bit TCP TCP TCP TCP CIO 0001 Receive Send Close Open Error Error Error Error Flag Flag Flag Flag TCP TCP TCP TCP CIO 0002 Receiving Sending Closing Opening Flag Flag F
31. Communications Port Completion Codes These words contain the completion codes for the corresponding port numbers when network instructions SEND RECV CMND or PMCR have been executed Words A203 to A210 correspond to communications ports 0 to 7 0000 No error Not 0000 Error code A21900 to A21907 Communications Port Error Flags Bits A21900 to A21907 turn ON when an error occurred during execution of a network instruction SEND RECV CMND or PMCR Bits 00 to 07 correspond to communications ports 0 to 7 0 Normal end 1 Error end A30200 to A30215 CPU Bus Unit Initializing Flags Bits A30200 through A30215 turn ON while the corresponding CPU Bus Units Units 0 through 15 respectively are initializing The bits will turn ON either when power is turned ON or when a CPU Bus Unit Restart Bit A50100 to A50115 is turned ON 0 Not initializing 1 Initializing System will automatically turn the flag OFF when ini tialization has been completed A40203 CPU Bus Unit Set ting Error Flag Non fatal error Bit A40203 is turned ON when the CPU Bus Units actually installed differ from the Units registered in the I O table The ERR ALM indicator on the front of the CPU Unit will flash but CPU operation will continue The unit number of the CPU Bus Unit involved is stored in word A427 0 No setting error 1 Setting error A40207 CPU Bus Unit Error Flag Non fatal error Bit
32. L Local port number set to 4096 1000 Results storage area set to D01020 03FChex Refer to page 198 for details on formats for socket services UDP socket number Ethernet Unit socket number set to 1 Command code 154 Using Socket Services with CAND 490 Section 6 3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 D01010 UDP OPEN response Re 2701H Sponse code Stores the response after command execution 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 D01020 _ UDP OPEN REQUEST results storage area Re sponse code 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 D1030 UDP CLOSE REQUEST command data 2704H 0001H 8204H 1A00H E Results storage area set to D01050 041 Apex UDP socket number closed set to 1 0001hex Command code 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 D01040 YDP o REQUEST response e sponse 2704H 600 D01050 ai CLOSE REQUEST results storage area sponse code 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 T 8 9 D02000 UDP SEND REQUEST command data 2703H 0001H 820BH C200H C424H 2037H 1000H 0064H L No of send bytes 100 bytes 0064 Remote port Port 4096 1000 L Remote address 196 36 32 55 C4hex 24nex 20hex 37 hex Results storage area Set to D03010 OBC2 UDP socket number Command code 155
33. Results storage area Destination IP Destination Number of address UDP port bytes sent number 27 03 Command Response code code Response Number of code bytes sent The UDP socket number to send the data specified as 2 bytes between 1 and 8 The area in which the result of the command execution is stored The first byte specifies the memory area and data type variable type The 2nd to 4th bytes specify the beginning address of the results storage area Refer to page 216 for details about the variable types and addresses that can be specified The IP address of the node to which data is being sent The UDP port number of the node to which data is being sent The number of bytes in the data sent by this command Up to 1 984 bytes can be specified or up to 1 472 bytes can be specified if the broadcast address is specified as the send destination The results storage area stores the actual number of bytes sent Specifies the data sent to the remote node Normal Local IP address setting error CPU Unit error execution not possible Command too large Command too small The number of bytes sent does not match the sent data length UDP socket number or number of bytes sent is out of range The destination IP address is 0 Local UDP port number is 0 The variable type for the results storage area is out of range Non zero bit address specified for the results storage ar
34. SYSMAC CS CJ Series CS1W ETNO1 10Base 5 CS1W ETN11 10Base T CJ1W ETN11 10Base T Ethernet Units OPERATION MANUAL OMRON CS1W ETNO1 10Base 5 CS1W ETN11 10Base T CJ1W ETN11 10Base T Ethernet Units Operation Manual Revised January 2008 Notice OMRON products are manufactured for use according to proper procedures by a qualified operator and only for the purposes described in this manual The following conventions are used to indicate and classify precautions in this manual Always heed the information provided with them Failure to heed precautions can result in injury to people or dam age to property N DANGER Indicates an imminently hazardous situation which if not avoided will result in death or serious injury Additionally there may be severe property damage Z N WARNING Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided could result in death or serious injury Additionally there may be severe property damage Z Caution Indicates a potentially hazardous situation which if not avoided may result in minor or moderate injury or property damage OMRON Product References All OMRON products are capitalized in this manual The word Unit is also capitalized when it refers to an OMRON product regardless of whether or not it appears in the proper name of the product The abbreviation Ch which appears in some displays and on some OMRON products often means
35. UDP sockets status 125 140 using CMND 490 104 using CMND 490 instruction 139 SOCKET STATUS READ 247 265 sockets 105 closing TCP 235 UDP 227 numbers 215 opening 107 TCP 228 231 UDP 223 port numbers 17 105 reading status 247 receiving data TCP 232 UDP 224 sending data TCP 234 UDP 225 status 69 TCP sockets number 115 status 75 265 troubleshooting 201 testing communications 236 timing charts 144 UDP socket number 115 UDP sockets 96 troubleshooting 199 software configuration 10 specifications 7 Ethernet connectors 39 SRES 215 status reading memory status 245 reading protocol status 241 291 292 reading socket status 247 subnet masks 13 address conversion 24 reading from Unit 218 setting 62 subnet numbers 13 sub response code 214 See also SRES switches settings 33 Socket Service Request Switches 72 122 unit control 68 SYSMAC BUS 2 83 SYSMAC LINK 83 system configuration 3 Ethernet Systems 4 5 System Setup 6 51 CPU Bus Units 58 59 T TCP CLOSE REQUEST 235 TCP communications 10 162 comparison with UDP 106 data fragmentation 108 precautions 108 programming example 130 146 socket services parameters 115 sockets 107 status 265 troubleshooting 201 status 243 TCP indicator 32 TCP OPEN REQUEST ACTIVE 231 TCP OPEN REQUEST PASSIVE 228 TCP RECEIVE REQUEST 232 TCP SEND REQUEST 234 temperature 7
36. erwise of any intellectual property right c Buyer Remedy Omron s sole obli gation hereunder shall be at Omron s election to i replace in the form originally shipped with Buyer responsible for labor charges for removal or replacement thereof the non complying Product ii repair the non complying Product or iii repay or credit Buyer an amount equal to the purchase price of the non complying Product provided that in no event shall Omron be responsi ble for warranty repair indemnity or any other claims or expenses regarding the Products unless Omron s analysis confirms that the Products were prop erly handled stored installed and maintained and not subject to contamina tion abuse misuse or inappropriate modification Return of any Products by Buyer must be approved in writing by Omron before shipment Omron Compa nies shall not be liable for the suitability or unsuitability or the results from the use of Products in combination with any electrical or electronic components circuits system assemblies or any other materials or substances or environ ments Any advice recommendations or information given orally or in writing are not to be construed as an amendment or addition to the above warranty See http www omron247 com or contact your Omron representative for pub lished information Limitation on Liability Etc OMRON COMPANIES SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL INDIRECT INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES
37. s mail function 8 1 Overview of Mail Function 0 0 0 0 ccc eens 8 1 1 Mail Contents 0 0 ccc eee nee 8 1 2 Mail Tri seers on cs eek eee ee eee wel eaters 8 1 3 Sending Mail 0 e e a eee eee 8 1 4 Mail Status se eo hte cha Meagher eign Geico ea i mie bas 8 2 Sending Mathes vies poena cate isa ka ees Width ciel aoe ts Soles ate 8 3 Mall Example sr adea ep Geb E E oid fa be HN Giri ee ee SECTION 8 178 179 180 180 181 182 182 Mail 177 Overview of Mail Function 8 1 178 Section 8 1 Overview of Mail Function Note The mail function can be used to send user created information error log information and status information as e mail to an address set in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup Mail can be triggered in any of the following ways e When an error is registered to the error log e At regular intervals e When a dedicated control switch is turned ON A mail server is required in order to use the mail function Mail server settings require specialized knowledge and should always be handled by the network administrator Be sure you have a clear understanding of the mail system before using this function Mail delivery is not guaranteed Depending on fac tors such as the condition of the network mail that has been sent may not arrive at its destination Overview of Mail Function Section 8 1 8 1 1 Header Body Header Ethernet Unit Information Mail Conte
38. 8 Terminators 5 precautions 252 timers 261 timing socket communications 144 socket services 144 transceivers 4 cables 4 precautions 252 recommended products 251 grounding 252 installation examples 253 precautions 252 Index multipoint transceivers 256 recommended products 251 Transmission Control Protocol See also TCP communications transmission delays reading PC memory 101 socket services 110 troubleshooting FINS communications 198 FTP server 202 mail 205 network connections 203 procedures 197 socket services 210 startup 197 TCP sockets 201 UDP sockets 199 UNIX error messages 210 using indicators 192 TS indicator 33 type 170 U UDP CLOSE REQUEST 227 UDP communications 10 comparison with TCP 106 data fragmentation 108 precautions 80 109 programming example 134 153 socket services parameters 115 sockets troubleshooting 199 UDP OPEN REQUEST 223 UDP RECEIVE REQUEST 224 UDP SEND REQUEST 225 unit numbers error indicator 32 setting 33 35 user 169 User Datagram Protocol See also UDP communications user name specifying 169 V W vibration resistance 7 8 weight 7 8 wiring cables 40 41 precautions 40 41 251 word addresses 216 267 Revision History A manual revision code appears as a suffix to the catalog number on the front cover of the manual Cat No W343 E1 07 Revision code The following table outlines the changes made
39. Check the user application to be sure that there is not too much traffic at the Ethernet Unit Is notification given for error mail True End Is the send status for error mail 7 True Correct mistakes in the Setup Correct the SMTP server address it is set to 0 0 0 0 Correct the error mail send information settings the user data er ror log information or status data is not set in the send informa tion Is the send status for error mail 0 True If sending error mail is not set in the Setup make the proper set tings If sending error mail is set in the Setup no system errors have oc curred and the system should be operating correctly Is the send status for error mail 6 True Check the communications path Correct the SMTP server address Correct the IP router table Something is blocking communications or equipment on the com munications path is not set correctly Is the destination mail address incorrectly set True Correct the destination mail address in the Setup Error mail will be held at the SMTP server if the destination mail address is incor rect Be sure the send destination mail address is set correctly Is required information missing from the mail data Troubleshooting with Response Codes Section 10 6 True Correct the mail send information settings in the Setup the user data error log information or status data is not set in the send in formation
40. Correct mistakes in the Setup Correct the SMTP server address it is set to 0 0 0 0 Correct the user mail send information settings the user data er ror log information or status data is not set in the send informa tion 4 ls the user mail send status 0 True Turn ON the Send Mail Switch from the user program The Send Mail Switch has not been turned ON since power was turned ON or since the Unit was restarted 5 Is the user mail send status 6 True Check the communications path Correct the SMTP server address Correct the IP router table Something is blocking communications or equipment on the com munications path is not set correctly 6 Is the destination mail address incorrectly set True Correct the destination mail address in the Setup Error mail will be held at the SMTP server if the destination mail address is incor rect Be sure the send destination mail address is set correctly 7 Is required information missing from the mail data True Correct the mail send information settings in the Setup the user data error log information or status data is not set in the send in formation 8 Was it impossible to obtain the required information from the mail data True Correct the following errors Correct the user generated mail address Check the user application to be sure that there is not too much traffic at the Ethernet Unit 9 Is notification given for recurring mail True St
41. Memory Exhaustion Log 12 bytes Counts for the following values indicate a high load on the Ethernet Unit These high loads may be caused by problems in communications partic ularly FINS communications and UDP sockets If these values are consis tently high check your applications a The number of times an attempt was made to secure a short buffer without WAIT when there were no short buffers available b The number of times an attempt was made to secure a short buffer with WAIT when there were no short buffers available c The number of times an attempt was made to release and secure a short buffer already being used by another socket when there were no short buffers available Precautions All the above values are set to O if Ethernet communications functions are stopped due to improper settings in the system setup These values are cleared when the Ethernet Unit is started or reset Values will be counted only until the maximum values are reached Response Codes 0000 Normal 1001 Command too large 246 Command Response Reference Section 11 3 11 3 25 SOCKET STATUS READ Reads the Ethernet Unit network socket status Command Block 27 64 Command code Response Block 27 64 32 bytes 32 bytes Command Response Socket Socket code code status status Parameters Socket Status Response Returns eight types of information in records of 32 bytes each A ma
42. No such device FINS error 0 x 2301 The file device cannot be found No such file or directory The specified file or directory does not exist No such file or directory FINS error 0 x 2006 No such file or directory FINS error 0 x 2106 No enough memory The communications buffers are full Not enough space in the system The file device is full FINS error 1104 PLC communication error timeout File access timed out Socket canceled The socket was canceled Socket error NN A socket bind error occurred The error code will be given at NN Socket receive error NN A data reception error occurred The error code will be given at NN Socket send error NN A data send error occurred The error code will be given at NN Timeout 900 seconds closing control connection The connection was closed because the client did not respond for 15 minutes Too many open files Too many sockets have been created Write access denied Writing is not possible Write access denied FINS error 0 x 2101 172 Using FTP Commands Section 7 5 PPP XXX YY MM NN Path name IP address Port number FINS error code Socket error code Checking FTP Status FTP Status Flag m7 Ue i ad i et nl a FTP Indicator FTP File Transfer Time File system CPU Unit status Note 1 File operations for files on the Memory Card ar
43. Overview Section 6 1 Specific Socket Service Functions The socket service functions listed in the following table can be executed either using Socket Service Request Switches or using CMND 490 Protocol Socket service request Open UDP socket Receive via UDP socket Send via UDP socket Close UDP socket Open TCP socket passive Open TCP socket active Receive via TCP socket Send via TCP socket Close TCP socket 6 1 2 Sockets Sockets are interfaces that allow TCP and UDP protocols to be used directly from the user program With personal computers socket are provided as C language interface libraries which allow TCP or UDP protocols to be pro gramming using library functions With UNIX computers socket interfaces are supported in the form of system calls The CS CJ series PCs support the socket service from the user program The user program requests service functions either by manipulating Socket Ser vice Request Switches in the CPU Bus Unit Area in the CIO Area or by send ing FINS commands to the Ethernet Unit by executing CMND 490 instruction in the ladder diagram Socket communications services can be used to transfer arbitrary data between a PC and a host computer or between two PCs The Ethernet sup ports two socket services a UDP socket service and a TCP socket service Refer to 2 1 3 Selecting Communications Services for a comparison of the socket services and the FINS communications
44. TCP Receive Error Flag CIO 000103 is turned OFF and the TCP Receiving Flag CIO 000203 is turned ON to initialize processing 133 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 Continued from previous page 000003 000203 m When the TCP Receiving Flag CIO 000203 turns ON the following parameters are written to the parameter area for socket number 1 D30018 0001 Hex UDP TCP socket No 1 D30023 0064 Hex No of send receive bytes is 100 D30024 and D30025 8203 E800 Hex MOV 21 Send receive data address D01000 D30026 0000 Hex No timeout time MOV 21 8203 D30024 MOV 21 E800 D30025 MOV 21 0000 D30026 151904 RSET 000203 000003 000203 m After the parameter has been set the Receive Request Switch CIO 151904 is turned ON and the TCP Receiv ing Flag CIO 000203 is turned OFF 000003 000203 151904 If the Receive Request Switch CIO 151904 turns OFF while the TCP Receiving Flag CIO 000203 is OFF the contents of the response code D30027 in the Socket Service Parameter Area is checked and if it is not 0000 Hex normal end the TCP Receive Error Flag CIO 000103 is turned ON 000003 E After the execution results have been checked the TCP Receive Bit CIO 000003 is turned OFF lt gt 305 D30027 0000 000003 000203 151904 END 01 Note When using the above programmi
45. The network is the same To go to network 3 so go to node 2 at network 3 network table go through the unit number of the local CPU Rack 47 Creating Routing Tables Section 3 8 3 8 2 Connecting and Using a Peripheral Device for the PC Routing tables must be created by a CX Net connected to the PC They can not be created using a Programming Console For details on how to connect and use a CX Net refer to the CX Programmer User s Manual CX Net is automatically installed when CX Programmer is installed Note 1 To transfer routing tables for multiple nodes to a PC in one batch connect the CX Net to a PC with only one Communications Unit mounted Routing tables cannot be transferred to other nodes from a PC with multiple Com munications Units mounted 2 Routing tables can only be transferred as a batch to multiple nodes within the same network as the PC to which the CX Net is connected Routing Table Setting Examples Example 1 Local Network Table for a PC With Multiple Units Mounted This example shows the local network table settings for a PC to which multiple CPU Bus Units are mounted Ethernet network Controller Link network Network A Network B PS Power Supply Unit CPU CPU Unit ETN Ethernet Unit CLK Controller Link Unit Unit a_ Unit b Local Network Table Tie eye network Unit 48 Creating Routing Tables Section 3 8 Example 2 Three Interconnected Networks This exa
46. as the IP address of the Ethernet Unit When using the automatic generation method for ad dress conversion set SW7 and SW8 to the same values as the node num ber setting Set the rest of the host number setting SW5 and SW6 to zeroes Note If the IP address of the host computer is 133 113 102 40 set the IP address of the Unit to 133 113 102 42 In this case set the subnet mask to the class C subnet mask 255 255 255 0 2 Set the Unit Number and the Node Address e Set the unit number to 00 e Set the node address to 2A 3 Set the Routing Tables The routing tables describe the transmission path for FINS messages when the FINS communications are used Connect CX NET and make the following settings 54 Checking Communications Section 3 12 Local network table poca network Unit number Set to the same value as the 1 0 __ _ unit number set with the rotary switch on the front of the Unit When the above settings have been completed reset the power supply 4 Check Communications In order to check that connection is established with Ethernet Unit at an IP protocol level i e whether communications are possible send the follow ing PING command from the host computer to the Ethernet Unit PING 133 113 0 42 For details refer 9 2 2 Host Computer If anormal response is not returned for the PING command it is possible that there is a problem with a connection cable or a
47. error no such System Setup and be sure that settings are cor Unit rect 07 IP address conversion is set for automatic Check the mode settings in the System Setup conversion only This error will be generated for the READ IP ADDRESS TABLE command only Network Relay Errors For network relay errors using SEND 090 or RECV 098 check the path of the command using the routing tables and the nature of the error using the response code to eliminate the cause of the error For network relay errors using CMND 490 the location of the relay error is recorded in the second through third words of the response as shown below 1st byte 2nd byte Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 T T T T T T T T T T T T T First word es a a E ee ee Command code Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 T T T T T T T T T T T Second word Main response code MRES Sub response code SRES 1 Relay Error Flag 1 PC Non fatal Error Flag 1 PC Fatal Error Flag Bit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Third word Error network address Error node number 209 Results Storage Area Response Codes Section 10 7 10 7 Results Storage Area Response Codes Response code UNIX error message ESRCH The response codes stored in the Results Storage Area can be used to trou bleshoot socket service problems Refer to 6 2 Using So
48. range between 0000 and 003F 0 to 63 decimal where 0000 is the oldest record The number of records to read is specified between 0001 and 0040 1 to 64 decimal in the command The response returns the actual number of records read The maximum number of records that can be stored in the error log Care is required as the error log differs according to the type of PC or CPU Bus Unit In an Ethernet Unit the maximum number of stored records is fixed at 40 64 decimal The number of records stored at the time the command is executed is returned The specified number of error log records from the beginning record number is returned sequentially The total number of bytes in the error log is calculated as the number of records x 10 bytes record Each error log record thus com prises 10 bytes configured as follows 1st byte 10th byte Error Detailed B code information Month Year Hour Day Second Minutes Error Code Detailed Information Details of the error stored in the record Refer to Section 10 Troubleshooting for details Minute Second Day Hour Year Month Indicate the time at which the error stored in the record occurred If the error log contains fewer records than the number specified in the num ber of records parameter all records stored in the error log at the time the command is executed will be returned and the command executed will end normally Command Res
49. ratings and limitations of use that apply to the products This information by itself is not sufficient for a complete determination of the suitability of the products in combination with the end product machine system or other application or use The following are some examples of applications for which particular attention must be given This is not intended to be an exhaustive list of all possible uses of the products nor is it intended to imply that the uses listed may be suitable for the products e Outdoor use uses involving potential chemical contamination or electrical interference or conditions or uses not described in this manual e Nuclear energy control systems combustion systems railroad systems aviation systems medical equipment amusement machines vehicles safety equipment and installations subject to separate industry or government regulations e Systems machines and equipment that could present a risk to life or property Please know and observe all prohibitions of use applicable to the products NEVER USE THE PRODUCTS FOR AN APPLICATION INVOLVING SERIOUS RISK TO LIFE OR PROPERTY WITHOUT ENSURING THAT THE SYSTEM AS A WHOLE HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO ADDRESS THE RISKS AND THAT THE OMRON PRODUCTS ARE PROPERLY RATED AND INSTALLED FOR THE INTENDED USE WITHIN THE OVERALL EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM PROGRAMMABLE PRODUCTS OMRON shall not be responsible for the user s programming of a programmable product or any consequ
50. ready Name cs1 root W 2 Enter the login name Name cs1 root CONFIDENTIAL Login name 230 Guest logged in ftp E 3 Make sure the Memory Card is inserted The MEMCARD directory will be displayed if there is a Memory Card in the CPU Unit ftp gt ds Used to check for Memory Card 200 PORT command successful 150 opening data connection for Is Paddress port 0 bytes MEMCARD 226 Transfer complete 15 bytes received in 0 seconds bytes s ftp M 174 UNIX Application Example Section 7 6 4 Change to the MEMCARD directory ftp gt cd MEMCARD Change to MEMCARD directory 250 CWD command successful ftp E 5 Change data type to binary ftp gt type binary Binary data type set 200 Type set to I ftp 6 Transfer the file RESULT IOM to the workstation ftp gt get RESULT IOM File read 200 PORT command successful 150 opening data connection for result iom IPaddress port bytes 226 Transfer complete bytes received in seconds bytes s ftp W 7 Write the file PLAN IOM to the Memory Card ftp gt put PLAN IOM File written 200 PORT command successful 150 opening data connection for plan iom Paddress port 226 Transfer complete bytes received in seconds bytes s ftp E 8 End FTP ftp gt bye FTP ended 221 Goodbye m 175 This section explains the Ethernet Unit
51. the contents of the response code D30027 in the Socket Service Parameter Area is checked and if it is not 0000 Hex normal end the TCP Open Error Flag CIO 000100 is turned ON After the execution results have been checked the TCP Open Bit CIO 000000 is turned OFF TCP Close When the TCP Close Bit CIO 000001 turns ON the TCP Close Error Flag CIO 000101 is turned OFF and the TCP Closing Flag CIO 000201 is turned ON to initialize proces sing When the TCP Closing Flag CIO 000201 turns ON the following parameter is written to the parameter area for socket number 1 D30018 0001 Hex UDP TCP socket No 1 After the parameter has been set the Close Request Switch CIO 151905 is turned ON and the TCP Closing Flag CIO 000201 is turned OFF If the Close Request Switch CIO 151905 turns OFF while the TCP Opening Flag CIO 000201 is OFF the contents of the response code D30027 in the Socket Service Pa rameter Area is checked and if it is not 0000 Hex normal end the TCP Close Error Flag CIO 000101 is turned ON After the execution results have been checked the TCP Close Bit CIO 000001 is turned OFF 132 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 Continued from previous page 000001 000201 151905 000101 RSET 000001 RSET 000102 SET 000202 MOV 21 0001 D30018 MOV 21 0064 D30023 MOV 21 8200 D30024 MOV 21 0000 D30025
52. 0 eee eee Socket Ports Used By the Ethernet Unit Selecting Communications Services 000 Communications 0 0 0 0 ccc eee eee eee Socket SEL VICES ae as ae eh iether Baik oe les adhe Wiican aaa and oe SECTION 2 Communications Functions 16 17 17 18 18 19 21 21 15 Communications Functions Section 2 1 2 1 Function Client PC to PC to server Communications Functions The following table shows the communications service functions that are available with the Ethernet Unit FINS communications By executing SEND 090 RECV 098 or CMND 490 FINS command PC Socket services By executing CMND 490 or manipulating dedicated control switches in memory Any data PC FTP server PC to host computer By executing SEND 090 RECV 098 or CMND 490 Host computer with FINS Gateway function FINS command ee At PC By executing CMND 490 or manipulating dedicated control switches in memory Host computer without FINS Gateway function Passive open Any data E mail can be set to be sent when specified bits turn ON when errors occur or at fixed intervals Host com puter to PC By sending FINS messages from the host computer Host computer with FINS Gate way function FINS command Pe At PC By executing CMND 490 or manipulating dedicated control switches in mem
53. 12 IP Addresses Section 1 7 nodes regardless of the networks on which they exist To achieve this net work numbers are allocated by the Network Solutions InterNIC Registration Services to ensure that all Ethernet networks have unique numbers regard less of where they exist The local system administrator is left the responsibil ity of allocating unique host numbers locally You therefore should obtain a network number from the InterNIC Registration Services to ensure unique ness and allow for future network expansions if required 1 7 3 IP Address Settings An IP address must be set for the Ethernet Unit before Ethernet communica tions can proceed The IP address is set for each CS series Ethernet Unit using the rotary switch on the back of the Unit For more details refer to Set ting the Local IP Address The IP address for each CJ series Ethernet Unit is set in the DM Area words allocated to CPU Bus Units or the CPU Bus Unit System Setup using a Programming Device For more details refer to 4 2 CPU Bus Unit System Setup or 4 4 DM Area Allocations 1 7 4 Subnet Masks Operation and management of a network may become very difficult if too many nodes are connected on a single network or if a single organization has to manage too many network numbers It can therefore be convenient to divide a single network up into several subnetworks by using part of the host number as a subnet number Internally the network can be treated as a n
54. 2 1 0 T T T T T T T T T T Main response code Sub response code l l l i 1 Relay Error Flag 1 PC Non fatal Error Flag 1 PC Fatal Error Flag Main code Probable cause 00 Normal com pletion 01 Local node Send error in local node was caused by Reduce the load traffic on the Ethernet Unit error lack of available space in internal buffers Check your user applications The network cannot be accessed because Correct the local IP address the IP address setting is not correct The internal buffers are full because there Correct the user application to reduce traffic at is too much traffic at the local node pre _ the Ethernet Unit venting data from being sent 207 Troubleshooting with Response Codes Section 10 6 Main code Sub code Probable cause Remedy 02 Remote node 01 IP address of remote node not set cor Set IP address of remote node into IP address error rectly in IP address table or IP router table table and if internetwork transmission is required into the IP router table 02 No node with the specified unit address Check the remote node s unit address and make sure the correct one is being used in the control data 05 Message packet was corrupted by trans Check the protocol and controller status by mission error reading them with FINS commands Incr
55. 257 Network Installation Appendix A Hub Connection Methods If more hub ports are required they can be added by connecting more than one hub There are two possible connection methods for hubs Cascade and stacked Cascade Connections e Connect two hubs to each other as follows Connect an MDI port to an MDI X port with a straight cable connect two MDI ports with a cross cable and connect two MDI X ports with a cross cable Note It is very difficult to distinguish cross cables and straight cables by appearance Incorrect cables will cause communications to fail We recommend using straight cables whenever possible e With cascade connections up to 5 segments can be connected using up to 4 repeaters i e 4 hubs MDI ports Straight cable MDI X port Cross cable cross Stack Connections e Connect the hubs using special cables or special racks e Normally there is no limit to the number of hubs in a stack and each stack is treated as one hub Some hubs however are limited in the number of hubs per stack age f Four stackable hubs Two stackable hubs a Stack cable a oe Stack cable Using Contact Outputs Common to All Units Communications errors can occur when Contact Output Units are mounted to the same Rack or connected to the same PC as an Ethernet Unit due to noise generated by the contact outputs Use one or more of the follow ing measure
56. AP001 PC Card Adapter can be used to mount a Memory Card ina PC card slot on a computer The MS DOS file format is used allowing the files to be handled as normal files on a Windows based computer Files are distinguished by assigning file names and extensions The following characters can be used in file names and extensions Alphanumeric characters A to Z and 0 to 9 Names converted to all caps 1 amp _ The following characters cannot be used in files names and extensions 1 lt lt gt spaces File names are not case sensitive and will be converted to all caps in the PC file system File names can be up to 8 character long with 3 character exten sions An error will occur if a file name or extension is too long The first period in a file name will be taken as the delimiter between the file name and extension Extensions are determined by the file type Up to five levels of directories including root as the first level can be created as file storage locations A maximum of 65 characters can be used in direc tory names Using File Memory Section 7 3 File Names Handled by CPU Unit File type Data file Unit File name kkkk kkk K Extension Contents Specified ranges of I O Memory The files described in the following table can be read or written by the CPU Description e Contains word 16 bit data from a starting word through an end word in one memory area The followin
57. CMND 490 instructions are generally created using the Communications Port Enabled Flag and the Communications Port Error Flag as input conditions CS CJ series CPU Units have eight communications ports Only one instruction can be executed at any given port at one time however so the program must not overlap the use of any of the ports A program example is provided below Communications port Ethernet Unit CPU Unit Instruction 1 Instruction 2 Instruction 3 Instruction 4 Instruction 5 Instruction 6 Instruction 7 Instruction 8 There are eight communications ports so up to eight communications instructions can be executed at a time The number of messages that can be sent or received with a single CPU Bus Unit ser vice though is not more than two each for the CPU Unit to the Ethernet Unit and for the Ethernet Unit to the CPU Unit Execution Communications condition Port Enabled Flag c tH Reset B Input A remains ON from start to completion of commu KEEP 011 A put nications instruction Creates operand and control data in a given Operand Area control data created with MOV and Communications instructions Executes communications instructions Communications Port Enabled Flag e Creates reset input Turns reset B ON after execution of communications in struction DIFU 013 B Communications A Port Error Flag Send Error Flag display R
58. ETNO1 6 6 UNIT pa 0 6 z O De 8 THO AUO P 101 l 16 5 including cover Unit mm CS1W ETN11 ETHERNET 130 Unit mm Software Configuration Ethernet IP ICMP ARP UDP TCP 10 Section 1 6 CJ1W ETN11 ai 90 27 Unit mm Software Configuration The software supported by the Ethernet Unit runs in the layers shown in the following diagram The components that form the various layers are defined below the diagram FINS Communication Service Memory Card y CS CJ series PC s CPU EM File Memory f CS CJ series PC s CPU Uni Mail ETP Socket Socket transmissions Services Services 4 FINS SMTP FTP server UDR Ling Ethernet Unit IP ICMP ARP Ethernet V2 0 al The Version 2 0 Ethernet frame format is used for communications Internet Protocol Transfers datagrams to target nodes using IP addresses Internet Control Message Protocol Supports IP communications by signalling errors in data transfers Address Resolution Protocol Determines the Ethernet address i e physical address by broadcasting based on the target IP address User Datagram Protocol Performs datagram communications Data resends priority control flow control and other measures to ensure communications reliability are not performed for UDP communications i e there is no way of guaranteeing norma
59. FINS node number in two digits hexadecimal Ethernet Connector Used to connect the Ethernet transceiver cable 29 Unit Components Section 3 3 CS1W ETNO1 and CS1W ETN11 Local IP Address Switches Used to set the Ethernet Unit s IP address in eight digits hexadecimal Each communications device connected to the Ethernet network is allocated a unique Ethernet address For the Ethernet Unit this Ethernet address is shown on the right side of the Unit as a 12 digit hexadecimal number omron CS1W ETNO1 naoaggoauagg Ethernet Address Ethernet address 12 digits Note The Ethernet address can also be checked using the FINS command CON TROLLER DATA READ Refer to 11 3 2 CONTROLLER DATA READ 30 Unit Components Section 3 3 CJ series Ethernet Units CJ1W ETN11 10Base T Front Slider Mount to other Units ra Indicators Display the operating status of the Unit ETN11 RUN ERC SD RD o0 o oO So 5 o ERH TCP FTP TS B Unit Number Switch Used to set the Ethernet Unit s unit number in one digit hexadecimal Node Number Switches Used to set the Ethernet Unit s FINS node number in two digits hexadecimal ETHERNET Ethernet Connector Used to connect the Ethernet twisted pair cable 7 DIN Track Mounting Pin Used when mounting the Unit to a DIN track Slider Mount to other Units Note An IP address label is provided with
60. Flag Receiving Flag Sending Flag TCP UDP Open Flag Closing Flag Switch Status Manipulated Unit operation by 0 Opening Flag ON Unit Turns ON when an open request is received OFF Turns OFF when open processing has been completed 1 Receiving Flag ON Turns ON when a receive request is received OFF Turns OFF when receive processing has been completed 2 Sending Flag ON Turns ON when a send request is received OFF Turns OFF when send processing has been completed 3 Closing Flag ON Turns ON when an close request is received OFF Turns OFF when close processing has been completed 15 Socket Open Flag ON Turns ON when open processing has been completed i e when a connection is made OFF Turns OFF when close processing has been completed Will remain OFF when open processing ends in an error 125 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Note The TCP socket connection status is also provided as codes in the following words of the words allocated to the Ethernet Unit in the CPU Bus Unit Area in the DM Area D30000 100 x unit number 9 to 16 Refer to TCP Socket Connection Status on page 75 and to Appendix D TCP Status Transitions for details 6 2 5 Application Procedure m D30000 100 x unit number CPU Bus Unit Area in the DM Area 15 0 2 Socket Service Parameter Area 1 Socket Service Parameter Area 2 So
61. Hex If the local IP address in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup is set to a value other than 00 00 00 00 this area words m 98 and m 99 will act as an IP Address Display Area and the local IP address set in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup will be read and stored here when the power is turned ON or the Unit restarted If the local IP address in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup is set to 00 00 00 00 the default setting this value is read by the Ethernet Unit when the power is turned ON or the Unit restarted and is used as the local IP address Note Choose the method used to set the local IP address as follows Set the local IP address in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup when making other settings in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup i e the default settings are not used The settings are made with CX Programmer Set the local IP address in the allocated words in the DM Area when using the CPU Bus Unit System Setup at its default settings i e for simple operation The setting is usually made with a Programming Console Application Setting device Setting area Remarks Simple operation i e Programming Console CX Allocated words in the DM Area The setting in the allocated The CPU Unit Bus Programmer can also be used words in the DM Area is System Setup is used enabled only when the IP at its default settings address in the CPU Unit Bus Only the IP address is System Setup is set to set 00 00 00 00 lf the IP address in the
62. If an incorrect address is set 0000 Hex will 76 DM Area Allocations Application Operation with the CPU Unit Bus Sys tem Setup set as desired i e The default settings are not used Note Setting device CX Programmer Section 4 4 be stored here and the ERC indicator will flash Refer to Setting the Local IP Address CJ series Ethernet Units 10 9 8 7 6 5432 1 0 2 i 3 i 6 7 8 15 14 13 12 11 m 98 1 i m 99 5 IP address 12 34 56 78 Hex If the local IP address in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup is set to a value other than 00 00 00 00 this area words m 98 and m 99 will act as an IP Address Display Area and the local IP address set in the CPU Bus Unit Sys tem Setup will be read and stored here when the power is turned ON or the Unit restarted If the local IP address in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup is set to 00 00 00 00 the default setting this value is read by the Ethernet Unit when the power is turned ON or the Unit restarted and is used as the local IP address Choose the method used to set the local IP address as follows Set the local IP address in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup when making other settings in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup i e the default settings are not used The settings are made with CX Programmer Set the local IP address in the allocated words in the DM Area when using the CPU Bus Unit System Setup at its default settings i e for simple opera
63. See eek eee eee ee pee te ee ee Pens bee de Get DENS 24 3 2 Overview of Startup Procedure 0 0 0 eee eee 26 3 37 Wit Components yore veges ironia GNSS Sn SEER oleh dee Atle alk eee 28 3 4 Switch Settings 5 i 2 sh eer tee E E E O E viet ener een es 33 3 53 Mo ntng toa PC obrea ranee epee te pO bin gee seed PARA PEES 37 3 6 Connecting to the Network 0 00 0 eee eee 39 3 7 Creating an I O Table p cesigis ed bes He eae Sie Eee ee Re ee 45 3 8 Creating Routing Tables essc c 0 0 cece eee 46 3 9 System Setup c 5 08 60 bbs ae dad Se a aE Sey dae secure ee Re 51 3 10 Creating an IP Address Table 0 0 eee ee eee 52 3 11 Creating an IP Router Table 00 0 eee eee 52 3 12 Checking Communications 00 0 cee ee eee 53 vii TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 4 System Setup and Memory Allocations 57 4 1 Allocated Words assos 2tet 2a BGR Re Gilded Gin eee ik oS ee eh eee 58 4 2 CPU Bus Unit System Setup 0 0 2 eee eee 59 4 3 CIO Area Allocations 0 0 cece eee nee eens 67 4 4 DM Area Allocations 0 0 e ce eect nee eens 73 SECTION 5 FINS Communications ccccccccccccveee 79 5 1 Overview of FINS Communications 0 0 00 eee eee eee 80 5 2 Procedure Before Using FINS Communications 0004 82 5 3 Sending Commands From a PC 0 0 0 2 eee eee 83 5 4 Sending Commands From a Host Computer
64. Source network number 1 to 127 SA1 Source Node Address Specifies the local node number The ranges of numbers that can be spec ified are the same as for DA1 SA2 Source Node Address Specifies the number of the Unit at the source node The ranges of numbers that can be specified are the same as for DA2 SID Service ID The SID is used to identify the process that data is sent from Set any desired number from 00 to FF for the SID The same number will be returned in the response allowing you to match commands and responses in your applica tion 5 4 3 Sample Program Operation Overview This program reads 150 words of the PC memory beginning at D00100 by Settings Sample Program rRPrRE 1 WNHNRPOWANHAUPWNE incl incl incl incl incl incl ude ude ude ude ude ude define define define define sending an FINS command MEMORY AREA READ command code 0101 from a UNIX workstation to the PC on the Ethernet network If no response is received within two seconds of sending the FINS command the command will be resent The Ethernet Unit IP address is 196 36 32 100 and the FINS node number is 100 IP address conversion is set to automatic generation The workstation s IP address is 196 36 32 50 and its FINS node number is 50 The FINS UDP port number is 9600 default lt errno h gt lt stdio h gt lt sys types h gt lt sys socket h gt lt netinet in h gt lt signal h gt FINS_U
65. This command is supported for CJ series Ethernet Units only I 27 57 Command IP address Subnet mask code 27 57 Command Response code code Specify the local IP address of the Ethernet Unit using 4 pairs of hexadecimal numbers in the range 00 00 00 00 to FF FF FF FF 0 0 0 0 to 255 255 255 255 decimal If 0 0 0 0 is specified the local IP address set in the allocated words in the DM Area is enabled Example 150 31 2 83 96 1F 02 53 Specify the local IP address of the Ethernet Unit using 4 pairs of hexadecimal numbers in the range 00 00 00 00 to FF FF FF FF 0 0 0 0 to 255 255 255 255 decimal Example 255 255 255 255 FF FF FF 00 0000 Normal 1001 Command too large 1002 Command too small The local IP address and subnet mask set using this mask are written to the CPU Bus Unit System Setup for the Ethernet Unit For details refer to 4 2 CPU Bus Unit System Setup The new local IP address and subnet mask settings will not be effective until the PC is restarted or the Ethernet Unit is reset Command Response Reference Section 11 3 11 3 21 IP ADDRESS TABLE READ Command Block Response Block Parameters Number of Records Command Response Maximum Number of Stored Records Response Number of Stored Records Response IP Address Table Records Response Precautions Response Codes
66. UDP receive buffer 9 016 bytes Maximum capacity of the UDP receive buffer RAW send buffer 2 048 bytes Maximum capacity of the RAW send buffer RAW receive buffer 2 048 bytes Maximum capacity of the RAW receive buffer FINS receive buffer 16 383 bytes Maximum capacity of the FINS receive buffer Hold timer 75 s 12 min max The hold timer is used for active open processing of TCP sockets A ETIMEDOUT error will occur if connection is not completed within 75 s Resend timer Initial value 1s Maximum value 64s The resend timer is used to monitor completion of reception of arrival confirmations when transferring data via socket services including FTP server and mail transfer TCP sockets If the timer setting is exceeded before arrival confirmation is received data is resent Resends are per formed from the first timeout 1 s through the 12th timeout 64 s A ETIMEDOUT error will occur after the 12th timeout Continue timer Initial value 5s Maximum value 60s The continue timer starts if preparations have been completed to send data but the send window is too small either O or too small to send the data and the remote node has not requested that communications be restarted Confirmation of the window size is requested from the remote node when the continue timer times out The initial value of the timer is 5 s and confirmation processing will continue consecutively with increas ing
67. Unit as a CPU Bus Unit Refer to 3 4 Switch Settings 3 Set the node address Refer to 3 4 Switch Settings 4 Set the local IP address Refer to 3 4 Switch Settings 5 Mount the Unit to the Backplane Refer to 3 5 Mounting to a PC Overview of Startup Procedure 1 2 3 Section 3 2 6 Connect to the network Connect the transceiver cable and external 24 VDC power supply for 10Base 5 systems and the twisted pair cable for 10Base T systems Refer to 3 6 Connecting to the Network 7 Turn ON the external 24 VDC power supply for 10Base 5 systems and turn ON power to the CPU Unit When turning ON the power supply either first turn ON the external power supply i e the power to the transceiver and then turn ON the power to the CPU Unit afterwards or else turn them both ON at the same time If the power is turned ON first to the CPU Unit a communications error will be generated 8 Create the I O tables using a Programming Device such as CX Program mer CX Net or a Programming Console This step can be omitted if the I O table has already been created Refer to 3 7 Creating an I O Table 9 Create the routing tables using the CX Net This step is required only if FINS communications are used or if CMND 490 is used by a PC with mul tiple Communications Units mounted to it Refer to 3 8 Creating Routing Tables 10 Make the settings in the System Setup using the CX Programmer Create the IP address table and IP rou
68. allocated according to the unit number as shown in the following tables The 25 words are allocated per Unit in the CIO Area and 100 word are allocated per Unit in the DM Area 58 CPU Bus Unit System Setup CIO Area Allocations DM Area Allocations Section 4 2 Unit No Allocated words Unit No Allocated words decimal decimal 0 0 CIO 1500 to CIO 1524 8 8 CIO 1700 to CIO 1724 1 1 CIO 1525 to CIO 1549 9 9 CIO 1725 to CIO 1749 2 2 CIO 1550 to CIO 1574 A 10 CIO 1750 to CIO 1774 3 3 CIO 1575 to CIO 1599 B 11 CIO 1775 to CIO 1799 4 4 CIO 1600 to CIO 1624 C 12 CIO 1800 to CIO 1824 5 5 CIO 1625 to CIO 1649 D 13 CIO 1825 to CIO 1849 6 6 CIO 1650 to CIO 1674 E 14 CIO 1850 to CIO 1874 7 7 CIO 1675 to CIO 1699 F 15 CIO 1875 to CIO 1899 Unit No decimal Allocated words D30000 to D30099 Unit No decimal Allocated words D30800 to D30899 k D30100 to D30199 D30900 to D30999 N D30200 to D30299 D31000 to D31099 wo D30300 to D30399 D31100 to D31199 D30400 to D30499 D31200 to D31299 ol D30500 to D30599 D31300 to D31399 O D30600 to D30699 D31400 to D31499 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 A YS JS SG N D30700 to D30799 4 2 CPU Bus Unit System Setup To operate the Ethernet Unit as a node on an Ethernet network the required parameters must be set in the CPU Bus Unit System
69. and B will decrease Example The following table shows calculation of the approximate maximum transfer delay for sending 512 bytes of data between two PCs using CMND 490 for a TCP socket Local PC cycle time 5 ms Remote PC cycle time 10 ms Local receive processing time 5x5 20x2 30 95ms Local send processing time 5x5 20x2 30 95ms 110 Overview Section 6 1 Item Formula Remote send processing time 10 x 5 20 x 2 30 120 ms Remote receive processing time 10 x 5 20 x 2 30 120 ms Maximum transmission delay 95 95 120 120 430 ms 6 1 9 Precautions in Using Socket Services UDP and TCP Socket e If a short response monitor time is specified in CMND 490 control data Services and the Ethernet Unit is operating under a high load a result may be stored even if the response code indicates a time out If this occurs increase the monitor time specified with CMND 490 The socket status area in the CIO Area is zeroed when the PC s operating mode is changed e g from PROGRAM to RUN The actual Ethernet Unit socket status however will remain unchanged after the socket status area is zeroed To avoid this problem use the IOM Hold setting in the PC Setup Refer to the PC s operation manuals for details on settings The Results Storage Error Flag will turn ON in the socket status to indi cate that the specified Results Storage Area does not exist in the PC Cor rect the user program e Communi
70. and a response is received e A FINS command is received from a remote node If the command is addressed to the local Unit it is processed internally If it is addressed to another Unit a request is made to the CPU Unit and the result is sent back to the remote node as a response Following the FINS header information the Ethernet Unit serves as a gateway for FINS commands and responses between other Communi cations Units mounted to the same PC Socket services The Ethernet Unit supports up to 16 ports 8 TCP ports and 8 UDP ports for socket interface with respect to the ladder program When this function is used communications can be carried out by either TCP or UDP with var ious devices on the Ethernet network This function can be used by either manipulating dedicated control switches in memory or by executing CMND 490 1 Manipulating dedicated control switches in memory Socket services can be used by first setting the required parameters in the Socket Service Parameter Area allocated in the DM Area refer to4 4 DM Area Allocations and then turning ON dedicated control switches in memory There is no need to monitor the completion timing for instructions or socket services so the work hours involved in developing ladder pro grams can be reduced Only eight socket ports UDP and TCP combined can be used with this method For any ports that exceed that number use the CMND 490 instruction Using CMND 490 Socket services
71. before attempting to install an Ethernet System Unless you are already experienced in installing communications systems we strongly recommend that you employ a professional to install your system e Do not install Ethernet equipment near sources of noise If noise prone environments are unavoidable be sure to take adequate measures against noise interference such as installing network components in grounded metal cases using optical links in the system etc Further information on measures that can be taken against noise is given later in this section Recommended Products The following products are recommended for use with the CS1W ETNO1 Ethernet Unit CS1W ETNO1 10Base 5 Company Transceiver Hirakawa Hewtech Corp MTX 210TZ Mitsubishi Cable Indus ET 10081 tries Ltd Transceiver cable Mitsubishi Cable Indus Transceiver cables tries Ltd molded type 24 VDC Power Supply OMRON S82J Series CS1W ETN11 CJ1W ETN11 10Base T Model Specifications Inquires number Allied RH509E 9 port hub Allied Telesis Telesis R820TLX 9 port hub with 10Base 5 0120 86 0442 backbone port in Japan only Twisted pair Category 3 4 or 5 UTP cable unshielded twisted pair cable CS1W ETNO1 10Base 5 Precautions Coaxial Cable Installation Precautions Basic Precautions e As a rule always lay coaxial cables indoors Laying coaxial cables outdoors requires special measures that should b
72. connected to network FE Hex Unit connected to network Destination node number N 84 00 to 7E Hex 0 to 126 The same data can be broadcast to all nodes on the network by setting the destination node number to FF Hex The range of node addresses is different for networks other than Ethernet Note The message service does not guarantee that a message will reach the desti nation node A message may be lost during transmission due to factors such as noise To prevent this from occurring when using message services it is common to set up retry processing at the node from which instructions are issued With the SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 instructions retry processing is executed automatically by specifying the number of retries so specify a number other than 0 Sending Commands From a PC Section 5 3 RECV 098 With the RECV 098 instruction the data in m number of words starting from the beginning word S at the remote node node number M is received at the words starting from the beginning word D at the local node Local node Remote node number N RECV 98 o S O a S Remote node beginning word D Local beginning word C First word of control data below 5 0 10_ 87 3 0 a a ee Number of reception words m 0001 to O3DE Hex 1 to 990 words Number of retries L 9 to F Hex 0 to 15 retries Communications port number 0 to 7 15 n 87 0 ce Response 0 R
73. data types are supported ascii Files are transferred as ASCII data binary image Files are transferred as binary data All files are treated by the PC as binary files Before reading or writing any files always use the type command to set the file type to binary File con tents cannot be guaranteed if transferred as ASCII data The default file type is ASCII get FILE_NAME receive_file_name Transfers the specified remote file from the Memory Card or EM File Memory to the local host A receive file name can be used to specify the name of the file in the local host mget FILE NAME Using FTP Commands Function put Format Function mput Format Function delete Format Function mdelete Format Function close Format Function bye Format Function quit Format Function Section 7 5 Allows the use of a wildcard character to transfer multiple remote files from the Memory Card or EM File Memory to the local host put file_name DESTINATION_FILE_NAME Transfers the specified local file to the remote host Memory Card or EM File Memory A destination file name can be used to specify the name the file is stored under in the Memory Card or EM File Memory Any existing file with the same name in the remote host Memory Card or EM File Memory will be overwritten by the contents of the transferred file If an error occurs during file transfer the file being transferred will be del
74. destination Methods to ensure reliability such as retries and appropriate processing of FINS responses must be programmed into the user application 5 1 2 FINS Communications Service Features 80 The FINS communications service is a function for controlling operations such as sending and receiving data changing modes and so on between nodes on OMRON factory automation networks It provides the following features e Communications instructions are executed in the user program Overview of FINS Communications Section 5 1 e Writing data changing modes reading detailed information about Units and so on can be executed without any particular knowledge of commu nications procedures or network classification e Units and Boards that support FINS commands return responses auto matically so there is no need for a program at the receiving end e The FINS communications service is mainly used between OMRON CPU Bus Units CPU Units and Support Boards for FA Computers By cor rectly setting information such as headers however it can also be used from ordinary Ethernet communications devices The FINS communications service can be used from a PC with either of the following three instructions e SEND 090 RECV 098 SEND 090 and RECV 098 are used to send and receive data area read ing and writing e CMND 490 CMND 490 is used to send FINS commands The particular FINS com mands that are supported vary depending of t
75. followed by the password In this case enter the FTP password set in the system setup The user name is automatically requested immediately after connection to the FTP server Is Format 1s 1 REMOTE_FILE_NAME local_file_name Function Displays the remote host Memory Card or EM File Memory file names Set the switch I to display not only the file names but the creation date and size as well If the switch is not set only the file names will be displayed You can specify a file name in the Memory Card or EM File Memory if desired If a local file name is specified the file information will be stored in the speci fied file in the host computer Example 1s dir Format dir REMOTE_FILE_NAME local_file_name Function Displays the file names date created and size of the files in the remote host Memory Card or EM File Memory It displays the same information as com mand Is l Specify a file name in the Memory Card or EM File Memory as the remote file name If a local file name is specified the file information is stored in the specified file in the host computer Example dir rename Format rename CURRENT_FILE_NAME NEW_FILE_NAME Function Changes the specified current file name to the specified new file name rename can be used only to change the file name It cannot be used to move the file to a different directory mkdir Format mkdir DIRECTORY_NAME Function Creates a directory of the specified name at the re
76. h Reception processing time CPU Bus Unit service cycle remote node CPU Bus Unit service processing time remote node Maximum transmission delay CPU data set processing time remote node The CPU Bus Unit service cycle is a single PC cycle This is the time required to process CPU Bus Units and is approximately 1 ms for Ethernet Units Number of words transferred x 0 011 3 ms Number of words transferred x 0 011 3 ms Number of words transferred x 0 02 20 ms 1 The actual operating environment can cause transmission delays larger than those calculated with the methods given here Among the causes of longer delays are the following traffic on the network window sizes at net work nodes traffic through the Ethernet Unit e g socket servicing FTP server communications etc and the system configuration 2 The CPU data set processing time is the standard when the peripheral ser vice time is set in the CPU Unit System Setup to the default of 4 As this value is increased the processing time is shortened The following example shows calculations for sending 256 words between two PC nodes using SEND 090 The local node s CPU cycle time is 10 ms and the remote node s CPU cycle time is 5 ms Calculations are shown in the fol lowing table Sending Commands From a PC Section 5 3 RECV 098 RECV 098 executed in user program processing time d CPU Bus Unit Service Cycle CPU Bus Unit Service Proce
77. node busy send failed Unexpected routing error No setting in IP address table packet discarded Service not supported in current mode packet discarded Internal send buffer full packet discarded Maximum frame size exceeded routing failed 1st byte Commands Bit 15 Bits 08 to 14 Bits 00 to 07 Responses Bit 15 Bits 08 to 14 Bits 00 to 07 2nd byte Check transceiver at remote node Set the IP address correctly Check the connection to the remote node Check the unit address at the remote node Troubleshoot the error in the CPU Unit using the PC operation man ual Set the destination address in the routing tables Set the local node remote node and relay nodes in the routing tables Create the routing tables correctly Reconstruct the network or cor rect the routing tables so that commands are sent to within a 3 level network range Check the command format and set the correct command data Check the command format and set the correct command data Change the network so that traffic is not concentrated Check for nodes sending illegal packets Change the network so that traffic is not concentrated Check the routing tables Set the remote node in the IP address table Select the IP address table or both methods for the address con version method Change the network so that traffic is not c
78. of Times Internode Test Data Did Not Match Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 O m 8 Number of data disagreement errors 0000 to FFFF The number of data disagreement errors that have occurred in the internode test is stored in this word in hexadecimal 0000 to FFFF Hex 0 to 65 535 times When the count reaches FFFF Hex it will not go any further The count value will be retained until the internode test is restarted TCP Socket No 1 to 8 Connection Status Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 m 9 to m 16 SY L TCP connection status The connection status for each TCP socket is stored by code in this word For details refer to Appendix D TCP Status Transitions 75 DM Area Allocations Section 4 4 Mail Status Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 m 17 GAA a es a te A L User mail status Periodic mail status Error log mail status The transmission statuses of user mail periodic mail and error log mail are stored in this word as shown in the following table Status Mail is either waiting to be sent or can be sent using the Mail Send Switch No mail is being sent Mail is being sent Mail is either waiting to be sent or can be sent using the Mail Send Switch The previous mail transmis sion was completed normally Mail is either
79. on the rotary switches Set the node number to between 01 and 7F Hex The Ethernet Unit is faulty Restart the PC If the problem persists replace the Ethernet Unit Lit An error occurred in EEPROM Restart the PC If the problem persists replace the Ethernet Unit 192 Flashing The IP address is set incorrectly on the rotary switches on the back of the Unit CS Series only Correct the IP address Do not set any of the following IP addresses e Host IDs that are all O or all 1 Network IDs that are all O or all 1 e Subnetwork IDs that are all 1 e Addresses beginning with 127 7F Hex The node number set on the rotary switch on the front of the Unit does not agree with the host ID in the IP address This probably can occur when the address conversion method is set for automatic address gener ation CS Series only Make sure that the node number and the last byte of the IP address are the same and set other host IDs to 0 Change the address conversion method Troubleshooting with Indicators RUN ERH Flashing Probably cause The IP address is set incorrectly on the rotary switches on the back of the Unit CJ Series only Section 10 1 Correction Correct the IP address Do not set any of the following IP addresses e Host IDs that are all O or all 1 e Network IDs that are all O or all 1 e Subnetwork IDs that are all 1 e Addresses beginning wit
80. one minute on the side that closes the socket first we recommend that the active side port number be set to O and that you close the socket from the active side If you are using the Socket Service Re quest Switches check the response code to see if it is 0049 Hex 6 Returnto General Problems on page 199 Closing Problems Refer to General Problems on page 199 Reception Problems 1 2 3 1 Is reception processing not finishing True Step 6 2 Is the remote node not processing to send data 201 Troubleshooting Procedures Section 10 5 True Adjust the remote node to process send data 3 Read memory status using the FINS command READ MEMORY STATUS 4 Is the network memory being used more than 80 True There may be too much load on the Ethernet Unit If the memory exhaustion records show counts processing may be slow Check your applications 5 Return to the procedure for general problems 6 Is the response code in the results storage area a value other than 0000 If you are using the Socket Service Request Switches check the re sponse code to see if it is other than 0000 Hex True Return to the procedure for general problems 7 Is the number of bytes received in the results storage area 0 True The remote node s TCP socket has closed Close the local socket Transmission Problems 1 2 3 1 Is send processing finishing True Return to the procedure for general problems 2 Read socket st
81. or a transmission parameter error occurs the num ber of internode tests is not incremented Number of Internode Test Timeout Errors Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 m 5 Number of timeout errors 0000 to FFFF The number of timeout errors that have occurred in the internode test is stored in this word in hexadecimal 0000 to FFFF Hex 0 to 65 535 times When the count reaches FFFF Hex it will not go any further The count value will be retained until the internode test is restarted Number of Internode Test Response Errors Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 m 6 Number of response errors 0000 to FFFF The number of response errors that have occurred in the internode test is stored in this word in hexadecimal 0000 to FFFF Hex 0 to 65 535 times When the count reaches FFFF Hex it will not go any further The count value will be retained until the internode test is restarted Number of Internode Test Transmission Errors Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 m 7 Number of transmission errors 0000 to FFFFHex The number of transmission errors that have occurred in the internode test is stored in this word in hexadecimal 0000 to FFFF Hex 0 to 65 535 times When the count reaches FFFF Hex it will not go any further The count value will be retained until the internode test is restarted Number
82. out If O is set the requested service will not be timed Number of Bytes to Send Receive Send the number of bytes to be sent or the number of bytes to receive When the transfer has been completed the actual number of bytes that have been sent or received will be written here Send Receive Data Address Specify the address of the first word to send or the address of the first word where data is to be received Always set the bit number to 00 Hex Offset 15 8 7 0 6 Area Leftmost 2 digits designation of word address 47 Rightmost 2 digits Bit number of word address i always 00 Hex The following specifications can be used Word address Area Word address designation Hex Hex CIO HR CIO 0000 to 6143 BO 0000 to 17FF bi HR H000 to H511 B2 0000 to 01FF AR A448 to A959 B3 01C0 to 03BF DM Area DM D00000 to D32767 82 0000 to 7FFF EM Area Bank 0 E0_00000 to E0_32767 AO 0000 to 7FFF Bank C_ EC_00000 to EC_32767 AC 0000 to 7FFF 6 2 2 Response Codes When processing of a request has been completed for socket services exe cuted using Socket Service Request Switches a response code will be stored in the Response Code word in the Socket Service Parameter Area The fol 117 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 lowing response codes will be stored depending on the service that was requested UDP Socket Open Request
83. password will be invalid 62 CPU Bus Unit System Setup Note Section 4 2 If the login name is incorrectly specified or if no login name is specified at all the default login name of CONFIDENTIAL will be used and no FTP pass word will be required The default is for no FTP login name to be set FTP Password Enter the Units FTP server password using up to eight characters Alphanu meric characters hyphens commas quotation marks and underlines can be used as password characters If a login name has been set then a password must also be set or both the FTP login name and FTP password will be invalid The default is for no FTP password to be set IP Address Table This table contains the conversion data used to generate IP addresses from FINS node numbers when using FINS communications This table is ignored if the IP address conversion method is set to automatic generation only The IP address table cannot be edited It is configured as follows by the CX Pro grammer FINS node number IP address 150 31 2 83 150 31 6 68 Setting range 1 to 126 Setting range 0 0 0 0 to 255 255 255 255 Up to 32 records can be registered The default is for nothing to be set For an explanation of how to make the settings refer to the CX Programmer User s Manual IP Router Table The IP router table sets how the Ethernet Unit communicates via the IP router with nodes on other IP network segments This table
84. selected Default Status information not included in user mail Selected Status information included in user mail Sending Mail for Errors Specify whether or not mail is to be sent to a preset mail address whenever an error is registered in the error log The following types of data can be specified to be sent as mail 64 CPU Bus Unit System Setup Section 4 2 e User Data Refer to Sending User Data for Errors below e Error Log Information Refer to Sending Error Log Information for Errors below e Status Information Refer to Status Information for Errors below If none of these types of data is selected mail will not be sent even if the set ting is made for mail to be sent whenever an error is registered Setting Meaning Not selected Default Mail not sent when error is registered in error log Selected Mail not sent when error is registered in error log Sending User Data for Errors Specify whether or not user data is to be added to mail contents when mail is sent whenever an error is registered to the error log Not selected Default User data not included in mail when error is registered to error log Selected User data included in mail when error is registered to error log Sending Error Log Information for Errors Specify whether or not all error log information is to be added to mail contents when mail is sent whenever an error is registered to the error log Not selected Defaul
85. sent total number of errors sent and total number of send collisions is discontinued when the counted value reaches the maximum value 0000 Normal 11 3 4 INTERNODE ECHO TEST Runs the echo test between specified nodes 08 01 1 998 bytes max Command Test data code 08 01 1 998 bytes max Command Response Test data code code This command specifies the data to be sent to the specified nodes Up to 1 998 bytes can be specified The response sends back data identical to the data specified in the command An abnormality is assumed if the data returned in the response differs from the test data sent The test destination node is the destination node specified in the CMND 194 instruction operands Command Response Reference Section 11 3 Always specify the unit address of the Ethernet Unit in the CMND 194 instruction Response Codes 0000 Normal 1001 Command too large 1002 Command too small No test data 11 3 5 BROADCAST TEST RESULTS READ Reads the results number of times data received of the broadcast test Command Block 08 02 Command code Response Block I I I 08 02 Command Response Times code code received Parameters Times Received The number of times the data has been received normally during the broad Response cast send test is returned as a hexadecimal number The number of times received is cleared
86. socket closed by remote node Close the local socket and try reconnecting EADDRNOTAVAIL Can t assign requested address mistake in remote IP address Check the setting of the remote IP address and try reconnecting EAFNOSUPPORT Address family not supported by protocol family Close the local socket and try reopening it ENETUNREACH Network is unreachable Set the path to the remote node in the IP router table EHOSTDOWN Host is down Check the remote host and communications path EWOULDBLOCK Operation would block Close the local socket and try reopening it EHOSTUNREACH No route to host The specified node does not exist on the desig nated IP network segment Check the commu nications path ETIMEDOUT Connection timed out TCP timed out Check the remote host and communications path ESELABORT Used for internal Ethernet Unit pro cessing Close the local socket and try reopening it None Internal memory cannot be allocated for processing the service cannot be provided Traffic is too high at the Ethernet Unit Correct the user application to reduce traffic at the Ethernet Unit None Timed out for passive TCP open request Either the remote node is not executing an active TCP open or there is a block on the net work None Closed by close command during socket servicing No action is necessarily called for None
87. supply 44 Creating an I O Table Section 3 7 Note 1 Use a power supply that meets these specifications 2 If the power supply is separate from a node make sure that these specifi cations are met at the node s terminal block 3 Turn ON the Unit s power supply either before or at the same time as the CPU Unit s power supply If the CPU s power is turned ON first a commu nications error may be generated 4 Use a power supply with double or reinforced insulation 5 Confirm that the Power Status Bit is ON before starting communications Refer to Power Status Bit 15 in 4 3 CIO Area Allocations 6 In the IEEE802 3 standards the transceiver power supply specifications require a voltage of 11 28 V 12 V 6 to 15 75 V 15 V 5 at the transceiver inputs The voltage output by the Ethernet Unit takes into ac count a voltage drop at the transceiver cable 3 7 Creating an I O Table After the hardware settings and connections have been completed turn ON the power supply to the PC and create an I O table 3 7 1 I O Table Overview An I O table is used to identify Units connected to the PC and to allocate I O to them If any change is made to the Unit configuration of a CS CJ series PC an I O table must be created to register the Units to the CPU Unit 3 7 2 Connecting Programming Devices to the PC To create the I O table connect a Programming Device such as a Program ming Console or CX Programmer to the PC
88. the CJ1W ETN11 Writing the IP address and the subnet mask on this label and then attaching it to the front of the Unit allows the IP address and subnet mask to be confirmed easily ENN ERC D AD Example ERH TCP FIP TS IP ADDRESS 133 113 0 42 SUBNET MASK 255 255 255 0 Attach the label to the front of the Ethernet Unit between the node number switches and the Ethernet 133 113 0 42 SUBNET MASK 255 255 255 0 ETHERNET 31 Unit Components Section 3 3 Each communications device connected to the Ethernet network is allocated a unique Ethernet address For the Ethernet Unit this Ethernet address is shown on the right side of the Unit as a 12 digit hexadecimal number omron CJ1W ETN11 ETHERNET UNIT Lot No OMRON Corporation MADE IN JAPAN Ethernet Address Ethernet address 12 digits Note The Ethernet address can also be checked using the FINS command CON TROLLER DATA READ Refer to 11 3 2 CONTROLLER DATA READ 3 3 2 Indicators The status of the indicators show the operating status of the Unit CS1W ETNO1 10Base 5 CS1W ETN11 10Base T CJ1W ETN11 10Base T ETN11 RUN ERC SD RD _ ERH TCP FIP TS Indicator Meaning Not lit e Operation stopped e Hardware error Lit Normal operation P S Not lit Power is not being supplied to the transceiver ee weno aniy Lit Powe
89. the exchange of FINS command frames and their corresponding response frames There are also commands with no responses Both command frames and response frames are comprised of a FINS header for storing transfer control information a FINS command field for storing a command and a FINS parameter data field for storing command parameters and transmission response data 97 Sending Commands From a Host Computer Section 5 4 FINS Command Frame Configuration Size bytes Contents ICF 1 Displays frame information RSV 1 Reserved by system Lee AGM 1 Permissible number of gateways __ DNA 1 Destination network address 1 FINS header d __DA1___ Destination node address DA2 1 Destination unit address SNA 1 Source network address SA1 1 Source node address SA2 1 Source unit address SID 1 Service ID MRC 1 Main request code FINS command SRC 1 Sub request code Parameter 2000 max Command parameters and send data ENS paameterdata data field The data length depends on the MRC and SRC FINS Response Frame The response code one byte each for MRES and SRES for the command is Configuration added at the beginning of the FINS parameter data field in the response frame Size bytes Contents FINS header 10 Same as in command frame FINS command 2 Same as in command frame _ MRES___ 1 Main response code FINS _SRES 1 Sub response code parameter data field Data Meee max Response dat
90. the execution results have been checked the TCP Send Bit CIO 000002 is turned OFF TCP Receive When the TCP Receive Bit CIO 000003 turns ON the TCP Receive Error Flag CIO 000103 is turned OFF and the TCP Receiving Flag CIO 000203 is turned ON to initialize processing When the TCP Receiving Flag CIO 000203 turns ON the status of the Port Enabled Flag A20200 is checked to be sure it is ON and a TCP RECEIVE REQUEST command is sent using CMND 490 D04000 First command word D04010 First response word D00030 First control data word The TCP Receiving Flag CIO 000203 is also turned OFF If the Port Enabled Flag A20200 turns ON and the Re ceiving Flag CIO 150901 turns OFF while the TCP Re ceiving Flag CIO 000203 is OFF checks are made and if any of the following are true the TCP Receive Error Flag CIO 000103 is turned ON The Results Storage Error Flag CIO 150914 is ON The contents of the Response Storage Area set in the command code D04020 is not 0000 Hex normal end The Network Communications Error Flag A21900 is ON After the execution results have been checked the TCP Receive Bit CIO 000003 is turned OFF Using Socket Services with CAND 490 Section 6 3 Note When using the above programming example change the bit and word addresses as necessary to avoid using the same areas used by other parts of the user program or the CPU Bus Unit 6 3 6 UDP IP Communications Programming Exam
91. the socket status before attempting to open a socket TCP socket status is provided in words m 9 to m 16 in the DM Area for sockets 1 to 8 TCP Connection Status The TCP connection status is provided for ports for which TCP sockets have been opened When a port is closed the previous status will remain in the DM Area until a socket is opened again Writing data to the DM Area however is not synced with writing to the Socket Status Areas and timing may vary somewhat 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 m 9 to m 16 4 L TOP connection status Status in indicated in bits O to 3 using the 1 digit hexadecimal codes shown in the following table Status Meaning CLOSED Connection closed LISTEN Waiting for connection SYN SENT Active and waiting for SYN SYN RECEIVED SYN sent and received ESTABLISHED Connection established CLOSE WAIT FIN received and waiting for close FIN WAIT1 Finished and FIN sent CLOSING Finished and FIN exchanged Waiting for acknowledge ment of FIN arrival LAST ACK FIN received and finished Waiting for acknowledgement of FIN arrival FIN WAIT2 FIN arrival acknowledged Waiting for FIN NN QO oO A oO N oO TIME WAIT Finished and waiting for silence for twice the maximum segment life 2MSL 6 2 6 Socket Services and Socket Status When using socket services it is i
92. to the manual during each revision Page numbers refer to the previous version Revision code Revised content February 1999 Original production November 2000 CS1W ETN11 10Base T Ethernet Unit added Pages xi 2 to 7 10 22 to 24 27 to 31 53 to 55 171 181 194 195 223 227 229 230 241 247 and 251 Information on CS1W ETN11 added Page 2 Parenthetic information added under FINS Message Communications Page 6 Data given in QG units removed from table Page 21 Minor changes made to first note Page 22 Minor changes in wording made to points 8 and 9 Page 27 Note at bottom of page removed Page 32 Information about Programming Devices added Page 35 Information on CX Programmer and CX Net made Pages 38 39 50 51 52 64 141 and 151 Minor changes made to wording of information on CX Programmer Page 40 Information on startup tests added Pages 76 77 and 78 Minor changes made to mathematical notation Page 83 References added in 2 places Page 92 Minor changes and additions made in several places Page 104 Wording of last 2 paragraphs changed Page 160 Information on mail send functions added May 2001 Information related to the CJ1W ETN11 added throughout the manual In addi tion the following changes were made Page 22 Information on address conversion methods added Page 33 Text and graphic added to information on twisted pair cable Title added to bottom graphic Page 43 Referenc
93. waiting to be sent or can be sent using the Mail Send Switch An error occurred in the previ ous mail transmission Mail cannot be sent system setting error Socket Services Parameter Area 1 to 8 Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit Offset Socket _ Socket No 1 No 8 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 O 0 m 18 a m 88 UDP TCP socket number 1 to 8 1 m 19 m 89 Local UDP TCP port number 0000 to FFFF Hex 2 m 20 m 90 Remote IP address 00000000 to FFFFFFFF Hex m 21 m 91 4 m 22 oo m 92 Remote UDP TCP port number 0000 to FFFF Hex 5 m 23 m 93 Number of send receive bytes 0000 to 07CO Hex 1984 6 m 24 m 94 Send receive data address m 25 m 95 Same as FINS variable area designation method 8 m 26 m 96 Timeout value 0000 to FFFF Hex 9 m 27 e m 97 Response code When socket services are requested by control switch manipulation the set tings must be made in advance in a Socket Service Parameter Area The parameters used will vary depending on the service requested For details refer to 6 2 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches IP Address Display Setting Area CS series Ethernet Units 15 14 13 12 11 109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 m 98 swi swe SW3 sw4 m 99 SW5 SW6 SW7 i swe The set values of the Local IP Address Switches rotary switches 1 to 8 on the back of the Ethernet Unit are read and stored here when the power is turned ON or the Unit restarted
94. will not be able to perform communications Be sure to set the local IP address in one of these areas It is not possible however to set the following IP ad dresses If any of these values are set the ERH indicator will flash e IP addresses where all network number bits are 0 e IP addresses where all host number bits are 0 e IP addresses where all subnet number bits are 0 e IP addresses starting with 127 7F Hex e g 127 35 21 16 Subnet Mask Set all bits in the subnet mask that correspond to the bits in the IP address used for the network number and the bits used for the subnet number to 1 and set all bits in the subnet mask that correspond to the bits in the IP address used for the host number to 0 The subnet mask must be set only when configuring a system which includes subnetworks If no subnet mask is set the subnet mask will be automatically set to one of the following values depending on the local IP address setting Class Subnet mask value Class A IP address 255 0 0 0 Class B IP address 255 255 0 0 Class C IP address 255 255 255 0 The default is 0 0 0 0 A value corresponding to the IP address class is used FTP Login Name Enter the user s FTP server login name using up to 12 characters Alphanu meric characters hyphens commas quotation marks and underlines can be used in login name Once the login name has been set a password must also be set or both the FTP login name and FTP
95. will begin the internode test 3 If desired the test parameters can be changed while the internode test is actually running Use the same procedure as used in step 1 4 Turn OFF the Internode Test Start Switch allocated to the Ethernet Unit in the CPU Bus Unit Area to stop the test Note 1 The test parameters are effected as soon as they are set or changed It is not necessary to reboot or restart If the test parameters are changed dur ing the test however the new parameters will not be used until the Intern ode Test Start Switch is turned OFF and then back ON 2 Line traffic on the Ethernet network will increase during the test possibly affecting system performance Setting the Test Parameters Before starting the test set the following parameters in the software switches in the words in the DM area allocated to the Ethernet Unit The test parame ters become effective immediately after they are set It is not necessary to reboot or restart the PC Configuration of the The software switches are stored at offsets from the first word calculated with Software Switches the formula first word D03000 100 x unit number Offset Contents Bits 8 to 15 Bits 0 to 7 Remote network address Remote node number Number of send bytes Response monitor time Setting Range The parameter setting ranges are given in the following table Parameter Range Remote network address 00 Hex Local network 01 to 7F Hex 1 to 12
96. will flash With CJ series Units when using either the address conversion method the default or the combined method set the rightmost byte of the local IP address and the node number to the same values and set the other host set tings to 0 If the values are wrong the ERH indicator will flash Characteristics of Automatic Generation Method The automatic address generation method has the advantage of clarifying the correspondence between the FINS address and the IP address but it also has the following restrictions 1 It cannot be applied outside of the range with the same network ID 2 The remote host number must be within the range of FINS node numbers 1 to 126 3 The Ethernet Units host number and the node number must be set to the same value The automatic address generation method is the default setting so there is no need to set it with the CX Programmer if the setting has not been changed 3 1 2 IP Address Table The IP address table method converts the FINS node number to an IP address based on a preset correspondence table called an IP address table The IP address table is prepared in the System Setup using the CX Program mer For details on the System Setup refer to 4 2 CPU Bus Unit System 25 Overview of Startup Procedure Section 3 2 Combined Method 1 2 3 Setup With different segments nodes with different network IDs can also be registered IP address FINS node address IP add
97. word and is abbreviated Wd in documentation in this sense The abbreviation PC means Programmable Controller and is not used as an abbreviation for anything else Visual Aids The following headings appear in the left column of the manual to help you locate different types of information Note Indicates information of particular interest for efficient and convenient opera tion of the product 1 2 3 1 Indicates lists of one sort or another such as procedures checklists etc OMRON 2000 All rights reserved No part of this publication may be reproduced stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means mechanical electronic photocopying recording or otherwise without the prior written permission of OMRON No patent liability is assumed with respect to the use of the information contained herein Moreover because OMRON is con stantly striving to improve its high quality products the information contained in this manual is subject to change without notice Every precaution has been taken in the preparation of this manual Nevertheless OMRON assumes no responsibility for errors or omissions Neither is any liability assumed for damages resulting from the use of the information contained in this publication TABLE OF CONTENTS PRECAUTIONS 8 ccs tiwtisienstvacaiesedeviwa ee XVII 1 Intended Audience s 4 s ase eee LGN Ee sans E O E a xviii 2 General Precautions eeri aa E a a E be See
98. words in the CIO Area Error status area 1 word CIO 1500 25 x unit number 18 TS indicator Internode Test Flag error status bit 8 Lit 1 Internode test running Not lit 0 Internode test stopped 9 3 2 Checking Results Test Status Bit 15 14 13 12 The results of the internode test are stored in the fourth through ninth words of the portion of the CPU Bus Unit Area allocated to the Ethernet Unit The sta tus information area stores the test status and numbers of test runs and errors The result of the test run and descriptions of errors are stored as the test sta tus The test status is stored at the word whose address is calculated by the following formula Word D03000 100 x unit number 3 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 3 Error code 0j 0 0 0 0 0 Error flags Error Code 1 Timeout error 1 Response error 1 Send error 1 Data not matched 1 Routing table error 1 Send parameter error If the test is run repeatedly the code for the latest test results is stored Description Normal Timeout error Response response code error Send error 189 Internode Test Section 9 3 Bit Description Data not matched Routing table error See note Send parameter error See note Note The internode test does not count errors when a routing ta
99. writing files or changing the operating mode To perform operations with a host computer with the FINS gateway func tion enabled other than sending or receiving data for example reading or writing files or changing the operating mode To communicate with a non OMRON PC By manipulating a dedicated control Socket services __ switch control switch manipulation To communicate with an OMRON PC within the Refer to socket services system Section 6 Socket Services P By using CMND 490 Socket services CMND 490 Refer to FINS Communications Section 5 FINS Communications To communicate with a host computer with the FINS gateway function disabled To designate from the host Refer to t file transfi pemesn the FC and ihe FTP server Section 7 FTP Server host computer Refer to Section 8 Mail To send e mail from the PC Mail Service to the mail server by any of the required conditions 2 2 FINS Communications FINS commands can be sent to or received from other PCs or computers on the same Ethernet network by executing SEND 090 RECV 098 or 18 Socket Services Section 2 3 CMND 490 instructions in the ladder diagram program This enables control operations such as the reading and writing of I O memory between PCs mode changes and file memory operations When a FINS message is sent on
100. 0 A BB lilli L Power status CS1W ETNO1 only L FTP status Error Status Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 n18 AAR a a ry 7 ry 4 L Bit 01 Transceiver echo test error CS1W ETNO1 only Bit 02 IP address error Bit 03 IP address table error Bit 04 IP router table error Bit 06 Routing table error Bit 07 Transceiver error CS1W ETNO1 only Bit 08 Internode test flag OFF Test stopped ON Test running Bit 14 Address mismatch Bit 15 EEPROM error Note A transceiver is built into the CS1W ETN11 and CJ1W ETN11 If this bit turns ON the Ethernet Unit has malfunctioned Socket Service Request Switches 1 to 8 CPU Unit to Ethernet Unit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 n 19 to n 22 L UDP Open Request Switch TCP Passive Open Request Switch TCP Active Open Request Switch Send Request Switch Receive Request Switch Close Request Switch 271 CPU Bus Unit Allocations in the CPU Unit Appendix F DM Area Allocations Each Unit is allocated 100 words in the DM Area as shown in the following table Unit No Allocated words Unit No Allocated words decimal decimal D30000 to D30099 D30800 to D30899 D30100 to D30199 D30900 to D30999 D30200 to D30299 D31000 to D31099 D30300 to D30399 D31100 to D31199 D30400 to D30499 D31200 to D31299 D30500 to D30599 D31300 to D31399 D30600 to D30699 D31400 to D31499 D3
101. 0 8 N m CS1W BC023 BC033 BC053 BC083 BC103 CPU Backplane CS series CPU Rack Can mount to any position gt S with 2 3 5 8 or 10 slots Xu 2 3 5 8 or 10 slots Expansion Backplane not possible with 2 slot CPU Backplane Up to four Units can be mounted CS1W BI033 B1053 B1083 BI103 CS series Expansion Backplane to thie Slots shown in the diagrams CS series Expansion Rack a Can mount to any position A with 3 5 8 or 10 slots y 3 5 8 or 10 slots C200H Expansion I O Backplane C200H Expansion Rack PS Ethernet Unit cannot be mounted to any slots Note CPU CPU Unit PS Power Supply Unit The CS1W ETNO1 ETN11 Ethernet Unit s maximum current consumption is 400 mA The power provided to the transceiver is not included because it comes from a 24 VDC power supply connected to the Unit s power supply ter minals Make sure that the total current consumption of all the Units con nected to the same CPU Backplane or Expansion Backplane does not exceed the output capacity of the Power Supply Unit 37 Mounting to a PC Section 3 5 3 5 2 Mounting to a CJ series PC Ethernet Units can be connected to either a CJ series CPU Rack or a CJ series Expansion CPU Rack Connect the Ethernet Unit in any of the posi tions shown below using the sliders on the top and bottom of
102. 00 VAC and 75 to 1 500 VDC meet the required safety standards for the PC EN61131 2 xxi SECTION 1 Features and System Configuration This section introduces the overall structure of an Ethernet network outlines the features of the Ethernet Unit describes the communications protocols used by an Ethernet network and provides basic precautions for use of an Ethernet network I T Features 60 jackie at ie Late Side E te das duende ia knee wis 2 1 2 System Configuration 0 0 0 aa n eee eee 3 1 2 1 Device Configuration 0000 c eee eee eee 3 1 2 2 Node Connections 0 0 0 0 cece eee eee eens 3 1 3 Devices Required in a Network 0 00 00 eee eee eee 4 1 3 1 10Base 5 Ethernet Unit 00 0 0 00 00000000 4 1 3 2 10Base T Ethernet Unit 0 0 0 0 000000 5 1 4 Related Programming Devices 00 000 e cece eee eee 6 1 5 Specifications acciar esses eee wee Gi eee ed ee de ee 7 1 6 Software Configuration 0 0 00 eee eee eee 10 1 7 IP Addresses dian a ee Sd egg ewig ieee Mee ede 12 1 7 1 IP Address Configuration 00 00 0000 12 1 7 2 Allocating IP Addresses 0 0 cece eee 12 1 7 3 IP Address Settings 00 eee eee 13 1 7 4 Subnet Masks aoee k oie ea bes ote os AW a Mal ENS 13 1 8 Precautions 3 5 0 ss elk eh eH UG ee EE 14 1 821 Installation ites cies bah eich ene pee ee oe ees 14 1 8 2 Ethernet and
103. 0064 Hex No of send receive bytes is 100 D30024 and D30025 8200 0000 Hex Send receive data address D00000 After the parameters have been set the Send Request Switch CIO 151903 is turned ON and the UDP Sending Flag CIO 000202 is turned OFF If the Send Request Switch CIO 151903 turns OFF while the UDP Sending Flag CIO 000200 is OFF the contents of the response code D30027 in the Socket Service Pa rameter Area is checked and if it is not 0000 Hex normal end the UDP Send Error Flag CIO 000102 is turned ON After the execution results have been checked the UDP Send Bit CIO 000002 is turned OFF UDP Receive When the UDP Receive Bit CIO 000003 turns ON the UDP Receive Error Flag CIO 000103 is turned OFF and the UDP Receiving Flag CIO 000203 is turned ON to initialize processing 137 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 Continued from previous page 000003 000203 IK MOV 21 0064 D30023 MOV 21 8203 D30024 MOV 21 E800 D30025 MOV 21 0000 D30026 151904 RSET 000203 000003 000203 IK 000003 000203 151904 D30027 0000 000003 000203 151904 RSET 000003 When the UDP Receiving Flag CIO 000203 turns ON the following parameters are written to the parameter area for socket number 1 D30018 0001 Hex UDP TCP socket No 1 D30023 0064 Hex No of send receive bytes
104. 0700 to D30799 D31500 to D31599 2 a N wo ol O 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 N ee es ee ee ee ea Area Configuration Offset Bit 15 8 7 0 m Internode test remote network address and node number__ m 1 Internode test numberof send bytes m 2 Internode test response monitoring time m 3 Internode test status m 4 Number of internode test runs m 5 Number of internode test timeout errors m 6 Number of internode test response errors m 7 Number of internode test send errors m 8 Number of times internode test data did not match m 9 TCP socket No 1 connection status m 16 TCP socket No 8 connection status m 17 Mail status m 18 Socket Services Parameter Area 1 m 28 Socket Services Parameter Area 2 m 88 Socket Services Parameter Area 8 m 98 m 99 IP Address Display Setting Area Internode Test Remote Network Address and Node Number CPU Unit to Ethernet Unit 15 14 13 12 11109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 m Remote network address Remote node number 00 to 7F Hex 01 to 7F Hex Internode Test Number of Send Bytes CPU Unit to Ethernet Unit 15 14 13 12 11109 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 m 1 Number of send bytes 0000 to 07CC Hex 1 996 bytes when set to 0000 Hex 272 CPU Bus Unit Allocations in the CPU Unit Appendix F Internode Test Response Monitoring Time CPU Unit to Ethernet Unit 15 14 13 1
105. 0x64 DA1 Ethernet Unit FINS NODE NUMBER fins _cmnd 5 0x00 DA2 fins _cmnd 6 0x01 SNA fins _cmnd 7 0x32 SA1 WS FINS NODE NUMBER fins _cmnd 8 0x00 SA2 fins cmnd 9 sid SID fins _cmnd 10 0x01 MRC fins _cmnd 11 0x01 SRC fins _cmnd 12 0x82 VARIABLE TYPE DM fins _cmnd 13 0x00 READ STARTADDRESS 100 fins _cmnd 14 0x64 fins cmnd 15 0x00 fins cmnd 16 0x00 WORDS READ 150 fins _cmnd 17 0x96 SEND FINS COMMAND bzero char amp cs_addr sizeof cs_addr cs_addr sin_family AF_INET cs_addr sin_addr s_addr inet_addr SERV_IP_ADDR cs_addr sin_port htons FINS_UDP_PORT signal SIGALRM recv_fail CMND_SEND sendlen 18 if sendto sockfd fins _cmnd sendlen 0 amp cs_addr sizeof cs_addr sendlen alarm RESP_TIMEOUT START RESPONSE MONITOR TIMER printf send length d n sendlen Sending Commands From a Host Computer Section 5 4 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 else err_exit send error RECEIVE FINS RESPONSE addrlen sizeof cs_addr if recvlen recvfrom sockfd fins _resp MAX_MSG 0 amp cs_addr amp addrlen lt 0 if errno EINTR goto CMND_SEND RE SEND FINS COMMAND err_exit receive error else alarm 0 STOP RESPONSE MONITOR TIMER printf recv length d n recvlen if recvlen lt 14 ILLEGAL RE
106. 10Base T conversion adapter A N 1 3 2 10Base T Ethernet Unit The basic configuration of a 10Base T Ethernet System consists of one hub to which nodes are attached in star form through twisted pair cable CS1W ETN11 CJ1W ETN11 Ethernet Units Hub The devices shown in the following table must be obtained to configure a net work using a 10Base T Ethernet Unit so prepare them in advance Network device Contents CS series 10Base T The 10Base T Ethernet Units are Communications Units Ethernet Unit CS1W that connect a CS series or CJ series PCs to Ethernet ETN11 or CJ series networks 10Base T Ethernet Unit CJ1W ETN11 Twisted pair cable A twisted pair cable that connects the 10Base T Ethernet Unit to the hub The twisted pair cable must have an RJ45 Modular Connector attached to each end Use a category 3 4 or 5 UTP unshielded twisted pair cable A relay devices that connect multiple nodes in as star LAN Recommended Hub Manufacturer Model number Specifications Inquires Allied Telesis MR820TLX 9 port hub with Allied Telesis 10Base 5 back 0120 86 0442 bone port in Japan only Related Programming Devices Section 1 4 1 4 Related Programming Devices The Ethernet Unit functions as a node on the Ethernet network The basic set tings for operation are made in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup in the CS CJ series CPU Unit Use the CX Programmer to make the settings Personal co
107. 11 10 9 8 7 6 EBEE 1 0 J te L User Mail Status Periodic Mail Status Error Mail Status Status Waiting for mail or mail ready to send according to Mail Send Switch or no mail is being sent Mail being processed Waiting for mail or mail ready to send according to Mail Send Switch Previous mail transmission completion was normal Waiting for mail or mail ready to send according to Mail Send Switch Previous mail transmission completion was abnormal Mail cannot be sent due to System Setup error 0 OFF 1 ON 181 Sending Mail Section 8 2 8 2 Sending Mail The procedure for sending mail is as follows 1 2 3 1 Make the following settings in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup e Mail send information e Mail timing e User created mail data address e SMTP server address e Local mail address e Destination mail address 2 Turn ON the Mail Send Switch word n bit 3 in the allocated CIO Area words 8 3 Mail Example This section shows how to use the mail function taking as an example the settings and operations involved in sending user mail The mail send function settings are performed in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup using the Unit set tings on the CX Programmer Only the settings are covered here For details on CX Programmer operations refer to the CX Programmer User s Manual 1 2 3 1 Use the CX Programmer a Programming Device for the PC
108. 2 KK 000003 000003 000203 A020200 tt 000003 000203 A020200 150101 H 000003 000203 A020200 150101 H 158 A20200 150102 150114 lt gt 305 D03010 0000 A021900 150114 lt gt 305 D04020 0000 A021900 RSET SET RSET 000202 000102 RSET 000002 RSET 000003 END 001 UDP Send When the UDP Send Bit CIO 000002 turns ON the UDP Send Error Flag CIO 000102 is turned OFF and the UDP Sending Flag CIO 000202 is turned ON to initialize processing When the UDP Sending Flag CIO 000202 turns ON the status of the Port Enabled Flag A20200 is checked to be sure it is ON and a UDP SEND REQUEST command is sent using CMND 490 D02000 First command word D03000 First response word D00020 First control data word The UDP Sending Flag CIO 000202 is also turned OFF If the Port Enabled Flag A20200 turns ON and the Sending Flag CIO 150102 turns OFF while the UDP Sending Flag CIO 000202 is OFF checks are made and if any of the following are true the UDP Send Error Flag CIO 000102 is turned ON The Results Storage Error Flag CIO 150114 is ON The contents of the Response Storage Area set in the command code D03010 is not 0000 Hex normal end The Network Communications Error Flag A21900 is ON After the execution results have been checked the UDP Send Bit CIO 000002 is turned OFF UDP Receive Whe
109. 2 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 m 2 Response monitoring time 0000 to FFFF Hex 2 seconds when set to 2 seconds Internode Test Status Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 ms Seeeaia oe y7 Timeout Error code Response error Send error Data does not match Routing table error Send parameter error Number of Internode Test Runs Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 m 4 Number of test runs 0000 to FFFF Hex Number of Internode Test Timeout Errors Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1i 0 m 5 Number of timeout errors 0000 to FFFF Number of Internode Test Response Errors Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 m 6 Number of response errors 0000 to FFFF Number of Internode Test Transmission Errors Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 m 7 Number of transmission errors 0000 to FFFFHex Number of Times Internode Test Data Did Not Match Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1i 0 m 8 Number of data disagreement errors 0000 to FFFF TCP Socket No 1 to 8 Connection Status Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 m 9 to m 16 Y ic TCP connection status Mail Status Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit 15 14 13 12 11 10 aes 5
110. 2 bytes TCP requires one reception request to receive each unit of data UDP however restores the original data before passing it to the user process allowing all the data in a single transmission to be received with one reception request Cautions when Using TCP An example of the fragmentation and transmission of data using the TCP is shown in the following illustration 1 2 3 1 The sending user program sends a request to send 1 984 bytes of data 2 The Ethernet Unit fragments the send data into Data A with 1 024 bytes and Data B with 960 bytes 3 Data A and Data B are sent consecutively 4 The receiving user program sends a request to receive 1 984 bytes of data However only data A is sent in the first packet and data B is not received 5 Another receive request to receive data must be made before the remain ing data Data B is received 108 Overview Sending User Program 1 Send request 1 984 bytes Source data Section 6 1 Ethernet Unit Receiving Node Receiving Computer 4 First receive request 1 024 bytes 1 984bytes gt Data A DataA _ DataA L Ss Only first Data B 1 024 bytes 960 bytes 5 Second receive request 1 984 bytes 2 Data separated DataB __ Data B 3 Data A and Data B sent consecutively Remaining 960 bytes When using TCP prot
111. 21 The number of window advertisement packets received Three items of UDP information occupying 4 bytes each are returned in the following sequence Each value is returned as an 8 digit hexadecimal value 1 The number of packets discarded because the size of the first short buffer was smaller than the minimum size 28 of the IP header and UDP header when the packet was stored 2 The number of packets discarded due to an incorrect checksum in the UDP header 3 The number of packets discarded because the IP overall length in the IP header was shorter than the UDP overall length in the UDP header All the above values are set to O if network operation stops due to incorrect settings in the system setup Counting will be stopped when a count reaches the maximum value The maximum values are as follows IP ICMP or UDP status 7FFFFFFF 2 147 483 647 decimal TC status FFFFFFFF 4 294 967 295 decimal 0000 Normal 1001 Command too large 11 3 24 MEMORY STATUS READ Reads the status of the Ethernet Units network memory The network mem ory contains 196K bytes that are used as required as for communications buffers for communications servicing The network memory consists of 1 056 short buffers 128 bytes each and 64 long buffers 1 024 bytes each Refer to Appendix C Buffer Configuration ee 27 63 92 bytes l l Command Response Memory code code status A total of 23 data items in six areas
112. 217 251 261 263 265 267 269 277 279 283 285 287 293 Ix About this Manual This manual describes the installation and operation of the SYSMAC CS series CS1W ETNO1 10Base 5 and CS1W ETN11 10Base T Ethernet Units and the CJ series CJ1W ETN11 10Base T Ethernet Unit and includes the sections described on the next page An Ethernet Unit is classified and treated as a CPU Bus Unit in PC processing This manual is based on Ethernet networks comprised of Ethernet Unit nodes and UNIX host com puter nodes Although details can vary theoretically any device supporting the same Ethernet proto cols as the Ethernet Unit can form nodes on the network Note Ethernet is a trademark of the Xerox Corporation UNIX is a registered trademark of USL Please read this manual and all related manuals listed in the following table carefully and be sure you understand the information provided before attempting to install and operate an Ethernet Unit Contents SYSMAC CS CJ series W343 E1 Describes the installation and operation of the CS1W ETNO1 10Base CS1W ETNO1 ETN11 5 CS1W ETN11 10Base T and CJ1W ETN11 Ethernet Units CJ1W ETN11 Refer to the CX Programmer User s Manual for information on setting Ethernet Units the CPU Bus Unit Setup for the Ethernet Unit Operation Manual Refer to the Communications Commands Reference Manual W342 for this manual information on FINS commands that
113. 220 controller status 219 CRC 220 error codes 195 error log 194 clearing 223 reading 221 error messages 172 error status 194 flags FINS communications 219 hardware error 32 PC error 32 response codes 207 short packets 220 status 71 unit numbers 268 UNIX error messages 210 Ethernet communications 10 addresses reading from Unit 218 IEEE802 3 standards 14 39 ISO 8802 3 standards 39 parameters 261 Ethernet Systems 4 5 optical 256 optical fiber components 256 Ethernet Units 4 5 dimensions 279 functions 17 mounting 37 38 reading status 245 replacing 283 resetting 217 socket ports 17 standards 14 System Setup 51 F Factory Interface Network Service See also FINS communications File Transfer Protocol See also FTP server FINS communications 11 16 18 address conversion 60 command frames 97 commands 81 217 format 215 list 102 commands from hosts 96 commands from PCs 83 echo test 186 functions 80 headers 98 memory areas 216 port numbers 83 remote addresses 96 response codes 207 214 response frames 97 response monitor time 83 responses 217 retries 83 setting UDP port number 61 socket numbers 215 socket services 215 specifications 83 testing 236 troubleshooting 198 flags Closing Flag 69 Communications Port Enabled Flags 267 Communications Port Error Flags 267 CPU Bus Unit Error Flag 267 CPU Bus Unit Error Unit Number Flags
114. 268 CPU Bus Unit Initializing Flags 267 CPU Bus Unit Number Duplication Flags 268 CPU Bus Unit Setting Error Flag 267 CPU Bus Unit Setting Error Unit Number Flags 268 Error Flags 219 FTP Status Flag 70 Internode Test Flag 71 Opening Flag 69 Receiving Flag 69 Results Storage Error Flag 69 Sending Flag 69 TCP UDP Open Flag 69 FTP indicator 32 173 FTP server 11 16 17 21 application examples 167 using UNIX 174 closing 171 commands 168 bye 171 cd 170 close 171 delete 171 dir 169 get 170 Is 169 mdelete 171 mget 170 mput 171 open 169 put 171 pwd 170 quitting 171 type 170 user 169 connecting 162 169 data type 170 displaying current directory 170 file system 162 indicator 32 login name 62 setting 163 password 63 setting 163 quitting 171 See also Memory Cards status 173 troubleshooting 202 G H GCT 98 get 170 grounding noise reduction 255 precautions 251 252 transceivers 252 hardware errors indicator 32 host numbers 12 13 humidity 7 8 T O allocations 58 CIO Area 58 67 269 DM Area 58 73 272 System Setup 58 TO table creating 45 ICF 98 ICMP communications 10 status 241 TEEE802 3 standards 14 indicators 32 troubleshooting 192 inductive voltages 252 inspections 285 installation cables connections 40 connector specifications 39 Contact Output Units 258 Ethernet network 39 nois
115. 3 16 TCP SEND REQUEST 0 0 002 tek uai ran eee 11 3 17 TCP CLOSE REQUEST 0 0 0 0 02 e eee 11 3 18 PING 11 3 19 IP ADDRESS TABLE WRITE 000 11 3 20 IP ADDRESS WRITE 0 000 202 eee eee ee 11 3 21 IP ADDRESS TABLE READ 00 0 11 3 22 IP ROUTER TABLE READ 0 000 11 3 23 PROTOCOL STATUS READ oie eck Hae ete es hae Oe a 11 3 24 MEMORY STATUS READ 0 00000 2 00005 11 3 25 SOCKET STATUS READ 0 0 0 0 0000002 11 3 26 ADDRESS INFORMATION READ 0 0 11 3 27 IP ADDRESS READ 214 214 214 215 215 216 217 217 218 219 220 221 221 221 223 223 224 225 227 228 231 232 234 235 236 237 238 239 240 241 245 247 248 249 213 Command Codes and Response Codes Section 11 1 11 1 Command Codes and Response Codes 11 1 1 Command Code List The command codes listed in the following table can be sent to an Ethernet Unit Command code SRC RESET CONTROLLER DATA READ CONTROLLER STATUS READ INTERNODE ECHO TEST BROADCAST TEST RESULTS READ BROADCAST DATA SEND ERROR LOG READ ERROR LOG CLEAR UDP OPEN REQUEST UDP RECEIVE REQUEST UDP SEND REQUEST UDP CLOSE REQUEST PASSIVE TCP OPEN REQUEST ACTIVE TCP OPEN REQUEST TCP RECEIVE REQUEST TCP SEND REQUEST TCP CLOSE REQUEST PING IP ADDRESS TABLE WRITE IP ADDRESS WRITE CJ Series only I
116. 5 36 8 PING Statistics 9 packets transmitted 0 packets received 100 packets loss Refer to operating system documentation for your host computer for details about using the host computer s PING command 9 3 Internode Test The internode test sends data to and from specified nodes and uses the responses to check the network The Ethernet Unit has a built in function to run the internode test If a normal response is returned for an internode test it means that the set tings for FINS communications services are correct If a response is not received execute the PING command for the same remote node to see if the Ethernet connection and settings are correct If the PING command can be executed successfully then the FINS settings such as the routing tables node addresses or address conversion method are incorrect 9 3 1 Running the Test The test parameters are set and the test is started and stopped by writing the required data to memory in the PC used to start the internode test These set ting are made using the a Programming Device such as a Programming Con sole 187 Internode Test Section 9 3 Test Procedure 1 2 3 1 Write the test parameters into PC memory The test parameters are de scribed following this procedure 2 Turn ON the Internode Test Start Switch allocated to the Ethernet Unit in the CPU Bus Unit Area The Internode Test Start Switch is described fol lowing the test parameters This
117. 7 decimal Remote node number 01 to 7E Hex 0 to 126 decimal Number of send bytes 0000 Hex specifies the max length of 1 996 bytes 0001 to 07CC Hex 1 to 1996 decimal Response monitor time 0000 Hex specifies 2 s Unit 10 ms 0001 to FFFF Hex 1 to 65535 decimal Note 1 The following limits apply to the number of bytes sent when running the test through a SYSMAC NET or SYSMAC LINK network SYSMAC NET 1 986 bytes SYSMAC LINK 512 bytes 2 Broadcast transmissions target node address FF cannot be used for the internode test 3 A timeout error will occur if no response is received within the set response monitor time 188 Internode Test Section 9 3 Starting and Stopping the Internode Test Bit 01 of the first word in the words allocated to the Ethernet Unit in the CPU Bus Unit Area is used as the Internode Test Start Switch Turn ON bit 01 to start the internode test and turn bit 01 OFF to stop the internode test The address of the word containing the Internode Test Start Switch is calculated by the following formula Word 1500 25 x unit number Bt 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 Internode Test Start Switch 0 Stop internode test 1 Start internode test The internode test run status can be confirmed using the TS indicator on the Unit s front panel or the Internode Test Flag error status bit 8 in the allocated
118. A40207 is turned ON when an error occurs during the transmission of data between the CPU and CPU Bus Units The ERR ALM indicator on the front of the CPU Unit will flash but CPU operation will continue The Unit where the error occurred will stop The unit number of the CPU Bus Unit involved is stored in word A422 0 No unit number error 1 Unit number error A40300 to A40308 Memory Error Location When a memory error occurs the Memory Error Flag A40115 is turned ON and one of the following flags is turned ON to indicate the memory area where the error occurred A40300 User program A40304 PC Setup A40305 Registered I O Table A40307 Routing Table A40308 CPU Bus Unit Settings The ERR ALM indicator on the front of the CPU Unit will light and CPU operation will stop 0 Normal 1 Error 267 Auxiliary Area Data Appendix E Word s Bit s A41000 to A41015 Name CPU Bus Unit Num ber Duplication Flags Function The Duplication Error Flag A40113 and the corresponding flag in A410 will be turned ON when a CPU Bus Unit s unit number has been duplicated Bits 00 to 15 correspond to unit numbers 0 to F The ERR ALM indicator on the front of the CPU Unit will light and CPU operation will stop Settings 0 No duplication 1 Duplication A41700 to A41715 CPU Bus Unit Error Unit Number Flags When an error occurs in a data exchange between the CPU Unit and a CP
119. Address in the Socket Service Parameter Area If a specific remote I O address is set then a connection can be made only to the node with the specified address If the Remote TCP Port No is set to 0 a connection can be made to any remote node regardless of the TCP port number it is using If a specific remote TCP port number is set then a connection can be made only to a node using the specified TCP port number Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 Remote UDP TCP Port No Specify the UDP or TCP port number used by the remote device e This parameter is not used when making a receive request for a UDP socket The remote UDP TCP port number will be stored with the response data and will be written as the Remote UDP TCP Port No in the Socket Service Parameter Area e When opening a passive TCP socket the combination of the remote IP address and the remote TCP port number can be used to affect process ing as shown in the table for the Remote IP Address above If the Remote UDP TCP Port No is set to 0 the UDP TCP port number of the remote device will be written as the Remote UDP TCP Port No in the Socket Ser vice Parameter Area Time Out Time Set the time limit in units of 0 1 s for completion of communications from the time that the Receive Request Switch TCP or UDP or the TCP Passive Open Request Switch is turned ON A response code of 0080 Hex timeout will be stored if communications time
120. Address mask request 242 Address mask reply The number of received ICMP packets discarded because the type indica tion code was out of range The number of received ICMP packets discarded because the overall packet length value in the packet header was smaller than the minimum ICMP packet length The number of received ICMP packets discarded because of an incorrect checksum value in the packet header The number of received ICMP packets discarded because the ICMP head er length value in the packet header did not match the lengths of individual header types The number of responses returned to received ICMP packets requiring a response Command Response Reference Section 11 3 10 Total number of inputs of each packet type during ICMP input The 19 sta tistical values are returned in the order shown below Contents are defined for 13 types only all other types contain 0 0 1 2 3 4 5 to 15 16 17 18 4 bytes Type number Echo reply Undefined always 0 Destination unreachable Source quench Routing redirect Undefined always 0 Echo Undefined always 0 Time exceeded Parameter problem Time stamp Time stamp reply Information request Information request reply Address mask request Address mask reply TCP Status Response Three types 46 items of TCP status information occupying 4 bytes each are returned in t
121. BUFS 0042 See note An error occurred EMSGSIZE 0044 See note Received ICMP data ENOPROTOOPT 0045 See note A communication error occurred with the remote node ECONNABORTED 004B See note A communication error occurred with the remote node ECONNRESET 004E See note A parameter error occurred at the remote IP address ENETUNREACH 004F See note Received ICMP data EHOSTDOWN 0051 See note A parameter error occurred at the remote IP address EHOSTUNREACH 0053 See note A communication error occurred with the remote node ETIMEDOUT 0081 The specified socket was closed during transmission Note These errors occur only in large multilayered networks 11 3 17 TCP CLOSE REQUEST Requests processing to close a TCP socket Other processing being carried out is forcibly ended and a code is recorded in the results storage area Command Block 27 14 Command TCP Results storage code socket area number Response Block 27 14 Command Response code code Results Storage Format Response code Parameters TCP Socket Number The TCP socket number to be closed specified as 2 bytes between 1 and 8 Command Results Storage Area The area in which the results of the command execution are stored The first Command byte specifies the memory area and data type variable type The 2nd to 4th bytes specify the be
122. CPU Unit Bus System Setup is set to a value other than 00 00 00 00 this value is stored in the allo cated words in the DM Area Operation with the CX Programmer CPU Unit Bus System Setup The IP address set in the CPU CPU Unit Bus System Unit Bus System Setup is Setup set as desired stored in the allocated words in i e The default set the DM Area tings are not used 274 CPU Bus Unit Allocations in the CPU Unit Appendix F Note 1 Ifa value other than 00 00 00 00 is set as the local IP address in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup even if an IP address is set in the allocated words in the DM Area it will be overwritten with the setting in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup 2 If no local IP address is set in either the CPU Bus Unit System Setup or the allocated words in the DM Area m 98 and m 99 the Ethernet Unit will not be able to perform communications Be sure to set the local IP address in one of these areas It is not possible however to set the following IP addresses If any of these values are set the ERH indicator will flash e IP addresses where all network number bits are 0 e IP addresses where all host number bits are O e IP addresses where all subnet number bits are 0 e IP addresses starting with 127 7F Hex e g 127 35 21 16 275 Bits 1 to 4 Appendix G ASCII Characters Bits 5 to 7 Binary 0011 0100 Hex 3 4 TIQ FO0 Q 0 0
123. Command code SRC UDP OPEN REQUEST UDP RECEIVE REQUEST UDP SEND REQUEST UDP CLOSE REQUEST TCP PASSIVE OPEN REQUEST TCP ACTIVE OPEN REQUEST TCP RECEIVE REQUEST TCP SEND REQUEST TCP CLOSE REQUEST Requests sent to the Ethernet Unit by sending commands through execution of CMND 40 and when the Unit receives a command it will return a response The response does not however indicate that processing has been completed and the status of the flags in the Socket Status Words allo cated to the Unit must be used to determine when processing has been com pleted The results of processing will be stored in the words specified when CMND 490 was executed once the requested processing has been com pleted Basic FINS Command The basic format for FINS commands used for socket services is shown in the Format following diagram 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Byte order from the beginning of the frame Command Socket Results storage area Parameters code number Command Code Specifies the process code requested from the socket Socket Number Specifies the socket number for the process between 1 and 8 Results Storage Area Specifies the area to store the results of the requested process Parameters Specifies the parameters defined for the command code 139 Using Socket Services with CMND 490 Section 6 3 Note If there is more than one
124. Communications Unit mounted to the PC the FINS network address must be set as a parameter for CMND 490 and a local net work table must be created in the routing tables from the CX Programmer 6 3 1 UDP TCP Socket Status The status of the UDP and TCP sockets is provided in the Socket Status Words shown in the following diagram There is a status word for each socket for both UDP and TCP The Socket Status Words are allocated in the CPU Bus Unit Area in the CPU Area starting at the word n 1 The value of n can be calculated from the unit number as follows n 1500 25 x unit number 15 8 7 0 n 1 UDP Socket No 1 Status 2 0 UDP Socket No 2 Status n3 fo UDP Socket No 3 Status n4 po UDP Socket No 4 Status m5 22222 UDP Socket No 5 Status n 6 UDP Socket No 6 Status n7 fo UDP Socket No 7 Status n 8 _____UDP Socket No 8 Status n 9 TCP Socket No 1 Status no fo TCP Socket No 2 Status ni o TCP Socket No 3 Status n2 TCP Socket No 4 Status n43 fo TCP Socket No 5 Status ni4 Oo TCP Socket No 6 Status n15 foo TCP Socket No 7 Status n16 fo TCP Socket No 8 Status The flags shown in the following diagram are provided in the Socket Status Words for socket service requests made with CMND 490 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 L Opening Flag Receiving Flag Sending Flag Results Storage Error Flag Socket Open Flag Closing Flag Manipulated Unit operati
125. DM Area D00000 to D32767 EM Area E00000 to E32767 See note 2 Note 1 Data cannot be written to words A000 to A447 in the Auxiliary Area 2 A maximum of 13 banks in the EM Area can be used For details regarding the EM Area refer to the operation manual for the PC that is used 83 Sending Commands From a PC Section 5 3 Using SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 SEND 090 SEND 90 _ S Local node beginning word Dd D Destination beginning word C First word of control data below Make the settings shown below when using the SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 instructions in the user s ladder diagram program in the PC The SEND 090 instruction sends the data in n number of words starting from the beginning word S at the local node to the words starting from the begin ning word D at the remote destination node node number N Local node Destination node number N Number of retries 0 to F Hex 0 to 15 retries ommunications port number 0 to 7 SE Number of words n 0001 to 03DE Hex 1 to 990 words L 5 ill 87 cs Response T 0 Required Destination network number 1 Not required 00 Hex Local network 01 to 7F Hex 1 to 127 n 7 Destination unit address L Response monitor time 0000 Hex 2 s 00 Hex CPU Unit 0001 to FFFF Hex 0 1 to 6 553 5 s in 10 to 1F Hex Unit 0 to 15 units of 1 s E1 Hex Unit
126. DP_PORT 9600 SERV_IP_ADDR 196 36 32 100 Ethernet Unit IP ADDRESS MAX _ MSG 2010 RESP_TIMEOUT 2 99 Sending Commands From a Host Computer Section 5 4 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 100 FINS COMMUNICATIONS SAMPLE PROGRAM zf main argc argv int argc char argv int sockfd struct sockaddr_in ws_addr cs_addr char fins _cmnd MAX _ MSG fins _resp MAX_MSG int sendlen recvlen addrlen char sid 0 extern recv_fail GENERATE UDP SOCKET if sockf d socket AF_INET SOCK_DGRAM 0 lt lt 0 err_exit can t open datagram socket ALLOCATE IP ADDRESS AND PORT TO SOCKET bzero char amp ws_addr sizeof ws_addr ws_addr sin_family AF_INET ws_addr sin_addr s_addr htonl INADDR_ANY ws_addr sin_port htons FINS_UDP_PORT if bind sockfd struct sockaddr amp ws_addr sizeof ws_addr lt 0 err_exit can t bind local address y GENERATE MEMORY AREA READ COMMAND READ 150 WORDS FROM D00100 fins _cmnd 0 0x80 ICE fins _cmnd 1 0x00 RSV fins cmnd 2 0x02 GCT fins _cmnd 3 0x01 DNA fins _cmnd 4
127. DRINUSE 004A Error ECONNREFUSED or the remote node has not been opened as passive socket 004B Error in communications with remote node ECONNRESET See note 004C Remote IP address parameter error EADDRNOTAVAIL Wrong parameter designation An attempt was made to set the local TCP port of the local node to Active Open Remote IP address parameter error ENETUNREACH The network ID is not in the IP router table or router settings are incorrect Remote IP address parameter error EHOSTUNREACH The router settings are incorrect 120 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 Response Meaning code 0053 Communications error with remote node ETIMEDOUT No remote node 0081 The specified socket was closed during open processing Note These response codes will be returned only on large multilevel networks TCP Socket Receive Request Response Meaning code 0000 Normal end 0302 CPU Unit error cannot execute 1100 Number of receive bytes not in allowable range 1101 The area designation of the Send Receive Data Address is not in allowable range 1103 The bit number in the Send Receive Data Address is not 00 110C Request Switch turned ON during other processing 2210 The specified socket is not open 220F Specified socket is already processing a receive request 2210 Specified socket has not been connected 2211 Unit is bu
128. END REQUEST Error SEND REQUEST Send complete command received end command received normal end RECEIVE REQUEST Port Enabled Flag 1 Running Running 0 jp tener aw I CMND 490 response code Error response code Normal response code f a ee Receive Flag i 1 Opening Flag 0 Results storage area Store normal response code RECEIVE REQUEST Error RECEIVE REQUEST Receive complete command received end command received normal end CLOSE REQUEST during RECEIVE REQUEST RECEIVE REQUEST command received CLOSE REQUEST command received Port Enabled Flag E i a ning CMND 490 RECEIVE REQUEST response command Z Normal response code CMND 490 CLOSE REQUEST response command Normal response code Receive Flag 0 Close Flag 1 0 a Opening Flag a H Results storage area for t RECEIVE REQUEST Store error response code Results storage area for CLOSE REQUEST Store normal response code Note The timing shown in the above diagram occurs if a CLOSE REQUEST com mand is executed during SEND REQUEST command execution The timing 145 Using Socket Services with CMND 490 Section 6 3 shown in the diagram also applies if a CLOSE REQUEST command is exe cuted during OPEN REQUEST command execution with the exception of the status of the Opening Flag 6 3 5 TCP IP Communications Programming Example The f
129. ESULTS READ For details refer to 11 3 4 INTER NODE ECHO TEST and 11 3 5 BROADCAST TEST RESULTS READ 3 12 4 Simple Startup Test Example When performing FINS communications using UDP with the Ethernet Unit it is recommended that a startup test a connections verification test is per formed under simple conditions according to the procedure detailed below Users starting up the system for the first time should perform the following set tings and operations and ensure correct operation The actual application conditions and setting methods for the CS1W ETNO1 are indicated below as an example Application Conditions e A 1 to 1 connection is made between the host computer workstation or personal computer and the PC Programmable Controller There are no communications beyond the network i e there are no inter network com munications e The MEMORY AREA READ command a FINS command addressed to the PC with command code 0101 hex is sent to the PC from the host computer via Ethernet e IP address conversion is set to automatic generation default setting Setting Method 1 2 3 1 Setthe IP Address Set the IP address of the Ethernet Unit using the 8 hexadecimal rotary switches on the back of the Unit so that it does not coincide with the IP ad dress of the host computer For example if the IP address of the host com puter workstation or personal computer is 133 113 0 40 85 71 00 28 Hex set 133 113 00 42 85 71 00 2A Hex
130. Go through the procedure in 10 5 2 FINS Communications Problems SEND 090 RECV 098 CMND 490 before starting this procedure 2 Is the response code a value other than 0000 True Go to 10 6 Troubleshooting with Response Codes on page 207 3 Is the response code in the results storage area a value other than 0000 True Go to 10 7 Results Storage Area Response Codes on page 210 There will be no response code in the results storage area if Sock et Service Request Switches are being used 4 Read controller status using the FINS command READ CONTROLLER STATUS 5 Have any send collisions occurred True There may be too much traffic going on the network Reduce net work traffic 6 Goto 10 5 6 Network Connection Problems on page 203 Opening Problems 1 2 3 1 Are you attempting an active open True Step 3 2 Is the passive open not finishing True Use an active open at the remote node 3 Is the response code in the results storage area a value other than 0049 True Step 6 4 Read socket status using the FINS command READ SOCKET STATUS 5 Does the port number being used exist at the local node True Make sure that the same port number is not being used simulta neously by more than one process including FTP services Sockets can remain in ESTABLISHED or some later status even if closed be sure to close ports from both sides of the connection A socket can remain open in TIME WAIT status for up to
131. H511 000000 to 01FF00 A A448 to A959 01C000 to 03BF00 DM D00000 to D32767 000000 to 7FFF00 Bank 0 E0_E00000 to E0_E32765 000000 to 7FFF00 Bank 1 E1_E00000 to E1_E32765 000000 to 7FFF00 Bank 2 E2_E00000 to E2_E32765 000000 to 7FFF00 Bank 3 E3_E00000 to E3_E32765 000000 to 7FFFOO Bank 4 E4_E00000 to E4_E32765 000000 to 7FFFOO Bank 5 E5_E00000 to E5_E32765 000000 to 7FFFOO Bank 6 E6_E00000 to E6_E32765 000000 to 7FFFOO Bank 7 E7_E00000 to E7_E32765 000000 to 7FFFOO Bank 8 E8_E00000 to E8_E32765 000000 to 7FFFOO Bank 9 E9_E00000 to E9_E32765 000000 to 7FFFOO Bank A EA_E00000 to EA_E32765 000000 to 7FFFOO Bank B EB_E00000 to EB_E32765 000000 to 7FFFOO Bank C EC_E00000 to EC_E32765 000000 to 7FFFOO Current bank E00000 to E32765 000000 to 7FFFOO Note Word and Bit Addresses 216 The variable types area designations given in parentheses can also be used allowing CV series or CVM1 programs to be more easily corrected for use with CS CJ series PCs Three bytes of data are used to express data memory addresses of PCs The most significant two bytes give the word address and the least significant byte gives the bit number between 00 and 15 The word address combined with the bit number expresses the bit address The bit number is always 00 because Ethernet
132. IEEE802 3 Standards 0 14 Features 1 1 Features Select from 10Base 5 or 10Base T Wide ranging Control Capability Using Ethernet Communications by UDP IP and TCP IP Easy Use of Socket Services FINS Message Communications FINS Communications Service Using UDP IP File Transfers Between PC and Host Computer FTP Server Function E mail Capability 24 VDC Power Supply for Transceiver Controller Link Network Connection Abundant Troubleshooting Functions Section 1 1 Three models of Ethernet Unit are provided to support both 10Base 5 CS1W ETNO1 and 10Base T CS1W ETN11 CJ1W ETN11 Ethernet trans mission media The Ethernet Unit enables a Programmable Controller PC to support a wide range of protocols via Ethernet including data communications by TCP IP and UDP IP socket services FINS command execution OMRON s standard protocol FTP file transfers and SMTP message communications The Ethernet Unit supports the standard Ethernet protocols UDP IP and TCP IP so it can communicate with other Ethernet devices workstations per sonal computers and Ethernet Units produced by other manufacturers It can utilize up to eight socket ports for the various protocols allowing it to be employed in a wide range of applications TCP or UDP socket services can be easily accessed either by executing the CMND 490 instruction or by presetting parameters and then manipulating dedicated co
133. IP address Local IP address and subnet mask Destination FINS node number With the CS Series the local IP address is set using the local IP address switches rotary switches on the back of the Unit With the CJ Series the local IP address is set using either the CPU Bus Unit System Setup or the allocated words in the DM Area The method used depends on whether or not the local IP address setting in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup is 00 00 00 00 For details refer to Local IP Address CJ Series Only Example Local IP address 130 25 36 8 Subnet mask 255 255 0 0 Destination FINS node number 5 Destination IP address 130 25 0 5 CPU Bus Unit System Setup Section 4 2 Note When using automatic address generation the default for address conver sion make the following settings With the CS Series set local IP address DIP switches 7 and 8 on the back of the Ethernet Unit to the same value as the node number setting on the front of the Unit and set all other host settings to 0 With the CJ Series set the rightmost byte of the local IP address and the node number setting on the front of the Ethernet Unit to the same value and set all other host settings to 0 If the IP address host number does not match the node number the ERC indi cator CS Series or ERH indicator CJ Series will flash IP Address Table With an IP address table the address is converted according to a preset table of correspondences i e an IP addr
134. LOG POINTER CLEAR Clears the error log pointer 87 Sending Commands From a PC Section 5 3 Usage Command Name Function code MR SR File memory 22 01 FILE NAME READ Reads file memory data 22 02 SINGLE FILE READ Reads a specified length of file data from a specified position within a single file 22 03 SINGLE FILE WRITE Writes a specified length of file data from a specified position within a single file 22 04 FILE MEMORY FORMAT Formats initializes the file memory 22 05 FILE DELETE Deletes specified files stored in the file memory 22 07 FILE COPY Copies files from one file memory to another file memory in the same sys tem 22 08 FILE NAME CHANGE Changes a file name 22 OA MEMORY AREA FILE TRANSFER Transfers or compares data between the I O memory area and the file memory 22 0B PARAMETER AREA FILE TRANSFER Transfers or compares data between the parameter area and the file memory 22 oC PROGRAM AREA FILE TRANSFER Transfers or compares data between the UM User Memory area and the file memory 22 15 CREATE DELETE DIRECTORY Creates or deletes a directory Debugging 23 01 FORCED SET RESET Force sets or force resets bits or releases force set status 23 02 FORCED SET RESET CANCEL Cancels all bits that have been force set or force reset 88 Sending Commands From a PC Section 5 3 Writing Programs Programs incorporating the SEND 090 RECV 098 and
135. LOSS OF PROFITS OR PRODUCTION OR COMMERCIAL LOSS IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THE PRODUCTS WHETHER SUCH CLAIM IS BASED IN CONTRACT WARRANTY NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY Further in no event shall liability of Omron Companies exceed the individual price of the Product on which liability is asserted Indemnities Buyer shall indemnify and hold harmless Omron Companies and their employees from and against all liabilities losses claims costs and expenses including attorney s fees and expenses related to any claim inves tigation litigation or proceeding whether or not Omron is a party which arises or is alleged to arise from Buyer s acts or omissions under these Terms or in any way with respect to the Products Without limiting the foregoing Buyer at its own expense shall indemnify and hold harmless Omron and defend or set tle any action brought against such Companies to the extent based on a claim that any Product made to Buyer specifications infringed intellectual property rights of another party Property Confidentiality Any intellectual property in the Products is the exclu sive property of Omron Companies and Buyer shall not attempt to duplicate it in any way without the written permission of Omron Notwithstanding any charges to Buyer for engineering or tooling all engineering and tooling shall remain the exclusive property of Omron All information and materials supplied by Omron to Buyer relating to the Products are confidential a
136. Mail delivery is not guaranteed Depending on factors such as the condi tion of the network mail that has been sent may not arrive at its destina tion 22 This section explains how to install the Ethernet Unit and make the initial settings required for operation 3 1 3 2 3 3 3 5 3 6 3 7 3 8 3 9 3 10 3 11 3 12 Before Operation a ra a we Rae ee ha oad Aedes a 3 1 1 Automatic Address Generation 0005 32J 2 IPAddress Table oyren uae EE seve saa eet e Oe ee ee Overview of Startup Procedure 00 0 eee Unit Components vo 0006 4 0 bearers dete b nei areh sages ete bag teins 32350 Nomenclatures e Gale tate ei eel See eee eos 3 3 2 Indicators nc byt ies oot Ge Seng eae ea eee SWItCH Settings 9 sone woes hee gh EES ais key earned eee ieee oye 3 4 1 CS series Ethernet Units 0 0000 00 00 000 3 4 2 CJ series Ethernet Units 00 0000 00000 Mounting toa POs osc eet sty teed Pee ee gies Bees ees 3 5 1 Mounting to a CS series PC 2 eee 3 5 2 Mounting toa CJ series PC 0 ee ee eee Connecting to the Network 0 0 0 eee cee eee 3 6 1 Ethernet Network Installation 0 008 3 6 2 Ethernet Connectors 0 0 0 e eee eee eee 3 6 3 Connecting the Cable 00 0 0 0c eee eee eee 3 6 4 Connecting the Power Supply CS1W ETNO1 Only Creating an O Table mern bie see nd eee Bes Aes pha ee bale
137. NFIDEN TIAL 1 2 3 1 Make sure that a Memory Card is inserted in the CPU Unit and turn ON the power supply to the PC 2 If EM File Memory is to be used create the EM File Memory 3 Connect to the FTP server from a computer on the Ethernet by entering the text that is underlined in the following diagram IP address of the Ethernet Unit ftp 150 31 2 83 connected to 150 31 2 83 Results 220 Paddress CSIW ETNO FTP server FTP version ready Name CONF DENT IAL 230 Guest logged in Login name 4 Enter FTP commands underlined in the following diagram to read and write files The following directory tree is used in this example ie root E MEMCARD ABC subdirectory DEF IOM file ftp gt Is File names read 200 PORT command successful 150 opening data connection for Is IPaddress por t Obytes MEMCARD EM Results 226 Transfer complete bytes received in 0 seconds bytes s ftp gt cd MEMCARD Change to MEMCARD directory 250 CWD comand successful Results ftp gt get ABC DEF 10M Transfer DEF IOM from ABC Se a ee directory 200 PORT command successful 150 opening data connection for abc def iom Paddress por t bytes Results 226 Transfer complete bytes received in seconds bytes s Note 1 The current status of the FTP server can be obtained from the service sta tus in the words allocated to the Ethernet Unit in the CPU Bus Unit Area in the CIO Are
138. NS Server 102 Section 5 5 words read CPU cycle time CPU data read processing time Refer to page 96 1 The transfer time may exceed the calculated value due to the actual oper ating environment Factors affecting the transfer time are network traffic the window size of each node Ethernet Unit traffic e g socket services FTP server communications etc and the system configuration 2 The CPU data set processing time is the standard when the peripheral ser vice time is set in the CPU Unit System Setup to the default of 4 As this value is increased the processing time is shortened This example shows the calculations for a host computer sending a write command for 256 words to the PC The standard for the maximum transfer delay time is as follows when the PC s CPU cycle time is 10 ms Maximum transfer delay time Host computer communications processing time 4 0 011 x 256 10 256 x 0 02 20 host computer communications processing time 42 ms The following table shows the FINS commands that can be addressed to the Ethernet Units The Ethernet Units automatically send responses for these commands For details refer to Section 11 FINS Commands Addressed to Ethernet Units RESET CONTROLLER DATA READ CONTROLLER STATUS READ INTERNODE ECHO TEST BROADCAST TEST RESULTS READ BROADCAST DATA SEND ERROR LOG READ ERROR LOG CLEAR UDP OPEN REQUEST UDP RECEIVE REQUEST UDP SEND REQUEST UDP CLOSE REQUE
139. P ADDRESS TABLE READ IP ROUTER TABLE READ PROTOCOL STATUS READ MEMORY STATUS READ SOCKET STATUS READ ADDRESS INFORMATION READ IP ADDRESS READ CJ Series only 11 1 2 Response Code List Response codes are 2 byte codes which indicate the results of command execution They are returned in the response following the command code The first byte of a response code is the MRES main response code which categorizes the results of command execution The second byte is the SRES sub response code which specifies the results MRC Main request code Command Response SRC Sub request code code code MRES Main response code SRES Sub response code MRC SRC MRES SRES 214 Socket Applications Section 11 2 The MRES codes are shown in the following table along with the results they indicate Refer to 10 6 Troubleshooting with Response Codes for details on response codes including the SRES MRES Execution results Normal completion Local node error Remote node error Unit error controller error Service not supported Routing error Command format error Parameter error Status error Operating environment error Unit error 11 2 Socket Applications The format of the following FINS commands partially differs when the sockets are used Command code SRC UDP OPEN REQUE
140. REACH 0053 A communication error occurred with the remote node ETIMEDOUT No remote exists 0066 Internal memory cannot be allocated cannot execute service 0080 An open request timeout error occurred 0081 Socket was closed during opening procedure 0082 Connection could not be established with the specified remote Note These errors occur only in large multilayered networks 230 Command Response Reference Section 11 3 11 3 14 ACTIVE TCP OPEN REQUEST Requests processing to open a TCP socket The socket will be connected to another node Command Block 27 1i Command TCP Results storage Local Remote IP Remote code socket area TCP port address TCP port number number number Response Block 27 1i Command Response code code Results Storage Format Response Local port code number Parameters TCP Socket Number The TCP socket number to be opened specified as 2 bytes between 1 and 8 Command Results Storage Area The area in which the results of the command execution are stored The first Command byte specifies the memory area and data type variable type The 2nd to 4th bytes specify the beginning address of the results storage area Refer to page 216 for details about the variable types and addresses that can be spec ified Local TCP Port Number The TCP port number for com
141. ROTOCOL STATUS READ 241 protocols Address Resolution Protocol 10 Ethernet 10 Factory Interface Network Service 11 File Transfer Protocol 11 Internet Control Message Protocol 10 Internet Protocol 10 reading status 241 Simple Mail Transfer Protocol 11 Transmission Control Protocol 10 User Datagram Protocol 10 put 171 pwd 170 R Racks mounting Ethernet Units 37 38 RD indicator 32 RECV 098 instruction 81 relay tables 47 RESET 217 response codes 117 207 FINS commands 214 UNIX error messages 210 results storage area 215 routing tables creating 46 setting examples 48 RSV 98 RUN indicator 32 troubleshooting 192 S SA1 99 SA2 99 SD indicator 32 SEND 090 instruction 81 transmission delay 94 service status 70 settings switches 33 System Setup 60 shock resistance 7 8 SID 99 Simple Mail Transfer Protocol See also SMTP communications SMTP communications 11 server address 66 SNA 99 socket services 16 17 19 applications 141 FINS communications 215 functions 104 Index Parameter Areas 76 parameters 126 precautions 111 Socket Service Parameter Area 112 Socket Service Request Switches 72 104 122 precautions 112 Socket Status Area 127 TCP communications 105 parameters 115 TCP sockets status 125 140 timing charts 128 144 transmission delays 110 troubleshooting 210 UDP communications 105 parameters 115
142. Receiving Flag 0 1 rT Sending Flag 0 1 rd Closing Flag 0 1 Open Flag 0 F l Open request Receive request Send request Close request received received received received Open complete Receive complete Send complete Close complete 6 3 4 Socket Service Timing Chart The timing of the socket service open send receive and close request com mands are shown in the following diagrams OPEN REQUEST Port Enabled Flag g o Running Running CMND 490 response code Error response code Normal response code Open Flag i 0 Opening Flag i Pa Results storage area Store normal response code OPEN REQUEST Error OPEN REQUEST Normal Open complete command received end command received end normal end CLOSE REQUEST TE Port Enabled Flag 0 Running Running CMND 490 response code Error response code z Normal response code Close Fla 9 0 a 1 Closing Flag 0 Results storage area Store normal response code CLOSE REQUEST Error CLOSE REQUEST Normal Close complete command received end command received end normal end 144 Using Socket Services with CAND 490 Section 6 3 SEND REQUEST Port Enabled Flag i Running Running CMND 490 response code l Error response code Normal response code Ly Send Flag y a ae Opening Flag i Results storage area Store normal response code S
143. SPONSE LENGTH CHECK err_exit FINS length error if fins_cmnd 3 fins_resp 6 fins_cmnd 4 fins_resp 7 fins_cmnd 5 fins_resp 8 DESTINATION ADDRESS CHECK 96 97 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 106 107 108 109 Bb PRERPRPRERP PRRrRRRRRE WOANANHDUBPWNF CO H3 12 T21 122 err_exit illegal source address error if fins_cmnd 9 fins_resp 9 SID CHECK err_exit illegal SID error CLOSE SOCKET close sockfd ERROR PROCESSING FUNCTIONS err_exit err_msg char err_msg printf client s x n err_msg errno exit 1 SIGNAL CAPTURE FUNCTIONS xy recv_fail printf response timeout error n 5 4 4 Delays for Accessing PC Memory The time for the response to be received after a remote node on the Ethernet network sends a memory area read or write command to a PC can be calcu lated using the following formula This time does not take network transmis sion delays into account so it may be extended under some operating conditions Write command delay time ms Remote node communications processing time 4 0 011 x number of words written CPU cycle time CPU data set processing time Refer to page 96 Read command delay time ms Remote node communications processing time 8 0 011 x number of 101 FINS Server Note Example 5 5 FI
144. ST PASSIVE TCP OPEN REQUEST ACTIVE TCP OPEN REQUEST TCP RECEIVE REQUEST TCP SEND REQUEST TCP CLOSE REQUEST PING IP ADDRESS TABLE WRITE IP ADDRESS WRITE CJ Series only IP ADDRESS TABLE READ IP ROUTER TABLE READ PROTOCOL STATUS READ MEMORY STATUS READ SOCKET STATUS READ ADDRESS INFORMATION READ IP ADDRESS READ CJ Series only SECTION 6 Socket Services This section describes the functionality provided by the Ethernet Unit via the socket services Gal OVERVIEW iss Goes ete eh eb eae et aa ee Sees en 104 6 1 1 Socket Service Functions 0 00 00 2c e eee eee 104 G 122 SOCKS uar n R oN eM EE Hee EAST eb ethene Leet 105 6 1 3 Using Sockets with the Ethernet Unit 00 105 6 1 4 Socket Port Numbers 0 00000 e eee eee ee 105 6 1 5 Differences between TCP and UDP 106 6 1 6 Opening TCP Sockets 20 0 0 00 0 0 107 6 1 7 Fragmentation of Send Data 00 0 0000 108 6 1 8 Maximum Transmission Delays 000 110 6 1 9 Precautions in Using Socket Services 000 111 6 2 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches 112 6 2 1 Socket Service Parameters 0 0 0 0 eee eee eee 114 6 2 2 Response Codes osere ered ee esa Pi eb hae Seve 117 6 2 3 Socket Service Request Switches
145. ST UDP RECEIVE REQUEST UDP SEND REQUEST UDP CLOSE REQUEST PASSIVE TCP OPEN REQUEST ACTIVE TCP OPEN REQUEST TCP RECEIVE REQUEST TCP SEND REQUEST TCP CLOSE REQUEST 11 2 1 Format The basic format of these commands is shown in the diagram below 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Number of bytes from the beginning of the frame Command Socket Results storage area Parameters code number Command Code Specifies the requested process Socket Number Specifies the socket number for which the process is requested from 1 to 8 Results Storage Area Specifies the area to store the results of the requested process Parameters Specifies the parameters for the command code Parameters depend on the command being executed for details refer to the following pages 215 Socket Applications Section 11 2 11 2 2 PC Memory Areas Bit Areas Current value of word DM Area The memory areas of the PC that can be specified for results storage when executing commands from the PC are listed in the table below The Variable type is set in the first byte of the results storage area The remaining three bytes contain the address for communications Addresses in the Addresses for communications column are not the same as the actual memory addresses Data type Word addresses CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Addresses for communications 000000 to 17FF00 Variable type BO 80 HR HO00 to
146. Section 2 3 There is no need to execute the CMND 490 instruction or to monitor the com pletion timing and actual processing of the instruction so this helps to simplify ladder programming A total of eight ports UDP and TCP combined can be used for socket ser vices UNIX computer etc node with socket services interface Ethernet C e TCP UDP protocol CS CJ series CPU Unit Ethernet Unit Socket Service Request Switches ALL TCP UDP Parameters protocol Ethernet Unit CS CJ series CPU Unit The other way to use socket services is to request a UDP or TCP socket ser vice by sending a FINS command to the Ethernet Unit by executing CMND 490 from the CPU Unit When the Ethernet Unit receives the socket service request it returns a response to the CPU Unit to confirm that it received the request and then begins the requested processing When the processing is completed the results are stored in the Results Storage Area in the CPU Unit Eight TCP ports and eight UDP ports can be used UNIX computer etc node with socket services interface L TCP UDP protocol CS CJ series a aera aan CPU Unit H amo be Results Storage Area C TCP protocol OC VO4 E UDP protocol Socket interface Ethernet Unit CS CJ series CPU Unit FTP Server Section 2 4 2 4 FTP Server The Ethernet Unit has a built in FTP server fun
147. Setup part of the CPU Uni s Parameter Areas If any of the following items apply then the system parameters must be set e Either the IP address table or both the IP address table and automatic address generation are used as the destination IP address conversion method D31500 to D31599 e Transmissions are broadcast using a host number set to all zeroes as the broadcast address when UNIX 4 2BSD specifications are used for the broadcast address The FINS UDP port number is set to a value other than 9600 e With CJ series Ethernet Units the local IP address is set with the allo cated words in the DM Area e A subnet mask other than the one determined from the IP address is set e A login name other than CONFIDENTIAL is used for the FTP server func tion Communications between segments are required e The mail function is used Newly set parameters go into effect after the Ethernet Unit has been restarted or after the CPU Unit is started again The settings are made using the Unit settings on the CX Programmer Note The CPU Bus Unit System Setup is located in the CPU Unit s Parameter Area and not in I O Memory parameters cannot be written using instructions or by editing I O Memory The settings can be made only using the CX Program 59 CPU Bus Unit System Setup 4 2 1 60 Settings Section 4 2 mer With CJ series Ethernet Units however it is possible to set the local IP address and th
148. The number of times no window advertisement is received within the time set on the duration timer The duration timer sets the maximum time limit for a window advertisement to be received if the transmission window is smaller than necessary and the resend timer is not set If no window ad vertisement is received within the time limit the number of segments per mitted by the transmission window are sent If the transmission window is set to 0 a window probe 1 octet of data is sent before the timer restarts The number of times no segment was sent or received within the time set on the hold timer The number of times the hold packet is resent Always 0 The number of times the hold packet is sent without response before the connection is cut off 2 Send Information 40 Bytes Ten information items are returned in the following sequence O ONOaA PON 10 The total number of packets sent The number of data packets sent The number of data bytes sent The number of data packets resent The number of data bytes resent The number of ACK packets sent The number of window probes 1 octet of data sent The number of emergency data packets sent Always 0 The number of window advertisement packets sent The number of control packets SYN FIN RST sent 3 Receive Information Twenty one information items are returned in the following sequence DIN Re PND Se 10 11 12 13 14 The total number of pack
149. U Bus Unit the CPU Bus Unit Error Flag A40207 and the corresponding flag in A417 are turned ON Bits 00 to 15 correspond to unit numbers 0 to F The ERR ALM indicator on the front of the CPU Unit will flash but CPU operation will continue 0 No error 1 Error A42700 to A42715 CPU Bus Unit Set ting Error Unit Number Flags Read Write Bits 268 A50100 to A50115 CPU Bus Unit Restart Bits When a CPU Bus Unit Setting Error occurs A40203 and the corresponding flag in A27 are turned ON Bits 00 to 15 correspond to unit numbers 0 to F The ERR ALM indicator on the front of the CPU Unit will flash but CPU operation will continue Description Bits A50100 through A50115 can be turned ON to reset CPU Bus Units number 0 through 15 respectively The Restart Bits are turned OFF automatically when restarting is completed The CPU Bus Unit Initializing Flags A30200 to A30215 will turn ON when initialization of the Units begins and turn OFF when it is completed 0 No setting error 1 Setting error Settings OFF to ON Unit restarted Automatically turned OFF by system after restart processing has been completed Appendix F CPU Bus Unit Allocations in the CPU Unit The CPU Bus Units including Ethernet Units are allocated words in the CPU Unit s CIO Area and DM Area according to the unit numbers This appendix is provided for easy reference For details refer to Secti
150. Units can handle only word data i e individual bits cannot be addressed 00 Word Bit Word addresses for specific memory area words can be calculated by con verting the normal decimal word address to hexadecimal and adding it to the first word in the Addresses for communications column in the above table For example the address for communications for D00200 would be 0000 from above table plus C8 decimal 200 converted to hexadecimal or 00C8 Command Response Reference Section 11 3 11 3 Command Response Reference 11 3 1 RESET Command Block Response Block Precautions Response Codes Note This section describes the FINS commands that can be sent to Ethernet Units and the responses to each command The command response and where applicable the results storage blocks are given with the commands in graphic form as shown in the following dia gram If the data is fixed it is included in the blocks If the data is variable it is described following the blocks Each box represents 1 byte every two boxes represents 1 word The following diagram shows 2 bytes or 1 word Two bytes The results storage format is the format used to store transfer results and data for socket services requested with command codes 2701 to 2714 Response codes applicable to the command are described at the end of the command description If any UNIX error codes are generated these are also describe
151. X YY A socket cannot be created Cannot access a device FINS error 0 x 250F A file device error has occurred Cannot get memory blocks A message memory block cannot be allocated Command format error FINS error 0 x 1003 The command format is incorrect Connect error A connection error has occurred Directories of the old and the new paths are not The directories before and after changing the name are different same Directory name length exceeded max size The directory name is too long Directory not empty FINS error 0 x 2108 The directory must be empty to delete it Fatal error FINS error 0 x 1101 A parameter error has occurred Fatal error FINS error 0 x 1103 File or directory already exists The specified file or directory name already exists File or directory already exists FINS error O x 2107 File or directory name illegal The file or directory name is incorrect File or directory name illegal FINS error O x 1100 File read error FINS error O x 1104 An error occurs when reading the file File read error FINS error O x 110B File write error FINS error O x 2106 An error occurs when reading the file File write error FINS error O x 2107 FINS error MRES 0 x XX SRES 0 x XX Some other FINS error has occurred Length of directory name too long The path name of the directory is too long No space to create entry FINS error 0 x 2103 There are too many files to create a new one
152. a The first word allocated to the Ethernet Unit is n and is com puted as follows n 1500 25 x unit number 167 Using FTP Commands Section 7 5 a gt TT TL FTP Status Flag 0 FTP Server free 1 FTP Server busy 2 The FTP server can handle only one command at a time 3 Do not simultaneously write a file with the same name to the same file de vice in a CPU Unit from more than one Ethernet Unit or ladder diagram program Exclusive control is not performed 7 5 Using FTP Commands This section describes the FTP commands which the host computer FTP cli ent can send to the Ethernet Unit s FTP server The descriptions should also apply to most UNIX workstations but slight differences may arise Refer to your workstation s operation manuals for details 7 5 1 Table of Commands The FTP commands which can be sent to the Ethernet Unit are listed in the following table open Connects the specified host FTP server user Specifies user name for the remote FTP server ls Displays the Memory Card file names dir Display the Memory Card file names and details rename Changes a file name mkdir Creates a new directory in the working directory in the remote host rmdir Deletes a new directory from the working directory in the remote host cd Changes the Ethernet Unit work directory to the specified directory cdup Changes the working directory at the remote host t
153. a There are some frames in which the data length is 0 FINS Header Information ICF Information Control Field Bt 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 E o of o oj o a ry Response Request Bit 0 Response required 1 Response not required ee ee Kind of data 0 command 1 response RSV Reserved by system Set to 00 Hex GCT Permissible Number of Gateways Set to 02 Hex DNA Destination Network Address Specifies the number of the network where the destination node is located 00 Hex Local network 01 to 7F Hex Destination network number 1 to 127 DA1 Destination Node Address Specifies the number of the node where the command is being sent This node number is the address used for FINS and is different from the IP ad 98 Sending Commands From a Host Computer Section 5 4 dress used for Ethernet 00 Hex Local PC Unit 01 to 7E Hex Destination node number 1 to 126 FF Hex Broadcasting When multiple Communications Units are mounted DA1 specifies the node number of the Unit connected to the network specified by DNA DA2 Destination Unit Address Specifies the number of the Unit at the destination node 00 Hex PC CPU Unit 10 to 1F Hex CPU Bus Unit 0 to 15 16 to 31 E1 Hex Inner Board FE Hex Unit connected to network SNA Source Network Address Specifies the number of the network where the source node is located 00 Hex Local network 01 to 7F Hex
154. a G 4 xviii 3 Safety Pr cautions scaun teas a a a aE a eee Sag A xviii 4 Operating Environment Precautions 00 0 0 cece eee eee XIX 5 Application Precautions 5 0 0 keke bees Sete be hd een eee alee XIX 6 Conformance to EC Directives 0 0 0 eect enn ees xxi SECTION 1 Features and System Configuration 1 Lak Feat rese nenei te ta ae tyes Myla SE ble eee Re he Pa ee ee es 2 1 2 System Configuration 0 0 0 2 cece eee 3 1 3 Devices Required in a Network 0 00 c eee eee eee eee 4 1 4 Related Programming Devices 0 0 0 0 c cece eee eee 6 1 5 Sp cific ti ns si oie heute ok Foe ad ey ee ee Rane eRe LER eee eee 7 1 6 Software Configuration 0 0 0 c eee eee ee 10 Ve TPS Adresses tc 3 2 isco gck Ss bis we decree Speen Shs Site tee eg eae gh Sedge eet E 12 1 8 Precautions se24 5 44 eeleea kc gees de Sieh tates Sais eagle see Dati 14 SECTION 2 Communications Functions 0 ccccceee 15 2 1 Communications Functions 0 0 eee eens 16 2 2 FINS Communications cc ces ean eee eee a cba eee belies 18 2 3 SOCKEUSELVICES oresar a Cae ad hye bch ace ne eine we ad og Sate a a aa 19 2 4 PIP S rven tes EEEE tiv eave beh duties duties adie EE EEEE 21 29 Math es cased seach ig ch BG at ag aS ada ah tian Gee ete aed eae wee ar ae RNS 21 SECTION 3 Installation and Initial Setup 23 3 1 Before Operation srei on
155. a entrees 10 1 10 2 10 3 10 4 10 5 10 6 10 7 TABLE OF CONTENTS Troubleshooting with Indicators 2 0 cece eee eee tenes Error Status Error Log Error Log Error Godes eet sek eres oe en te en nee ieee rete Troubleshooting Procedures 0 0 e eee eee e eee Troubleshooting with Response Codes 0 0 0 e cee eee eee Results Storage Area Response Codes 0 000 c eee eee eee SECTION 11 FINS Commands Addressed to Ethernet Units 11 1 Command Codes and Response Codes 0 0 00 c eee eee eee ee 11 2 Socket Applications lt in siia tesla Gee acted Sad EA EAA aud ee ath Geel 11 3 Command Response Reference 0 0 0 eee eee Appendices A rat mods Network Installation s 02 5 ses reime n G8 Be Be Be WR ee eh dete Ae ee e Ethernet Network Parameters 0 0 00 ccc ccc eee ee eee eee Buffer Configuration 0 0 00 eee ee eens TCP Status Transitions so 3c eh beta eke Re ie ee eh heads Auxihary Are a Data crosan aw ean Ree Oe ed ee ea CPU Bus Unit Allocations in the CPU Unit 005 ASCI Characters o reed tects od een a Ache dete dug doe beds SE ees Dimensions Maintenance sanna 56s a hg tale 8 bree cla ie are ata ett Peete ee Inspections Index os es ee ee ae eb be ca ee Oe ele ee Revision History sdenecect ioe ewe cea ites eee 191 192 194 194 195 197 207 210 213 214 215
156. able types and addresses that can be spec ified Normal Local IP address setting error CPU Unit error execution not possible Command too large Command too small UDP socket number is out of range The variable type for the results storage area is out of range Non zero bit address specified for the results storage area 227 Command Response Reference Command Block Section 11 3 Response code Description 2210 Specified socket is not open 2211 High traffic at Unit cannot execute service Results Storage Area Response Codes 0000 11 3 13 PASSIVE TCP OPEN REQUEST Requests processing to open a TCP socket The socket will wait to be con nected to another node Command TCP code socket number Response Block Results Storage Format Parameters TCP Socket Number Command Results Storage Area Command Local TCP Port Number Command Results Storage Area Timeout Value Command Remote IP Address Command Results Storage Area 228 Results storage area Local Timeout Remote IP Remote TCP TCP value address port number port number 27 10 Command Response code code Response Remote IP Remote port code address number The TCP socket number to be opened specified as 2 bytes between 1 and 8 The area in which the results of the command execution are stored The first byte specifies the memo
157. age 235 Changes made to diagram showing command block format Page 261 Lines removed in four places June 2003 Revisions were made as follows Page 194 Error status for bit 07 changed for CJ1W ETN11 and corresponding note removed Page 247 Added number of bytes for each part of the socket status July 2005 Page v Information on general precautions notation added Page xiii Information on liability and warranty added Page xvii EN50081 2 changed to EN61000 6 4 in table 294 January 2008 Page 5 Removed the RH509E from the bottom table Pages 71 194 219 220 and 271 Changed address disagreement to address mismatch Page 258 Changed one straight cable to a cross cable in the top diagram Terms and Conditions of Sale omRON Offer Acceptance These terms and conditions these Terms are deemed part of all quotes agreements purchase orders acknowledgments price lists catalogs manuals brochures and other documents whether electronic or in writing relating to the sale of products or services collectively the Products by Omron Electronics LLC and its subsidiary companies Omron Omron objects to any terms or conditions proposed in Buyer s purchase order or other documents which are inconsistent with or in addition to these Terms Prices Payment Terms All prices stated are current subject to change with out notice by Omron Omron reserves the right to increase or d
158. age Area set in the command code D01020 is not 0000 Hex normal end The Network Communications Error Flag A21900 is ON After the execution results have been checked the TCP Open Bit CIO 000000 is turned OFF TCP Close When the TCP Close Bit CIO 000001 turns ON the TCP Close Error Flag CIO 000101 is turned OFF and the TCP Closing Flag CIO 000201 is turned ON to initialize pro cessing When the TCP Closing Flag CIO 000201 turns ON the status of the Port Enabled Flag A20200 is checked to be sure it is ON and a TCP CLOSE REQUEST command is sent using CMND 490 D01030 First command word D01040 First response word D00010 First control data word The TCP Closing Flag CIO 000201 is also turned OFF If the Port Enabled Flag A20200 turns ON and the Clos ing Flag CIO 150903 turns OFF while the TCP Closing Flag CIO 000201 is OFF checks are made and if any of the following are true the TCP Close Error Flag CIO 000101 is turned ON The Results Storage Error Flag CIO 150914 is ON The contents of the Response Storage Area set in the command code D01050 is not 0000 Hex normal end The Network Communications Error Flag A21900 is ON After the execution results have been checked the TCP Close Bit CIO 000001 is turned OFF 151 Using Socket Services with CMND 490 Section 6 3 Continued from previous page 000002 RSET SET 000002 000202 A020200 mmm
159. ames and Passwords 00002 cee eee Using File Memory FTP Server Application Example 0 0 00 000 ce eee eee Using FTP Commands 7 5 1 Table of Commands seare cradi gia eee 7 5 2 Using the Commands 0 00 7 5 3 Error Messages and FTP Status 00 UNIX Application Example SECTION 7 162 163 163 167 168 168 169 172 174 FTP Server 161 Overview Section 7 1 7 1 Overview File System The Ethernet Unit supports the server functions of FTP file transfer protocol a standard protocol in TCP IP A host computer functioning as an FTP client on the Ethernet can read or write individual files in a Memory Card mounted to the CPU Unit or in EM file memory Only one FTP client can connect at the same time Ethernet network EM file memory De Note The PC however is unable to read or write files at other nodes using FTP because the Ethernet Unit does not support FTP client functions The file system in the CPU Unit that can be accessed by the Ethernet Unit includes files in any Memory Card mounted in the CPU Unit and files in EM file memory The directory tree is shown below I root MEMCARD Memory card directory EM EM file memory directory A connection will be initially made to the root directory Note 1 The date of the MEMCARD directory displayed for 1s or dir commands in the root directory will be t
160. ameter all the records contained in the IP address table when the command is executed will be returned and the command execution will end normally An error response will be returned if the IP address conversion method in the system mode settings is set to the automatic generation method Normal Command too large Command too small IP address conversion method is set to the automatic genera tion method 239 Command Response Reference Section 11 3 11 3 22 IP ROUTER TABLE READ Command Block Response Block Parameters Number of Records Command Response Maximum Number of Stored Records Response Number of Stored Records Response IP Router Table Records Response Precautions Response Codes 240 Reads the IP router table 27 61 Command Number of code records 27 6l 8 bytes 8 bytes Command Response Maximum Number Number IP router IP router code code number of stored of records table records table records of stored records records The number of records to read is specified between 0000 and 0008 0 to 8 decimal in the command If this value is set to 0 the number of stored records will be returned but the IP router table records will not be returned The response returns the actual number of records read The maximum number of records that can be stored in the IP router table is returned The maximum n
161. an Ethernet network a UDP IP header is automatically added to the mes sage The FINS gateway function allows access not only to PCs on the same Ether net network but also to PCs on other networks such as SYSMAC LINK or Controller Link Ethernet CS CJ series CPU Unit Ethernet Unit Ethernet Unit Ethernet Unit User program CMND 490 Executing from the host computer FINS commands with UDP IP headers added enables various control operations such as the reading and writing of I O memory of PCs on the Ethernet network mode changes and file memory operations CS CuJ series soos Pei CPU Unit Ethernet Unit 2 3 Socket Services By Manipulating Dedicated Control Switches The socket services allow devices on the Ethernet to send and receive vari ous data using the UDP or TCP protocol There are two ways to use socket services as explained below For details refer to Section 6 Socket Services The first way to use socket services is to set the required parameters in the parameter area allocated in the DM Area and then to request particular UDP or TCP socket services by turning ON dedicated control switches in memory The Ethernet Unit turns OFF the same bit when the requested process has been completed Data that is sent or received is automatically handled according to the I O memory locations specified in the parameter area 19 Socket Services By Executing CMND 490 20
162. and data 2710H 0001H 8203H FCOOH 1000H 0000H C424H 2037H OOOOH Remote node Not specified Host computer IP address 196 36 32 55 C4hex 24hex 20hex 37 hex Timeout value Not set Local port number set to 4096 1000hex L Results storage area set to D01020 03FC Refer to page for details on the results storage area TCP socket number Ethernet Unit socket number set to 1 Command code 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 D01010 TCP PASSIVE OPEN REQUEST response Re sponse 2710H Sp de Stores the response after command execution 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 D01020 _TCP PASSIVE OPEN REQUEST results storage area Re Remote IP Remote sponse address TCP code port No 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 D1030 TCP CLOSE REQUEST command data 2714H 0001H 8204H 1A00H Lo Results storage area set to D01050 041 Apex TCP socket number to close set to 1 0001 Command code Using Socket Services with CAND 490 Section 6 3 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 D01040 TCP CLOSE REQUEST response Re sponse 2714H ean D01050 LEP CLOSE REQUEST results storage area sponse code 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 D02000 TCP SEND REQUEST command data 2713H 0001H 820BH C200H 0064H Send data 100 bytes 0064pex E No of send bytes 100 bytes 0064 Results storage area set to D03010 0BC2hex TCP socket number
163. and heat absorbing tub ing Be careful not to mistake the plus and minus terminals when connecting the power supply Tighten the terminal block screws to a torque of 0 5 N m If the screws are too loose it may result in short circuiting malfunctioning or fire damage Check the wiring carefully before turning ON the power Use a dedicated power supply and do not use the same power supply for the I O power supply motor power lines or control power lines Position the power supply as close as possible to the Unit and separate the power supply cable by at least 20 cm from other power lines in order to avoid adverse effects from high voltage lines Noise influence may be reduced by installing a noise filter near the primary side of the power supply Carefully twist the power supply cable that is to be connected to the Unit Do not excessively bend or stretch the cable Do not place anything on top of cables or cords If errors occur due to noise related to an external power supply it may be possible to solve the problem by not grounding the communications power supply Normally the switching power supply is connected to the case and capacitor as shown in the following diagram so along with isolating the FG terminal it is necessary to insulate the power supply itself from the control panel 43 Connecting to the Network Section 3 6 General Switching Power Supply Configuration Switching power supply Power AC pow
164. ange 01 to 7E 1 to 126 decimal The top switch sets the sixteens digit most significant digit and the bottom switch sets the ones digit least significant digit The node number is factory set to 01 Mounting to a PC Note Section 3 5 When using the automatic generation method for address conversion set the node number to the same value as the rightmost byte of the local IP address If this is not possible then either the IP address table method or the combined method must be used for address conversion For details refer to 4 2 CPU Bus Unit System Setup If the FINS communications service is not being used over the Ethernet net work then there is no problem if the node number duplicates that of another Ethernet Unit The node number must still be set from 01 to 7E however or the ERC indicator will light Turn OFF the power supply before setting the node number 3 5 Mounting to a PC 3 5 1 Mounting to a CS series PC Note Ethernet Units can be mounted to any slots in either a CS series CPU Rack or a CS series Expansion CPU Rack but the number of slots to which they can be mounted depends on the Backplane Up to four Ethernet Units can be mounted to a single PC If it is mounted in combination with other CPU Bus Units e g Controller Link Units the maximum total number of CPU Bus Units that can be mounted is 16 Tighten PC Backplane mounting screws to a torque of 1 2 N m and the Unit s screws to a torque of
165. ansceiver 4 cd 170 CIO Area 58 allocations 67 269 close 171 CMND 490 instruction 20 81 requesting socket services 104 139 coaxial cables 5 installation precautions 251 Terminators 5 commands FINS commands 214 FTP commands 168 communications FINS 16 FTP server 16 21 mail 16 21 setting 64 See also ARP communications See also Ethernet communications See also FINS communications See also ICMP communications See also IP communications See also SMTP communications See also TCP communications See also UDP communications selecting 18 socket services 16 19 testing 186 connections troubleshooting 203 connectors pin layout 39 Contact Output Units installation 258 interference with Ethernet 258 precautions 258 CONTROLLER DATA READ 218 CONTROLLER STATUS READ 219 CPU Bus Units flags 267 Restart Bits 268 System Setup 51 59 current consumption 7 8 CX Net 45 CX Programmer 6 45 creating routing tables 48 settings 60 System Setup 51 D DAIL 98 DA2 99 data areas FINS communications 216 delete 171 dimensions 7 8 279 dir 169 DM Area 58 allocations 73 272 DNA 98 287 288 E EC Directives xxi echoback test 186 EM File Memory 163 EMC Directives xxi EMI countermeasures 259 ERC indicator 32 troubleshooting 192 ERH indicator 32 troubleshooting 192 ERROR LOG CLEAR 223 ERROR LOG READ 221 errors alignment
166. applicable M3 crimp terminals and recommended products are shown below T T7 6 2 mm max 6 2 mm max keen nN 42 Connecting to the Network A Caution Note Section 3 6 Maker Model Specifications Applicable power line range stranded wire J S T MFG CO V1 25 N3A Fork terminal with 9 25 to 1 65 mm2 LTD vinyl insulation AWG 22 to 16 V1 25 MS3 Ring terminal with vinyl insulation MOLEX JAPAN VSY1 25 3 5L Fork terminal with 0 3 to 1 65 mm2 Co LTD vinyl insulation AWG 22 to 16 RAV1 25 M3 Ring terminal with vinyl insulation Be sure to turn OFF the power supply to the PC before connecting to the power supply terminal block 1 2 11 12 13 14 15 16 Do not connect a power supply with a voltage other than 24 VDC To reduce the effects of noise wire the power supply cable separately from power lines and high voltage lines Crimp terminals must be used for wiring Do not just twist loose wire strands Use the recommended crimp terminals Use the proper tools and procedure for installing the crimp terminals Con sult with the terminal manufacturers for instructions If the proper tools and procedure are not used it may cause the cable to become disconnected When installing the crimp terminals use a length of cable that will not need to be bent too much when combined with the terminals Also cover the ter minal and the end of the cable with insulating tape
167. application Please consult with your Omron s representative at any time to confirm actual specifications of purchased Product Errors and Omissions Information presented by Omron Companies has been checked and is believed to be accurate however no responsibility is assumed for clerical typographical or proofreading errors or omissions OMRON Automation simple powerful OMRON ELECTRONICS LLC THE AMERICAS HEADQUARTERS Schaumburg IL USA 847 843 7900 800 556 6766 www omron247 com OMRON CANADA INC HEAD OFFICE OMRON ARGENTINA SALES OFFICE Toronto ON Canada 416 286 6465 866 986 6766 www omron ca Cono Sur 54 11 4787 1129 OMRON ELETR NICA DO BRASIL LTDA HEAD OFFICE OMRON CHILE SALES OFFICE Sao Paulo SP Brasil e 55 11 2101 6300 www omron com br Santiago 56 2206 4592 OMRON ELECTRONICS MEXICO SA DE CV HEAD OFFICE OTHER OMRON LATIN AMERICA SALES Apodaca N L e 52 811 156 99 10 e mela omron com 56 2206 4592 W343 E1 07 Note Specifications are subject to change 2008 Omron Electronics LLC Printed in U S A
168. are returned in the following order Each item consists of 4 bytes 1 Short Buffer Application Two items are returned 8 bytes a The number of short buffers currently being used b The number of short buffers in the system fixed at 1 056 decimal 245 Command Response Reference Section 11 3 2 Short Buffer Application by Type Thirteen items are returned 52 bytes a The number of short buffers used for storing communications data b The number of short buffers used for protocol headers TCP UDP IP ICMP ARP c The number of short buffers used in socket structures d The number of short buffers used as protocol control blocks e The number of short buffers used for routing tables f Not used always 0 g Not used always 0 h The number of short buffers used for IP fragment re assembly queue headers i The number of short buffers used for storing socket addresses j Not used always 0 k The number of short buffers used for storing socket options The number of short buffers used for storing access rights m The number of short buffers used for storing interface addresses 3 Long Buffer Application Two items are returned 8 bytes a The number of long buffers currently being used b The number of long buffers in the system fixed at 64 decimal 4 Not Used Always 0 4 bytes 5 Network Memory Application Two items are returned a The number of bytes used in K bytes b The percentage used 6
169. ations service 9 Check the remote node for transmission problems using the next proce dure If nothing is uncovered go to 10 5 6 Network Connection Problems on page 203 10 Return to the procedure for general problems Transmission Problems 1 2 3 1 Is send processing not finishing True Return to the procedure for general problems 2 Read protocol status using the FINS command READ PROTOCOL STA TUS 3 Have any failures to reach the destination been counted in the ICMP sta tus True The UDP socket specified by the destination UDP port number in the send parameters is not opening at the remote node 4 Read controller status using the FINS command READ CONTROLLER STATUS 5 Have any send errors occurred True There may be too much traffic on the network and UDP packets may be getting corrupted Use TCP sockets or adjust the network to reduce excessive traffic 6 Check the reception status on the remote node 7 Return to the procedure for general problems 200 Troubleshooting Procedures Section 10 5 10 5 4 TCP Socket Problems Most of the initial steps in these procedures are in question form Continue in sequence until a True answer tells you to jump to a specified step or until you are told to perform a specific action that corrects the problem If performing the action does not correct the problem return to the beginning of the proce dure and start over General Problems 1 2 3 1
170. atus using the FINS command READ SOCKET STATUS 3 Is there the maximum number of bytes in the send queue 4 096 bytes True Make sure that reception processing is being performed at the re mote note 10 5 5 FTP Service Problems Most of the initial steps in these procedures are in question form Continue in sequence until a True answer tells you to jump to a specified step or until you are told to perform a specific action that corrects the problem If performing the action does not correct the problem return to the beginning of the proce dure and start over Connection Problems 1 2 3 1 Are you unable to connect to the Ethernet Unit s FTP server True Step 5 2 If the FTP indicator lit True The FTP server is connected to another client Wait until the client has finished 3 Are the parameter settings in the host computer incorrect True Correct the computer settings Refer to the documentation for your computer 4 Goto 10 5 6 Network Connection Problems on page 203 5 Are you unable to log in True Check the login name and password settings 6 Is a Memory Card being used True Step 11 7 Can you display the EM directory using 1s from the host computer True End 8 Have specified banks of the EM Area been converted to EM File Memory True Step 9 9 Has the EM File Memory been initialized 202 Troubleshooting Procedures File Transfer Problems 1 2 3 10 11 12
171. bably cause Power is not being supplied to the CPU Unit or the power supply voltage is too low Correction Supply power Make sure that the correct voltage is being supplied The Ethernet Unit is faulty Replace the Ethernet Unit The CPU Unit or Backplane is faulty Replace the CPU Unit or the Backplane The mounting screws on the Ethernet Unit are loose CS Series or the sliders are not properly locked into place CJ Series Tighten the mounting screws to the speci fied torque CS Series or lock the sliders into place CJ Series Not lit Not lit The unit number on the Ethernet Unit is not set correctly on the rotary switch Correct the unit number setting The I O tables are not registered in the CPU Unit Register the I O tables The same unit number is being used on another Unit as well Correct the unit number The CPU Unit is faulty Restart the CPU Unit If the problem per sists replace the CPU Unit There is a mistake in the CPU Bus Unit Setup or routing tables Read the error history and correct the data that is causing the error If the problem per sists replace the CPU Unit Memory in the CPU Unit is faulty Restart the CPU Unit If the problem per sists replace the CPU Unit The CPU Unit is faulty Restart the CPU Unit If the problem per sists replace the CPU Unit Not lit The node address is set outside the correct range
172. ble None set Mail settings Not set User created mail data address Not set Local mail address 51 Creating an IP Address Table Section 3 10 Default Destination mail address Not set SMTP server address 0 0 0 0 Not set For information on IP address table settings refer to 3 10 Creating an IP Address Table For information on IP router table settings refer to 3 11 Creat ing an IP Router Table For information on IP mail transmission settings refer to Section 8 Mail 3 10 Creating an IP Address Table Connecting and Using a Programming Device for the PC Note An IP address table is a table of correspondences between node numbers and IP addresses and it is used for finding IP addresses from FINS node numbers It is necessary to register an IP address table when using the IP address table method as the method for address conversion For details regarding preliminary procedures refer to 3 7 Before Operation An IP address table does not necessarily need to be registered in order to use the combined method for address conversion If none is registered however the automatic address generation method will always be used If the automatic address generation method is to be used exclusively then there is no need to register an IP address table In that case proceed to 3 11 Creating an IP Router Table The IP address table must be created using the Unit settings on a CX Pro g
173. ble error or send parameter error has occurred Error Flags The bits corresponding to errors are turned ON if errors occur The flag status is maintained until the internode test is run again Number of Test Runs and Errors The number of test runs and total errors from the time the test is started until it is stopped is stored The configuration of this area is shown in the following table Each result is stored at a word relative to the first word the address of which can be calculated using the following formula Word D03000 100 x unit number 4 to 8 Offset Contents Number of internode test runs Number of timeout errors Number of response errors Number of send errors Number of times data did not match Note 1 The contents of the test status area and test runs errors area are main tained until the internode test is run again 2 When the number of tests counts to the maximum value FFFF subse quent internode test runs are counted from 0 However the maximum val ue is maintained and further errors are not counted when the number of errors reaches the maximum value 190 SECTION 10 Troubleshooting This section describes information and procedures that can be used to troubleshoot problems that sometimes occur with Ethernet Unit and Ethernet communications The Ethernet Unit makes up part of a network Repair a defective Ethernet Unit as soon as possible as it can have a negative effect o
174. blem e If a problem occurs with poor contacts wipe the contacts with a clean cloth soaked with industrial alcohol Carefully remove any lint remaining on the contacts before replacing the Unit Settings after Replacing an Ethernet Unit After replacing an Ethernet Unit set the following to the same settings as were used on the previous Unit e Unit number e Node number e IP address e Local IP address CJU series Ethernet Units Settings After Replacing a CPU The EEPROM in the PC s CPU holds the information listed below This information must be stored in any new CPU used to replace a defective one e Routing tables e System Setup for the Ethernet Unit 283 Appendix J Inspections Carry out regular inspections to ensure the Ethernet Unit is functioning perfectly Items Most of the parts that make up an Ethernet Unit are semiconductor components None of the parts in the Unit will wear out after a specific lifetime but some parts may deteriorate due to extreme operating condition Therefore it is important to inspect the Unit regularly Inspection Interval Normally inspect once or twice per year Choose the inspection period according to the severity of the operat ing conditions New installation should be inspected more frequently until they are judged to be stable Inspection Items Correct any of the items in the table below not conforming to the specified standard Details Standard Environment Temperature aroun
175. can be addressed to CS CJ series CPU Units SYSMAC CS CJ series W420 E1 Describes the basic settings and FINS communications for the CS1W CS1W ETN21 ETN21 100Base TX and CU1W ETN21 100Base TX Ethernet Units CJ1W ETN21 Refer to the Communications Commands Reference Manual W342 for Ethernet Units information on FINS commands that can be addressed to CS CJ series Operation Manual CPU Units Construction of Networks SYSMAC CS CJ series W421 E1 Provides information for the CS1W ETN21 100Base TX and CJ1W CS1W ETN21 ETN21 100Base TX Ethernet Units on functions such as mail trans CJ1W ETN21 mission socket services automatic clock adjustment FTP server and Ethernet Units creating host applications with FINS communications Operation Manual Construction of Applications SYSMAC CS series W339 E1 Provides an outline of and describes the design installation mainte CS1G H CPULILI EV1 CS1G H CPULILIH nance and other basic operations for the CS series PCs Programmable Controllers Operation Manual SYSMAC Cu series W393 E1 Provides an outline of and describes the design installation mainte CJ1G CPU nance and other basic operations for the CJ series PCs Programmable Controllers Operation Manual SYSMAC CS CJ series W394 E1 This manual describes programming and
176. can be used by utilizing the CMND 490 instruction to execute FINS commands Up to 16 socket ports can be used with CMND 490 FTP server The FTP server function allows data files to be transferred between a client workstation or personal computer and the PC s file system Memory Card or EM Area Mail The types of data listed below can be sent as e mail when a dedicated con trol switch in memory is turned ON when an error occurs or when a preset time interval elapses Any of the following types of data can be specified for transmission with any of these timing methods Refer to Section 8 Mail e User created data Data at PC ASCII 1 024 bytes max e Error log information 64 records e Status information A mail server must be provided separately in order to use the mail function 2 1 2 Socket Ports Used By the Ethernet Unit Used for FINS Can be changed by CPU Bus Unit System Setup Used for FTP server function for data transfer Used for FTP server function for connection 17 FINS Communications Section 2 2 2 1 3 Selecting Communications Services Refer to the following guidelines to select the appropriate communications service to use in a given situation To communicate with an OMRON PC To communicate with a host computer with the FINS gateway function enabled To perform operations with an OMRON PC other than sending or receiving data for example reading or
177. cannot be edited when the automatic generation method is used for address conversion Network number Network number 130 25 36 253 130 26 2 254 Node A Node B IP router The IP router table is configured by the CX Programmer as shown below For the IP network number set the network number of the other IP network seg ment that is to be communicated with The length of the network number var ies depending on the IP address class Four bytes are provided in the field for setting the IP network number so set the network from the beginning and then set 00 in the remainder With the CJ Series it is possible to set one default IP router The default IP router is selected if there is no network number for the communications desti nation in the IP router table To specify the default IP router specify 0 0 0 0 as the IP network address net ID and set the IP address of the default IP router Settings The following settings are for node A when network No 130 26 X X is con nected by the IP router with IP address 130 25 36 253 Refer to the preced ing diagram 63 CPU Bus Unit System Setup Section 4 2 IP network number IP address of IP router 130 26 0 0 130 25 36 253 7 Setting range 0 0 0 0 to 255 255 255 0 Setting range 0 0 0 0 to 255 255 255 255 A maximum of eight records can be registered The default is for nothing to be set For an explanation of how to make th
178. cations Port Error Flag and are recorded in a communications port completion code only in the following cases e When a response timeout error has occurred e When the number of communications data bytes exceeds the maximum value for the Unit i e 2 000 bytes for the Ethernet Unit e When the actual number of response bytes is greater than the number of reception bytes that has been set The response is not stored in this case Errors other than these are recorded in the response codes of the responses stored from the beginning response storage word onwards Be careful of these because there are no Communications Port Error Flags and they are not recorded in a communications port completion code Timing of Communications Flag Changes The Communications Port Enabled Flag remains OFF during communica tions and turns ON when they are completed regardless of whether or not an error occurs e The Communications Port Error Flag retains its status until the next trans mission or reception e The Communications Port Error Flag turns OFF with the execution of the next communications instruction even if there was an abnormal comple tion Example Communications Port Enabled Flag l RT ee Hinstruction1 Instruction2 instruction 3 Communications instruction being executed i being executed i being executed SEND 090 RECV 098 CMND 490 _ _ p 1 i Communications Port Error F
179. cations time may increase if multiple Ethernet Unit functions are used simultaneously or due to the contents of the user program Communications efficiency may decrease due to high communications loads on the network All data is flushed from the sockets communications buffer when a socket is closed with the CLOSE REQUEST command In some cases the transmit data for the SEND REQUEST command issued just before the socket was closed may not be sent When sockets are open the Ethernet Unit provides a 4 096 byte buffer for each TCP socket and 9 016 byte buffer for each UDP socket to allow data to be received at any time These buffers are shared by all open sockets Receive data will be discarded for a socket if the buffer becomes full The user application must therefore issue RECEIVE REQUEST commands frequently enough to prevent the internal buffers from becoming full UDP Socket Service The UDP socket sets a broadcast address for the remote node address to broadcast data to all nodes of the network simultaneously The maximum length of broadcast data is 1 472 bytes Data in multiple fragments over 1 473 bytes for a UDP socket cannot be broadcast The UDP socket does not check the transmitted data to ensure communi cations reliability To increase communication reliability communications checks and retries must be included in the user application program TCP Socket Service If the TCP socket of the remote node closes the connection i
180. ch instructions are issued With the SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 instructions retry processing is executed automatically by specifying the num ber of retries so specify a number other than 0 86 Sending Commands From a PC Section 5 3 Commands Addressed to CS CJ series CPU Units The following table provides a list of FINS commands that can be processed by a CS CJ series CPU Unit For details refer to the CS CJU series Program mable Controllers Communications Commands Reference Manual W342 For details on FINS commands that can be processed by the Ethernet Unit refer to Section 11 FINS Commands Addressed to Ethernet Units I O memory area access Command code MR SR MEMORY AREA READ Function Reads the contents of consecutive I O memory area words MEMORY AREA WRITE Writes the contents of consecutive I O memory area words MEMORY AREA FILL Writes the same data to the specified range of I O memory area words MULTIPLE MEMORY AREA READ Reads the contents of specified non consecutive I O memory area words MEMORY AREA TRANSFER Copies the contents of consecutive I O memory area words to another I O memory area Parameter area access PARAMETER AREA READ Reads the contents of consecutive parameter area words PARAMETER AREA WRITE Writes the contents of consecutive parameter area words PARAMETER AREA FILL CLEAR Writes the same data to the specifie
181. cified socket is not open 2211 Unit is busy cannot execute 2607 Specified Socket Service Parameter Area is already being used for another socket 0020 Connection with remote socket broken during send EPIPE 003E Internal buffer cannot be obtained due to high reception traffic ENOBUFS 0042 The remote IP address is a broadcast address and the number of See note bytes to send is greater than 1 472 bytes EMSGSIZE 0044 ICMP data received ENOPROTOOPT See note 0045 Error in communications with remote node ECONNABORTED See note 004A Error in communications with remote node ECONNREFUSED See note 004B Error in communications with remote node ECONNREFUSED See note 004E Remote IP address parameter error ENETUNREACH See note 004F ICMP data received EHOSTDOWN See note 0051 Remote IP address parameter error EHOSTUNREACH See note 0053 Error in communications with remote node ETIMEDOUT See note 0081 The specified socket was closed during send processing Note These response codes will be returned only on large multilevel networks TCP Socket Close Request Response Meaning code Normal end The specified socket is not open Unit is busy cannot execute Specified Socket Service Parameter Area is already being used for another socket CPU Unit error cannot execute 6 2 3 Socket Service Request Switch
182. cket Service Parameter Area 8 2 Turn ON the Socket Service Request Bits in the CPU Bus Unit Area in the a 7 Close Request Switch 7 6 5 4 3 Receive Request Switch Send Request Switch Procedure 1 2 3 1 ea m 18 m 28 m 88 CIO Area CPU Bus Unit Area in the CIO Area 15 n en 126 3 When a send or receive request is made the data will be automatically sent or received according to the send receive data address in the Socket Service Parameter Area When processing has been completed a re sponse code will be automatically stored in the Socket Service Parame ters 2 1 0 Number of bytes to send receive Send receive data address I O memory _ Response code Section 6 2 Set the socket service parameters in the CPU Bus Unit Area in the DM Ar Parameters UDP TCP socket No Local UDP TCP port No Remote IP address Remote UDP TCP port No Number of bytes to send receive Send Receive data address Time out time Response code Stored lt UDP Open Request Switch TCP Passive Open Request Switch TCP Active Open Request Switch gt Send or lt I Receive Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 Precautions A Socket Service Parameter Area cannot be used for other sockets once open processing has been successfully completed for it Check
183. cket Services with Socket Service Request Switches or 6 3 Using Socket Services with CMND 490 for the location of the response codes stored in the Results Stor age Area The UNIX socket service error messages corresponding to the response codes are given in the following table Refer to the documentation for the devices involved when communicating between an Ethernet Unit and other devices Description Probable remedy No such process Close the local socket and try reopening it ENXIO No such device or address EBADF Bad file number incorrect socket specification EACCES Permission denied Check the IP address of the remote node and Broadcast address specified for try to reconnect remote IP address for active TCP open EFAULT Bad address copy failed between Close the local socket and try reopening it kernel and user area EEXIST File exists EINVAL Invalid argument socket library argument error EMFILE Too many open files More than 32 sockets EPIPE Broken pipe remote node closed Close the local socket socket EPROTONO SUPPORT Protocol not supported protocol Close the local socket and try reopening it other than UDP TCP or RAW speci fied EPROTOTYPE Protocol wrong type for socket ENOBUFS No buffer space available There is too much load traffic on the Ethernet Unit Check your user applications EISCONN Socket is already conne
184. cket number 0001 to 0008 Hex Local UDP TCP port number 0000 to FFFF Hex Remote IP address 00000000 to FFFFFFFF Hex Remote UDP TCP port number 0000 to FFFF Hex Number of bytes to send receive 0000 to 07CO Hex Send receive data address Timeout value 0000 to FFFF Hex Response code Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 Parameter Settings The following table shows the parameters that are required for each service and the use of the parameters by the socket service UDP Socket Services Parameter Range Socket service decimal values in UDP UDP parentheses receive send UDP TCP socket No 0001 to 0008 Hex 1 to 8 Local UDP TCP port No 0000 to FFFF Hex 0 to 65 535 Remote IP address 00000000 to FFFFFFFF Hex 0 0 0 0 to 255 255 255 255 Remote UDP TCP port No 0000 to FFFF Hex 0 to 65 535 Number of bytes to send receive 0000 to 07CO Hex 0 to 1 984 bytes Send Receive data address Memory area address Time out time 0000 to FFFF Hex 0 to 65 535 0 No limit 0 1 to 6 553 5 s Response code Note W Written by user RW Written by user at execution and then read for results at completion R Read by user for results at completion Not used TCP Socket Services Parameter Range Socket service decimal values in TCP TCP TCP TCP parentheses passive active receive send ope
185. cket reception request buffers can be accessed by executing the FINS command SOCKET STATUS READ 2764 2 The status of UDP and TCP socket send request buffers can be accessed by executing the FINS command SOCKET STATUS READ 2764 264 Appendix D TCP Status Transitions The TCP socket status can be confirmed using the socket status data returned for the FINS command SOCKET STATUS READ 2764 a ACTIVE OPEN snd SYN Passive OPEN LISTEN rev SYN snd SYN ACK SYN RECEIVED rev SYN snd ACK rev ACK of SYN rov SYN ACK snd ACK ESTABLISHED CLOSE rcv FIN snd FIN snd ACK CLOSED WAIT rcv FIN rcv ACK of FIN snd ACK CLOSE snd FIN LAST ACK rev FIN rev ACK of FIN rev ACK of FIN snd ACK Timeout 2MSL TIME WAIT CLOSED FIN WAIT 2 CLOSING 265 Appendix E Auxiliary Area Data The following table and descriptions cover the words and bits in the Auxiliary Area of PC memory that are related to the Ethernet Unit Read only Bits Words Word s A20200 to A20207 Communications Port Enabled Flags Function Bits A20200 to A20207 turn ON when a network instruction SEND RECV CMND or PMCR can be executed with the corresponding port number Bits 00 to 07 correspond to communications ports 0 to 7 Settings 0 Network communi cations running 1 No network com munications running A203 to A210
186. correctly 04 The maximum number of relay nodes 2 Redesign the network or reconsider the routing was exceeded in the command table to reduce the number of relay nodes in the command Communications are possible on three network levels including the local net work 10 Command for 01 The command is longer than the max per Check the command format of the command mat error missible length and set it correctly Be sure broadcast transmis sions don t exceed 1 473 bytes 02 The command is shorter than min permis Check the command format of the command sible length and set it correctly 03 The designated number of data items dif Check the number of items and the data and fers from the actual number in the com make sure that they agree mand data 05 Data for another node on the same net Check the header parameters in the command 208 work was received from the network An attempt was made to send response data for a broadcast address data and be sure the correct command format is being used Troubleshooting with Response Codes Section 10 6 Main code Sub Probable cause Remedy code 11 Parameter 00 The parameters in the command data are Check the parameters error incorrect The UDP TCP socket number was not Be sure the socket number is between 1 and 8 within the proper range Set the Local UDP port number correctly The local UDP port number might be set to 0 01 A correct m
187. cp tcp_ TcP CIO 0002 Receiving Sending Closing Opening Flag Flag Flag Flag 131 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 Programming Example 000000 TCP Passive Open When the TCP Open Bit CIO 000000 turns ON the TCP Open Error Flag CIO 000100 is turned OFF and the TCP Opening Flag CIO 000200 is turned ON to initialize pro cessing RSET 000000 000200 I MOV 21 0001 D30018 MOV 21 MOV 21 2037 D30021 000000 000200 I 151901 000000 000200 151901 000000 000200 151901 000001 RSET 000101 SET 000201 MOV 21 0001 D30018 151905 RSET 000201 000001 000201 I 000001 000201 I Continued on next page When the TCP Opening Flag CIO 000200 turns ON the following parameters are written to the parameter area for socket number 1 D30018 0001 Hex UDP TCP socket No 1 D30019 1000 Hex Local UDP TCP port No 4096 D30020 and D30021 C424 2037 Hex Remote IP address 196 36 32 55 D30022 0000 Hex Any remote UDP TCP port No D30026 0000 Hex No timeout time After the parameters have been set the TCP Passive Open Request Switch CIO 151901 is turned ON and the TCP Opening Flag CIO 000200 is turned OFF If the TCP Passive Open Request Switch CIO 151901 turns OFF while the TCP Opening Flag CIO 000200 is OFF
188. cted con Close the local socket and try reopening it nection attempted to open socket ENOTCONN Socket is not connected send attempted to closed socket EALREADY Operation already in progress con nection attempted to existing non block connection 210 EMSGSIZE Message too long Check the length of send data UDP or TCP 1 to 1 982 bytes UDP broadcasts 1 to 1 472 bytes Results Storage Area Response Codes Section 10 7 Response code UNIX error message EDESTADDRREQ Description Destination address required desti nation address not specified ENOPROTOOPT Protocol not available unsupported option specified ECONNABORTED Software caused connection abort another task closed socket EINPROGRESS Operation now in progress non block connection ended during pro cessing ENOTSOCK Socket operation on non socket EOPNOTSUPP Operation not supported on socket Probable remedy Close the local socket and try reopening it EADDRINUSE Address already in use UDP or TCP open request sent for port already in use Check the port number TCP ports can remain unusable for 1 min after closing ECONNREFUSED Connection refused TCP socket active open processing refused by remote node Passively open a remote TCP socket checking the remote IP address and remote TCP port number ECONNRESET Connection reset by peer TCP
189. ction so other computers on the Ethernet can read or write individual files in a Memory Card mounted to the CPU Unit or in EM file memory This allows files to be exchanged between the host computer and the PC with the host computer functioning as an FTP client and the PC as an FTP server For details refer to Section 7 FTP Server Host computer FTP client Ethernet CS CJ series CPU Unit Memory Card or EM file memory PC to host computer ae File data alaale ES Memory Card or EM file memory gt Memory Card or EM file memory 2 5 Mail Data such as user created information 1 024 bytes max in ASCII Ethernet Unit error log information 64 records max and status information can be sent as e mail to specified addresses The e mail can be sent with any of the following three types of timing Simul taneous specification is also possible e When the Mail Send Switch turns ON e When an error occurs when an error log is recorded e At regular intervals This enables periodic e mail and error messages to be sent from the PC to the mail server CS Cu series CPU Unit Note 1 A mail server is required in order to use the mail function 2 Mail server settings require specialized knowledge so they should always be handled by the network administrator 3 Be sure you have a clear understanding of the mail system before using this function 21 Mail Section 2 5 4
190. ction Related communications services 1 Internode test remote network address and node number CPU Unit to Ethernet Unit Internode Test Function Wie Races he peu eins pc ects OS Refer to 9 3 Internode Test Internode test number of sendbytes Internode test response monitoring time Internode test status 0 LLL Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit Number of internode test runs Number of internode test timeout errors ______ Number of internode test response errors Number of internode test send errors __ _ _ _ _ Number of times internode test data did not match TCP socket No 1 connection status A p E A RS E E E ASE BNA A AE E RR e ea A Socket Services i Refer to Section 6 fee E A ee ee ee Socket Services TCP socket No 8 connection status Mail function Mail status Refer to Section 8 Mail Socket Services ParameterAreat CPU Unit to Ethernet Unit Socket Services Parameter Area 2 Le ei en Sate E Socket Services Refer to Section 6 eat et Ee ES a ee ee ey Socket Services Socket Services Parameter Area 8 N Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit or IP Address Display Setting Area See note CPU Unit to Ethernet Unit Note For CS series Ethernet Units this area is the IP Address Display Area and data in this area can be transferred from the Ethernet Unit to the CPU Unit only For CJ series Ethernet Units this area is the IP Address Display Setting Area and data in this area can be transferred in either direction The meanings of th
191. d CPU Unit error cannot execute The specified socket is not open Unit is busy cannot execute TCP Socket Passive Open Request Response code 0000 Specified Socket Service Parameter Area is already being used for another socket Meaning Normal end 0105 Local IP address setting error 0302 CPU Unit error cannot execute 1100 TCP socket number is not 1 to 8 or local TCP port number is 0 110C Request Switch turned ON during other processing 220F Specified socket is already open or already processing an open request 2211 Unit is busy cannot execute 2606 Specified socket is already open as UDP socket cannot open TCP socket 2607 Specified Socket Service Parameter Area is already being used for another socket 003E Internal buffer cannot be obtained due to high reception traffic ENOBUFS 0042 See note The remote IP address is a broadcast address and the number of bytes to send is greater than 1 472 bytes EMSGSIZE 0045 Error in communications with remote node ECONNABORTED 0049 The same TCP port number has been specified more than once EADDRINUSE 004A See note Error ECONNREFUSED 119 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 Response Meaning code 004B Error in communications with remote node ECONNRESET See note 004E Remote IP addr
192. d Refer to your UNIX error symbol definition file usr include sys errno h for details UNIX errors are returned in the results storage area Except for special cases all send receive data is in hexadecimal format Reset the Ethernet Unit 04 03 Command code 04 03 Command Response code code No response will be returned if the command ends normally A response will be returned only if an error occurs In some cases send requests SEND 192 RECV 193 instructions made from the PC to the Ethernet Unit just before execution of the RESET com mand may not be executed Except for the FINS communications service sockets all open sockets for sockets services FTP server or mail transmission are closed immediately before resetting 1001 Command too large 217 Command Response Reference Section 11 3 11 3 2 CONTROLLER DATA READ Reads the following data from the Ethernet model version IP address sub net mask FINS UDP port number mode settings Ethernet address Command Block 05 01 Command code Response Block I I aa gt I I 05 01 20 bytes 20 bytes 4 bytes 4 bytes 6 bytes l l naea ag Command Response Model Version IP address Subnet FINS UDP Mode Ethernet code code mask port number setting address Parameters Model Version Response IP Address Subnet Mask Response FINS UDP Port Number Response Mode Setting R
193. d range of parameter area words Program area access PROGRAM AREA READ Reads the UM User Memory area PROGRAM AREA WRITE Writes to the UM User Memory area PROGRAM AREA CLEAR Clears the UM User Memory area Operating mode changes RUN Changes the CPU Unit s operating mode to RUN or MONITOR STOP Changes the CPU Unit s operating mode to PROGRAM Machine configura tion reading CPU UNIT DATA READ Reads CPU Unit data CONNECTION DATA READ Reads the model numbers of the device corresponding to addresses Status reading CPU UNIT STATUS READ Reads the status of the CPU Unit CYCLE TIME READ Reads the maximum minimum and average cycle time Time data access CLOCK READ Reads the present year month date minute second and day of the week CLOCK WRITE Changes the present year month date minute second or day of the week Message display MESSAGE READ CLEAR Reads and clears messages and reads FAL FALS messages Access rights ACCESS RIGHT ACQUIRE Acquires the access right as long as no other device holds it ACCESS RIGHT FORCED ACQUIRE Acquires the access right even if another device already holds it ACCESS RIGHT RELEASE Releases the access right that has been acquired Error log ERROR CLEAR Clears errors or error messages ERROR LOG READ Reads the error log ERROR
194. d Unit 0 to 55 C Humidity around Unit 10 to 90 with no condensation Accumulated dust No accumulated dust Ethernet Unit firmly attached No looseness Transceiver cable connector fully pushed in No looseness Condition of transceiver cable No visible abnormality Twisted pair cable connector fully pushed in No looseness Condition of twisted pair cable No visible abnormality Tools Required for Inspection The following tools are needed to inspect the Ethernet Unit Standard Tools e Flat blade and Phillips screwdrivers e Tester or digital voltmeter e Industrial alcohol and a clean cloth Tools Required Under Special Circumstances e Synchroscope e Pen oscilloscope e Thermometer and hygrometer 285 Numbers 10BASE T conversion adapters 5 twisted pair cables 5 24 VDC power supply 4 connecting 42 recommended products 251 A Address Resolution Protocol See also ARP communications addresses remote addresses 96 ARP communications 10 ASCII characters 277 B bits addresses 216 267 error status 71 power status 70 Socket Service Request Switches 122 Unit control switches 68 BROADCAST DATA SEND 221 broadcast test command 221 reading results 221 BROADCAST TEST RESULTS READ 221 buffers 245 261 configuration 263 bye 171 C cables 10BASE T twisted pair cables 5 attaching transceivers 252 coaxial 5 40 connections 40 installing outdoors 251 tr
195. d the remote node Ethernet Unit are Addressing on the same network The communications parameters specified from the host computer would be as follows Destination IP Address 196 36 32 100 Ethernet Unit of remote node UDP port number FINS UDP port No Ethernet Unit of remote node FINS addresses Remote node CPU Unit Network number 1 Node number 100 Unit number 0 FINS addresses Host computer Network number 1 Node number 50 Unit number 0 Host computer Remote node IP address 196 36 32 50 IP address 196 36 32 100 FINS network node unit 1 50 0 Hex FINS network node unit 1 100 0 Hex Ethernet Example 2 Internetwork In this example the host computer and the remote node Ethernet Unit are Addressing on different networks connected by a relay node The communications parameters specified from the host computer would be as follows Destination IP Address 196 36 32 100 Ethernet Unit of relay node UDP port number FINS UDP port number Ethernet Unit of relay node FINS addresses Remote node CPU Unit Network number 2 Node number 1 Unit number 0 FINS addresses Host computer Network number 1 Node number 50 Unit number 0 Host computer IP address 196 36 3 2 50 Relay node Remote node FINS networknode nit 1 50 0 hex IP address 196 36 32 100 FINS network node unit 2 1 0 Hex Ethernet Controller Link Unit 5 4 2 FINS Frames The FINS communications service is carried out through
196. dress system can be selected according to the scale of the network Classes D and E are not used The configuration of the IP address for each of these classes is shown in the following diagram Bit 31 Class A 23 00 0 Network number 7 bits Host number 24 bits Bit 31 Class B 15 1 O Network number 14 bits Host number 16 bits Bit 31 Class C 1 1 0 Network number 21 bits Host number 8 bits Bit 31 Class D 1 Multicast address Cannot be used Bit 31 Class E 1 1 1 1 Test address Cannot be used The number of networks in each class and the number of nodes possible on the network differ according to the class Small Number of networks Number of hosts 224 2 max 16 777 214 max Medium 216 _ 2 max 65 534 max Large 28 _ 2 max 254 max IP addresses are represented by the decimal equivalent of each of the four octets in the 32 bit address each separated by a period For example the binary address 10000010 00111010 00010001 00100000 would be rep resented as 130 58 17 32 Note The same network number must be set for every node on the same Ethernet network 1 7 2 Allocating IP Addresses IP Internet Protocol is a standard communications protocol used throughout the world and is designed to enable communications between any Ethernet
197. e IP address and remote TCP port number Remote IP address Remote TCP port Description 0 0 All connection requests received 0 Not 0 Received only when port number matches Not 0 0 Received only when IP address matches Not 0 Not 0 Received only when IP address and port number matches 229 Command Response Reference Section 11 3 Response Codes Normal Local IP address setting error CPU Unit error execution not possible Command too large Command too small TCP socket number is out of range Local TCP port number is 0 The variable type for the results storage area is out of range Non zero bit address specified for the results storage area The specified socket connection is already open or is cur rently being opened High traffic at Unit cannot execute service Results Storage Area Response Codes 0000 Normal 003E Internal buffer cannot be reserved due to high reception load ENOBUFS 0042 See note An error occurred EMSGSIZE 0045 A communication error occurred with the remote node ECONNABORTED 0049 Duplicated port numbers EADDRINUSE 004A See note An error occurred ECONNREFUSED 004B See note A communication error occurred with the remote node ECONNRESET 004E See note A parameter error occurred at the remote IP address ENE TUNREACH 0051 See note A parameter error occurred at the remote IP address EHOS TUN
198. e added Page 44 Minor change made to text at bottom of page Pages 48 56 249 177 Changes made to graphics Page 52 Correction made to text Pages 102 104 146 147 149 177 Changes made to tables Page 157 Change made to text in graphic Page 172 Information on internode test added Page 192 Minor change made to information on environment error Page 217 Minor change made to information on destination IP address Page 218 Minor change made to information on FINS node number and IP address Page 252 Minor change made to wording of last paragraph Page 253 Subscript characters changed to standard characters in 4 places 293 Revision History Revision code Date February 2003 Revised content Page xi Changes made in several places Page 71 Changes made to the description of Unit operation for bit 7 in the table Page 89 Minor changes made to ladder diagram Page 93 Minor changes made to table next to ladder diagram Pages 100 101 Changes made to sample program in several places Page 106 Changes made to the end of the second paragraph under UDP Communications Page 117 Minor change made to paragraph under Time Out Time Pages 134 138 152 158 Notes added under programming examples Page 152 Numerical changes made in several places Page 215 Note added under fourth paragraph Pages 220 237 238 245 Changes made to diagrams showing response block format P
199. e ereeereeeees 0 D01000 Receive data 100 bytes 100 0064 Hex D01049 CIO Area The following bits and flags are used to control CMND 490 execution The bits in CIO 0000 are used to signal execution the bits in CIO 0001 are used to signal errors and the bits in CIO 0002 are used to control the program so that the instruction is executed only once CIO 0000 15to8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 TCP TCP TCP TCP Receive Send Close Open Bit Bit Bit Bit CIO 0001 TCP TCP TCP TCP Receive Send Close Open Error Error Error Error Flag Flag Flag Flag CIO 0002 Tcp Tcp tcp TCP Receiving Sending Closing Opening Flag Flag Flag Flag 135 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 Programming Example 000000 RSET 000100 SET 000200 MOV 21 0001 D30018 MOV 21 1000 D30019 151900 RSET 000100 RSET 000000 RSET 000101 SET 000201 MOV 21 0001 D30018 151905 RSET 000201 000101 RSET 000001 RSET 000102 SET 000202 000000 000200 m 000000 000200 m 000000 000200 151900 030027 0000 000000 000200 151900 000001 000001 000201 m 000001 000201 H 000001 000201 151905 lt gt 305 D30027 0000 000001 000201 151905 000002
200. e items shown in the above diagram are explained on the following pages For details regarding the related communications services shown in the diagram refer to the indicated sections Internode Test Remote Network Address and Node Number CPU Unit to Ethernet Unit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 m Remote network address Remote node number Specify the remote network address and node number in hexadecimal within the following ranges Remote network address 00 to 7F Hex 0 to 127 decimal Remote node number 01 to 7E Hex 0 to 126 decimal If a remote network address is set to 00 it will specify the local network i e the network to which the Ethernet Unit is connected Internode Test Number of Send Bytes CPU Unit to Ethernet Unit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 m 1 Number of send bytes 0000 to 07CC Hex 73 DM Area Allocations Section 4 4 Specify in hexadecimal the number of bytes of test data to be sent between nodes 0000 Hex 1 996 bytes 0001 to 07CC Hex 1 to 1 996 bytes Internode Test Response Monitoring Time CPU Unit to Ethernet Unit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 m 2 Response monitoring time 0000 to FFFF Hex Specify in hexadecimal the amount of time to wait for the internode test response 0000 Hex 2 seconds 0001 to FFFF Hex 0 01 to 655 35 seconds Internode Test Status Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
201. e on lives and property if used improperly consult your OMRON representative Make sure that the ratings and performance characteristics of the product are sufficient for the systems machines and equipment and be sure to provide the systems machines and equipment with double safety mechanisms This manual provides information for programming and operating the Unit Be sure to read this manual before attempting to use the Unit and keep this man ual close at hand for reference during operation It is extremely important that a PC and all PC Units be used for the specified purpose and under the specified conditions especially in applications that can directly or indirectly affect human life You must consult with your OMRON representative before applying a PC System to the above mentioned applica tions Safety Precautions N WARNING Z N WARNING N WARNING Z N WARNING A Caution Do not attempt to take any Unit apart while the power is being supplied Doing so may result in electric shock Do not touch any of the terminals or terminal blocks while the power is being supplied Doing so may result in electric shock Do not attempt to disassemble repair or modify any Units Any attempt to do so may result in malfunction fire or electric shock Do not touch the Power Supply Unit while power is being supplied or immedi ately after power has been turned OFF Doing so may result in electric shock Tighten the screws on t
202. e performed during FTP communications Do not remove the Memory Card or turn OFF power to the PC while FTP is being used 2 When using File Memory Instruction from the program in the CPU Unit program exclusive control using the FTP Status Flag so that the same data is not manipulated simultaneously by more than one instruction The current status of the FTP server can be obtained from the service status in the words allocated to the Ethernet Unit in the CPU Bus Unit Area in the CIO Area The word containing the FTP Status Flag can be computed as fol lows 1500 25 x unit number 17 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 L FTP Status Flag Status of bit 00 L Power status CS1W ETN01 only 1 FTP server busy 0 FTP server free Note The FTP status can also be checked using the software switch settings on the CX Programmer The FTP indicator on the Ethernet Unit indicates FTP status as shown in the following table ETP indicator Meaning O y O Lit FTP server busy Not lit FTP server free File transfers using FTP can require up to 5 or 10 minutes depending on the capacity of the file Approximate file transfer time are provided in the following table for reference All times are in seconds unless otherwise specified Memory Card EM File Memory Operating mode PROGRAM PROGRAM Cycle time m Transfers using put 1 KB 3 1 30 KB 10 5 60 KB 17 11 120 KB 31 24
203. e performed only by a professional If coaxial cable must be used outdoors request the work from a professional e Attach a terminator to each end of the coaxial cable e Cover all exposed metal portions of the coaxial cable except ground points with protective covers or PVC tape to prevent contact with grounds or other metal objects 251 Network Installation Appendix A e Ground the external shield of the coaxial cable to 100 W or less using AWG 14 wire cross sectional area of 2 mm or better and a ground cable length of 20 m or less Ground each segment of the network at one location only Do not use the same ground for other equipment e The physical properties e g minimum bending radius of coaxial cable vary with the manufacturer Follow all recommendations and specifications of the manufacturer Environmental Precautions e Do not install coaxial cables together with power cables e Do not install coaxial cable near sources of noise e Do not install coaxial cable in environments subject to excessive dirt dust oil mist etc e Do not install coaxial cable in environments subject to high temperatures or high humidity Terminator Installation Precautions e You must attach a Terminator to each end of the coaxial cable for communications to be possible e Insulate Terminators when attaching them to be sure they do not come into contact with metal objects Transceiver Installation Precautions e Transceivers can be attached to c
204. e reduction 254 outdoors 257 precautions 14 251 transceivers 253 instructions sending FINS commands 81 Internet Control Message Protocol See also ICMP communications Internet Protocol See also IP communications InterNIC Registration Services 13 INTERNODE ECHO TEST 220 internode test 186 187 checking results 189 command 220 comparison with PING 53 executing 187 setting parameters 188 settings 73 starting 189 stopping 189 IP ADDRESS TABLE READ 239 IP communications 10 162 IP address tables 52 61 IP addresses 12 allocations 12 classes 12 configuration 12 converting to node numbers 63 display area 76 host numbers 12 13 network numbers 12 reading from Units 218 reading tables 239 remote devices 116 setting 13 34 subnet masks 13 24 subnet numbers 13 IP router tables 52 reading 240 setting 63 precautions 80 programming example 130 134 146 153 status 241 IP ROUTER TABLE READ 240 289 L M lightning optical Ethernet Systems 257 Low Voltage Directives xxi Is 169 mail 17 21 application example 182 contents 179 error mail 180 functions 178 periodic mail 180 sending 180 182 settings 64 status 76 181 triggers 180 troubleshooting 205 user mail 180 main response code 214 See also MRES maintenance 283 mdelete 171 memory areas See alsodata areas Memory Cards 162 deleting files 171 displaying directories 169 See also FTP serve
205. e settings refer to the CX Programmer User s Manual 4 2 2 Mail Settings Item CX Programmer default Mail settings None set User created mail data address Not set Local mail address Not set Destination mail address Not set SMTP server address 0 0 0 0 Not set Mail Settings User Data in User Mail Specify whether or not user data is to be added to mail contents when mail is sent by turning ON the Mail Send Switch in the CPU Unit s I O Memory Refer to page 68 The user data is ASCII data stored with the CPU Unit s I O mem ory address set for the mail function s user created mail data address When user data is sent 1 024 bytes or the data up to the null code 00 Hex will be sent Not selected User data not included in user mail Default Selected User data included in user mail Error Log in User Mail Specify whether or not all error log information is to be added to mail contents when mail is sent by turning ON the Mail Send Switch in the CPU Unit s I O Memory Refer to Mail Send Switch in 4 3 CIO Area Allocations Not selected Default Error log information not included in user mail Selected Error log information included in user mail Status in User Mail Specify whether or not status information is to be added to mail contents when mail is sent by turning ON the Mail Send Switch in the CPU Unit s I O Memory Refer to Mail Send Switch in 4 3 CIO Area Allocations Not
206. e subnet mask using the FINS command IP ADDRESS WRITE For details refer to 11 3 20 IP ADDRESS WRITE Item CX Programmer default Broadcast setting All 1s 4 3BSD specifications Address conversion method Automatic address generation FINS UDP port number 9600 Local IP address CJ Series only 0 0 0 0 The local IP address set in allo cated words m 98 and m 99 of the DM Area is enabled Subnet mask 0 0 0 0 A value corresponding to the IP address is used FTP login name Not set CONFIDENTIAL FTP password Not set IP address table Not set IP router table Not set Broadcast Settings Set the method for specifying the broadcast address All 1s 4 3BSD Default Broadcast with host number set to all ones 4 3BSD specifications All Os 4 2BSD Broadcast with host number set to all zeroes 4 2BSD specifications Address Conversion Method Set the method for converting the FINS node number to an IP address Setting Meaning Automatic generation Uses automatic address generation The IP address is Default automatically generated from the FINS node number without using an IP address table IP address table Uses an IP address table Combined Uses both automatic address generation and an I O address table Automatic Address Generation With the automatic generation the FINS node number is regarded as the host number of the IP address just as it is Destination
207. ea Specified socket is currently sending The specified socket is not open High traffic at Unit cannot execute service Command Response Reference Results Storage Area Response Codes Section 11 3 Normal Internal buffer cannot be reserved due to high reception load ENOBUFS The send destination IP address is a broadcast address and the number of bytes sent exceeds 1 472 EMSGSIZE Incorrect network number Incorrect destination IP address EADDRNOTAVAIL Incorrect destination IP address ENETUNREACH No network number in IP router table Router incorrectly set 11 3 12 UDP CLOSE REQUEST Requests processing to close a socket Command Block Response Block Results Storage Format Parameters UDP Socket Number Command Results Storage Area Command Response Codes Router incorrectly specified Incorrect destination IP address EHOSTUNREACH 27 04 Command UDP code socket number 27 04 Command Response code code Response code Results storage area The UDP socket number to be closed specified as 2 bytes between 1 and 8 The area in which the results of the command execution are stored The first byte specifies the memory area and data type variable type The 2nd to 4th bytes specify the beginning address of the results storage area Refer to page 216 for details about the vari
208. each time the result is read Response Codes 0000 Normal 1001 Command too large 11 3 6 BROADCAST DATA SEND Sends test data simultaneously to all nodes on the network Command Block S 08 03 1 460 bytes max Command Test data code Parameters Test Data Command This command specifies the data to be sent to the specified nodes Up to 1 460 bytes can be specified Precautions No response is made to this command When using this command set the FINS header parameters or the control data for the CMND 194 instruction as follows Destination node number FF broadcast data Destination unit address FE Ethernet Unit Response no response flag 1 no response 11 3 7 ERROR LOG READ Reads the error log 221 Command Response Reference Command Block Response Block Section 11 3 Parameters Beginning Record Number Command Number of Records Command Response Maximum Number of Stored Records Response Number of Stored Records Response Error Log Data Response Precautions 222 21 02 Command Beginning Number code record of number records 21 02 10 bytes 10 bytes Command Response Maximum Number Number Errorlog Error log code code number of stored of data data of stored records records records The first record to be read The first record number can be specified in the
209. eared so that no records are registered Specify the IP address table records The number of records specified must be provided The total number of bytes in the IP address table records is cal culated as the number of records x 6 bytes record The configuration of the 6 bytes of data in each record is as shown in the following diagram 1 6 bytes 00 FINS node IP address number FINS Node Number Node number for communications via the FINS command hexadecimal IP Address IP address used by TCP IP protocol hexadecimal The new I O address table records will not be effective until the PC is restarted or the Ethernet Unit is reset An error response will be returned if the IP address conversion method in the system mode settings is set for automatic generation Normal echo reply received from the remote node Command too large Command too small The number of records specified does not match the sent data length The number of records is not between 0 and 32 The FINS node number is not between 1 and 126 The IP address is 0 IP address conversion method is set for automatic generation 237 Command Response Reference Section 11 3 11 3 20 IP ADDRESS WRITE Command Block Response Block Parameters IP Address Command Subnet Mask Command Response Codes Precautions 238 Write the local IP address and the subnet mask in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup
210. ease the number of transmit retry attempts Response time out response watchdog Increase the value for the response monitor timer interval too short time in the control data The transmission frame may be corrupted Read out the error log and correct as required or the internal reception buffer full 03 Communica 01 Error occurred in the communications con Take corrective action referring to troubleshoot tions controller troller ERC indicator is lit ing procedures in this section CIO 02 CPU Unit error occurred in the PC at the Check CPU Unit indicators at the remote node remote node and clear the error in the CPU Unit refer to the PC s operation manuals 04 Unit number setting error Make sure the unit number is within the speci fied range and that the same unit number is not used twice in the same network 04 Not execut 01 An undefined command has been used Check the command code and be sure the able command is supported by the Unit to which you Service not sup are sending it ported A short frame 4 bytes is being used for Check the FINS header frame length The the FINS header frame Ethernet Unit does not support short headers 05 Routing error 01 Remote node is not set in the routing Set the destination address in the routing tables tables 02 Routing tables aren t registered com Set routing tables at the local node remote pletely node and any relay nodes 03 Routing table error Set the routing tables
211. ecrease prices on any unshipped portions of outstanding orders Payments for Products are due net 30 days unless otherwise stated in the invoice Discounts Cash discounts if any will apply only on the net amount of invoices sent to Buyer after deducting transportation charges taxes and duties and will be allowed only if i the invoice is paid according to Omron s payment terms and ii Buyer has no past due amounts Interest Omron at its option may charge Buyer 1 1 2 interest per month or the maximum legal rate whichever is less on any balance not paid within the stated terms Orders Omron will accept no order less than 200 net billing Governmental Approvals Buyer shall be responsible for and shall bear all costs involved in obtaining any government approvals required for the impor tation or sale of the Products Taxes All taxes duties and other governmental charges other than general real property and income taxes including any interest or penalties thereon imposed directly or indirectly on Omron or required to be collected directly or indirectly by Omron for the manufacture production sale delivery importa tion consumption or use of the Products sold hereunder including customs duties and sales excise use turnover and license taxes shall be charged to and remitted by Buyer to Omron Financial If the financial position of Buyer at any time becomes unsatisfactory to Omron Omron reserves the right to stop ship
212. ected to Controller Link the control system network using the FINS communications service This allows a PC on the Controller Link network to be monitored from a PC on the Ethernet network and conversely for data to be exchanged between a PC on the Controller Link network and a PC on the Ethernet network The Ethernet Unit is provided with a variety of troubleshooting functions for prompt recovery in case of errors e Self diagnostic function at startup e PING command for checking remote nodes e Inter nodal tests for checking remote nodes e Error log for recording error history data e E mail notification when errors occur System Configuration Section 1 2 1 2 System Configuration 1 2 1 Device Configuration Workstation or personal computer CX Programmer Ethernet 10 Mbps Terminator Between nodes 500 m segment max Integral multiples of 2 5 m 10Base 5 coaxial cable 4 or 10Base T twisted pair cable Terminator oO 7 E a Transceiver 50m max m Ground CVM1 CV series a CS series PC CS series Cu series PC Transceiver cable CS1W ETN11 CJ4W ETN14 CS series 100 m max Ethernet Unit Ethernet Unit CS1W ETNO1 10Base T 10Base T T CS series CJ series re PC CVM1 CV Ethernet Unit i 10Base 5 CS series Controller Link Unit Controller Link network 1 CS series PC oo ee e a E C200HX HG HE PC FA computer Note 1 Transmission distance from Terminator to Terminator 500 meters segm
213. ed for a passively opened socket by actively opening it from another socket You cannot actively open multiple connec tions to a socket passively opened at the Ethernet Unit The Ethernet Unit TCP sockets have no KEEP ALIVE function to check that the connection is normal if communications do not occur for a set time period through a communications line for which a connection has been established The Ethernet Unit s TCP sockets make no checks to the socket at the other node Checks made by the remote node however are received as responses so that it is not necessary for the user pro gram to consider the KEEP ALIVE function Send and reception processing can not be performed at the same time when Socket Service Request Switches are used for socket services because there is only one Socket Service Parameter Area for each socket For example if the Send Request Switch is turned ON when data is being received the response code will be 110C Hex indicating that a Request Switch was turned ON during communications processing The response code for the reception will overwrite this code when processing has been completed If more than one Request Switch is turned ON simultaneously the response code will be 110C Hex and all requested processing will end in an error Close processing can be performed however even during open send or receive processing This enables emergency close processing Also the only parameter required for close pr
214. emory area code has not been Check the command s memory area code in the used or EM Area is not available Results Storage Area and set the appropriate code 03 The first word is in an inaccessible area or Set a first word that is in an accessible area the bit number is not 00 The bit number must be 00 for Ethernet Units 04 The address set in the command is not Correct the address in the command data correct being sure that the start address plus the num ber of words does not exceed accessible mem ory OB The response frame is too long Correct the number of data elements or other parameters in the command data for which the response is being returned oC Parameters are set incorrectly in the com Check the command data and correct any mand data parameters that are incorrect 22 Status error OF The same socket service is already in Use the socket status flag in PC memory to be operating mode progress at the specified socket number sure that socket service has finished before disagreement starting services again 10 The specified socket is not open Open the socket For TCP sockets be sure to wait until connection is made 11 The internal buffers are full because there Correct the user application to reduce traffic at is too much traffic at the local node pre _ the Ethernet Unit venting data from being sent 23 Environment 05 IP address conversion failed Check the IP address and subnet mask in the
215. en 1 and Command 8 Results Storage Area The area in which the results of the command execution are stored The first Command byte specifies the memory area and data type variable type The 2nd to 4th bytes specify the beginning address of the results storage area Refer to page 216 for details about the variable types and addresses that can be spec ified Number of Bytes Sent The number of bytes in the data sent specified between 1 and 1 984 The Command Results results storage area stores the actual number of bytes sent Storage Area Data Sent Command Specifies the data to be sent Response Codes Normal Local IP address setting error CPU Unit error execution not possible Command too large Command too small The number of bytes sent does not match the amount of data The TCP socket number or number of bytes sent is out of range The variable type for the results storage area is out of range Non zero bit address specified for the results storage area The specified socket is sending data No connection could be established to the specified socket High traffic at Unit cannot execute service Results Storage Area Response Codes 0000 Normal 0020 Connection to the remote socket was broken during transmis sion EPIPE 234 Command Response Reference Section 11 3 Response code Description 003E Internal buffer cannot be reserved due to high receive load ENO
216. en I O alloca tion is performed by the user With the CS Series it is always necessary to create an I O table Initial screen Save or clear the CPU Bus Unit System Setup 3 8 Creating Routing Tables When the FINS communications service is used routing tables must be cre ated in advance Routing tables are required in the following circumstances e When the FINS communications service is used on an Ethernet network including when communications are only carried out between FA net works via an Ethernet network e When there are multiple Communications Units mounted to the PC and socket services are requested by executing the CMND 490 instruction If neither of these circumstances apply then a routing table is not required In that case proceed to 3 9 System Setup The routing table is required not only for nodes communicating via the FINS communications service but for all relay nodes on the network 3 8 1 Routing Table Overview 46 The routing tables describe the transmission path for FINS messages when the FINS communications are used It consists of two tables A local network table and a relay network table Creating Routing Tables Section 3 8 Local Network Table Note Relay Network Table The local network table is a table describing the correspondences among unit numbers of the Communications Units and Boards mounted to each node PC or FA Computer Unit 04 Unit 05 Unit 06 Loca
217. ence thereof Xiv Disclaimers CHANGE IN SPECIFICATIONS Product specifications and accessories may be changed at any time based on improvements and other reasons It is our practice to change model numbers when published ratings or features are changed or when significant construction changes are made However some specifications of the products may be changed without any notice When in doubt special model numbers may be assigned to fix or establish key specifications for your application on your request Please consult with your OMRON representative at any time to confirm actual specifications of purchased products DIMENSIONS AND WEIGHTS Dimensions and weights are nominal and are not to be used for manufacturing purposes even when tolerances are shown PERFORMANCE DATA Performance data given in this manual is provided as a guide for the user in determining suitability and does not constitute a warranty It may represent the result of OMRON s test conditions and the users must correlate it to actual application requirements Actual performance is subject to the OMRON Warranty and Limitations of Liability ERRORS AND OMISSIONS The information in this manual has been carefully checked and is believed to be accurate however no responsibility is assumed for clerical typographical or proofreading errors or omissions XV xvi PRECAUTIONS This section provides ge
218. ent max 2 When segments are indirectly connected by a repeater 2 5 km network 3 Node interval from transceiver to transceiver Integral multiples of 2 5 m 4 Transceiver cable length 50 m max 1 2 2 Node Connections Minimal Configuration 1 Segment 10Base 5 10Base T Node Node Node Node Node 1 segment a a E Hub Devices Required in a Network Section 1 3 Configuration With Use repeaters to extend the distance between nodes or to increase the num Segment Extension ber of connected nodes 10Base 5 1 3 Devices Required in a Network 1 3 1 10Base 5 Ethernet Unit The basic configuration of a 10Base 5 Ethernet System consists of a single coaxial cable together with the transceivers transceiver cables nodes and so on that are connected to it In an Ethernet System this basic configuration is called a segment CS1W ETNO1 Ethernet Unit 24 VDC 50 m max Terminator terminating resistance Transceivers 2 5m min multiple of 2 5 m power supply Transceiver cable AUI cable Coaxial cable 10Base 5 outer diameter approx 10 mm Terminator terminating resistance Segment 500 m max Number of branch points 100 The devices shown in the following table must be obtained to configure a net work using a 10Base 5 Ethernet Unit so prepare them in advance Use only devices in the network that conform to IEEE802 3 standard
219. ent to D00020 onwards at network number 2 node number 4 unit address 0 the PC Reset Input Creation Send Error Display Sending Commands From a PC Section 5 3 Continued from previous page Execution condition See note 000001 A20207 120000 an 120003 120002 MOV 21 MOV 21 120002 A20207 See note a 120003 120002 A21907 er 120002 120003 A21907 m When the Communications Port Enabled Flag for port 7 is ON and SEND 090 is not being executed the trans mission execution program will start when execution condition ClO 000001 turns ON Input ClO 120002 remains ON from the start of RECV 098 execution until completion Control Data Creation Word Contents Meaning D0005 00 10 Number of reception words 16 D0006 00 03 Source network number 3 D0007 20 00 Source node number 32 Source unit address 0 Communications port No used 7 D0008 07 05 Response required i Number of retries 5 D0009 00 00 Response monitor time Default A total of 16 words of data beginning from word A100 at network number 3 node number 32 unit address 0 the PC is received at word CIO 2000 onwards of the local node Reset Input Creation Reception Error Display Reception Data Processing If there is no reception processing completion error the 16 words of data received from word CIO 2000 on wards is sto
220. ep 16 10 Is the send status for recurring mail 7 True Correct mistakes in the Setup Correct the SMTP server address it is set to 0 0 0 0 Correct the recurring mail send information settings the user data 205 Troubleshooting Procedures 206 11 20 21 Section 10 5 error log information or status data is not set in the send informa tion Is the send status for recurring mail 0 True If sending recurring mail is not set in the Setup make the proper settings If sending recurring mail is set in the Setup go to Step 24 Is the send status for recurring mail 6 True Check the communications path Correct the SMTP server address Correct the IP router table Something is blocking communications or equipment on the com munications path is not set correctly Is the destination mail address incorrectly set True Correct the destination mail address in the Setup Error mail will be held at the SMTP server if the destination mail address is incor rect Be sure the send destination mail address is set correctly Is required information missing from the mail data True Correct the mail send information settings in the Setup the user data error log information or status data is not set in the send in formation Was it impossible to obtain the required information from the mail data True Correct the following errors Correct the user generated mail address
221. ep or until you are told to perform a specific action that corrects the problem If performing the action does not correct the problem return to the beginning of the proce dure and start over 1 2 3 1 Go through the procedure in 10 5 1 Startup Problems before starting this procedure Go to step 6 for the CS1W ETN11 or CJ1W ETN11 Is the P S indicator lit True Step 6 Is a 24 VDC power supply connected 203 Troubleshooting Procedures 204 Section 10 5 True Replace the following items in order to remove the faulty part Power supply cable Power Supply Unit Ethernet Unit Connect a 24 VDC power supply Is the power supply indicator lit on the transceiver True Step 9 Is the transceiver cable loose True Connect the cable firmly Replace the following components one at a time in the order given and dis card any faulty ones transceiver cable transceiver Ethernet Unit Execute ping at each node for all nodes on the network to see if commu nications are possible Was not even one response received at every node in the network True Check terminators the coaxial cable and transceiver cables Were responses not received only between certain nodes True Make sure the distance between transceivers on the coaxial cable is a multiple of 2 5 m Check IP address settings Make sure that the remote node supports ICMP ls an FTP client not mounted on the remote node True Mo
222. equired Destination network number 1 Not required 00 Hex Local network 01 to 7F Hex 1 to 127 1 87 0 rare F Lp itor ti Destination Unit address esponse monitor time 00 Hex CPU Unit C009 egas 1 to FFFF Hex 0 1 t i i its of 1 10 to 1F Hex Unit 0 to 15 none Pex 0 1 10 6 533 5 S Munis ors E1 Hex Unit connected to network FE Hex Unit connected to network Remote node number M send source 00 to 7E Hex Oto 126 The range of node addresses is different for networks other than Ethernet Note The message services function does not guarantee that a message will reach the destination node A message may be lost during transmission due to fac tors such as noise In order to prevent this from occurring when using mes sage services it is common to set up retry processing at the node from which instructions are issued With the SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 instructions retry processing is executed automatically by specifying the num ber of retries so specify a number other than 0 85 Sending Commands From a PC Section 5 3 CMND 049 The CMND 049 instruction sends n bytes of command data starting from the beginning word S at the local node to the node at node number N the data in m number of words starting from the beginning word S at the remote node node number M is received at the words starting from the beginning word D at the local node Local node Destination node number N Command Int
223. er supply Sacinou supply DC output A circuit A Case Standard Switching Power Supply Circuit Communications Power Supply Isolation Method S8J2 Power Supply S82Y OON Mounting Stand p Insulating material bakeboard acrylic board etc 1 When S82J is used 2 When another power supply is used 17 If communications are adversely affected by noise from the Units power supply terminals the problem may be solved by implementing the mea sures shown below a Add to the communications retry processing at the application In par ticular noise resistance capacity can be improved by increasing the number of retries for applications using UDP b Insert a noise filter right next to the Units power supply terminals 24 VDC power supply Noise filter As close as possible Recommended filter MAS 1206 33 by Nemic Rambda K K Specifications Rated voltage 250 V AC DC Rated current 6 A Dimensions 105 5 x 52 5 x 40 mm W x H x D Not including connector Power Supply The following table shows the power supply specifications Make sure that Specifications these specifications are met Specifications Power supply voltage 24 VDC Allowable power supply voltage 20 4 VDC to 26 4 VDC 24 VDC 15 10 fluctuation Current consumption 300 mA max at 24 VDC per node Inrush current 2 5 A max 24 VDC when rise time is 5 ms OMRON s S82J Series is recommended for the power
224. er to page 68 for details When using socket services with the Socket Service Request Switches the ladder diagram should be programmed to check the response codes when Socket Service Request Switches are turned OFF 124 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 6 2 4 UDP TCP Socket Status The status of the UDP and TCP sockets is provided in the Socket Status Words shown in the following diagram There is a status word for each socket for both UDP and TCP The Socket Status Words are allocated in the CPU Bus Unit Area in the CPU Area starting at the word n 1 The value of n can be calculated from the unit number as follows n 1500 25 x unit number 15 8 7 0 n 1 UDP Socket No 1 Status oe m2 UDP Socket No 2 Status m3 fo UDP Socket No 3 Status n4 ooo UDP Socket No 4 Status n 5 ______UDP Socket No 5 Status n 6 UDP Socket No 6 Status nz ooo UDP Socket No 7 Status m8 ______ UDP Socket No 8 Status MESE et tod TCP Socket No 1 Status n 10 TCP Socket No 2 Status i n11 _____ TOP Socket No 3 Status n 12 TCP Socket No 4 Status n13 TCP Socket No 5 Status n 14 ____ TCP Socket No 6 Status Lag gee Leen TCP Socket No 7 Status n 16 TCP Socket No 8 Status The flags shown in the following diagram are provided in the Socket Status Words for socket service requests made with the Socket Service Request Switches 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 L Opening
225. erpretation eae as Ss ids Beginning command storage word D D Beginning response storage word D C e C First word of control data below Response data m bytes Number of bytes of command data n 0000 to 07C6 Hex 1 1 990 bytes 15 nl Number of bytes of response data m 0000 to 07C6 Hex 1 to 1 990 bytes u 87 5 9 5 vwe 3 o ez o To J wo Te uC Destination network number 00 Hex Local network 01 to 7F Hex 1 to 127 1 7 C 3 Destination Unit address Number of retries o to F Hex 0 to 15 retries Communications port number 0 to 7 Response 0 Required 1 Not required 00 Hex CPU Unit 5 087 30 10 to 1F Hex Unit 0 to 15 C45 a ee eee Eee E1 Hex Inner Board _ _ _ eCeaoooo FE Hex Unit connected to network E Response monitor time 0000 Hex 2 s Destination node n mberN 0001 to FFFF Hex 0 1 to 6 553 5 s in units of 1 s 00 to 7E Hex 0 to 126 The same data can be broadcast to all nodes on the network by setting the destination node number to FF Hex The range of node addresses is different for networks other than Ethernet Note The message services function does not guarantee that a message will reach the destination node A message may be lost during transmission due to fac tors such as noise In order to prevent this from occurring when using mes sage services it is common to set up retry processing at the node from whi
226. ervice Re quest Switches 3 Socket Service Re quest Switches 4 i Socket Service Re Socket Service Re quest Switches 6 quest Switches 5 Socket Service Re Socket Service Re i quest Switches 7 quest Switches 8 Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit CPU Unit to Ethernet Unit Socket Services Refer to Section 6 Socket Services Mail Function Refer to Section 8 Mail Socket Services Refer to Section 6 Socket Services FTP Service etc Socket Services Refer to Section 6 Socket Services Not used Not used The following items in the diagram can also be checked using software switch settings on the CX Programmer e The status of UDP TCP sockets 1 to 8 Opening Flag Receiving Flag Sending Flag Closing Flag Results Storage Error Flag Socket Open Flag e Service status FTP status For explanations of how to use the related communications services listed in the above diagram refer to the indicated sections 67 CIO Area Allocations Section 4 3 Unit Control Switches CPU Unit to Ethernet Unit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 Sera el al 2 1 0 AME Switch Not used L Internode Test Start Switch Socket Force close Switch Mail Send Switch Status Manipulated Unit operation Reference Internode Test Start Switch Executes internode test while ON 9 3 Intern Stops internode test ode Test Socket Force close Switch All sockets are f
227. es Socket Service Request Switches are manipulated to request socket ser vices These bits are called Socket Service Request Switches and are turned ON in the CPU Unit to request socket services through the Ethernet Unit The Socket Service Request Switches are allocated in the CPU Bus Unit Area in the CPU Area starting at the word n 19 The value of n can be calculated from the unit number as follows n 1500 25 x unit number 122 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 Offset 15 8 i 7 0 n 19 Socket Service _ Socket Service Request Switches 2 Request Switches 1 n 20 Socket Service Socket Service Request Switches 4 Request Switches 3 n 21 Socket Service Socket Service Request Switches 6 _ Request Switches 5 n 22 Socket Service Socket Service Request Switches 8 Request Switches 7 123 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 The configuration of each set of Socket Service Request Switches is shown in the following diagram 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 4 4 L UDP Open Request Switch TCP Passive Open Request Switch TCP Active Open Request Switch Send Request Switch Receive Request Switch Close Request Switch Switch Status Manipulated Unit operation by UDP Open Request UDP socket opened when switch is turned ON Switch Unit turns OFF switch when open processing has been com pleted i e when a co
228. es 4 bytes 4 bytes Command Response Error flags Total Total Total Total Total code code number of numberof numberof number number packets receive packets of errors of send received errors sent sent collisions Parameters Error Flags Response 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 Indicates the operating status and errors that occurred when the Ethernet Unit was started 8 EE 3 2 ry ry 1 A A L Bit 01 Transceiver echo test error CS1W ETNO1 only Bit 02 IP address error Bit 03 IP address table error Bit 04 IP router table error Bit 06 Routing table error Bit 07 Transceiver error CS1W ETNO1 only Bit 08 Internode test flag OFF Test stopped ON Test running Bit 14 Address mismatch Bit 15 EEPROM error The cause of each error is listed below Transceiver Echo Test Error CS1W ETNO1 only An error occurred during the self diagnostic testing after the Unit was turned on or reset Note If this bit turns ON for the CS1W ETN11 or CU1W ETN11 the Ether net Unit has malfunctioned IP Address Error All bits for the network number or host number are set to 0 or 1 IP Address Table Error More than 32 records exist in the IP address table IP Router Table Error More than 8 records exist in the IP router table Routing Table Error Local network table contains 0 or more than 16 records Relay network table contains more than 20 records Transceiver Error CS1W ETNO1 Onl
229. ese specifications and be sure you understand them before attempting to install an Ethernet System Unless you are already experienced in installing communications systems we strongly recommend that you employ a professional to install your system For information regarding basic installation precautions equipment recom mended products and installation examples refer to Appendix A Network Installation 3 6 2 Ethernet Connectors CS1W ETNO1 The following standards and specifications apply to the connectors for the Ethernet transceiver cable e Electrical specifications Conforming to IEEE802 3 standards e Lock structure IEEE802 3 standards for slide latches Connector Signal name Signal pin direction Signal ground Collision detection signal Send data Signal ground Receive data Power ground common with signal ground Not used Signal ground Collision detection signal Input Send data Output Signal ground Receive data Input Transceiver 12 VDC power supply Output Signal ground Not used Connector Frame ground hood OO CO N OD oO AJOJ Pp a ao a oO CS1W ETN11 and CJ1W The following standards and specifications apply to the connectors for the ETN11 Ethernet twisted pair cable e Electrical specifications Conforming to IEEE802 3 standards e Connector structure RJ45 8 pin Modular Connector conforming to ISO 8877 39 C
230. esponse Ethernet Address Response Response Codes 218 The Ethernet Unit mode and version are returned as ASCII characters occu pying 20 bytes each i e 20 characters each If all bytes are not used the remaining bytes will be all spaces ASCII 20 Hex Example Model CS1W ETN01 CS1W ETN11 CJ1W ETN11 Version V1 00 The Ethernet Unit s IP address and subnet mask are returned as 4 bytes each The Ethernet Unit s UDP port number for FINS is returned as 2 bytes The mode setting in the system setup is returned Bit 15 Others all 0 Broadcast setting IP address conversion FINS UDP port number designation Broadcast Setting 0 All 1s for host number 4 3BSD specification 1 All Os for host number 4 2BSD specification IP Address Conversion 00 01 Automatic generation 10 IP address table 11 Both methods IP address table automatic generation FINS UDP Port Number Designation 0 Default value 9600 1 System setup value The Ethernet address of the Ethernet Unit is returned The Ethernet address is the address marked on the label on the side of the Ethernet Unit 0000 Normal 1001 Command too large Command Response Reference Section 11 3 11 3 3 CONTROLLER STATUS READ Command Block Response Block Reads the controller status o6 01 Command code o6 01 2 bytes 4 bytes 4 bytes 4 byt
231. ess of the results storage area Refer to 232 Command Response Reference Section 11 3 page 216 for details about the variable types and addresses that can be spec ified Number of Reception The maximum number of bytes of data to be received is given in the com Bytes Command Results mand The number of bytes of data received will be stored in the results stor Storage Area age area Up to 1 984 bytes can be specified Timeout Value Command The maximum control time between receiving the receive request and storing the result If this set time limit is exceeded the code for a timeout error will be set as the results storage response code The value is set in units of 0 1 s The timeout time is unlimited if the value is set to 0 Received Data Results Stores the received data Storage Area Response Codes Normal Local IP address setting error CPU Unit error execution not possible Command too large Command too small TCP socket number or number of reception bytes is out of range The variable type for the results storage area is out of range Non zero bit address specified for the results storage area The specified socket is receiving data No connection could be established to the specified socket Results Storage Area Response Codes High traffic at Unit cannot execute service 0000 Normal 003E Internal buffer cannot be reserved due to high receive
232. ess parameter error ENETUNREACH See note 0051 Remote IP address parameter error EHOSTUNREACH See note 0053 Error in communications with remote node ETIMEDOUT or remote node does not exist 0066 Internal memory cannot be obtained cannot execute 0080 Open request timed out 0081 The specified socket was closed during open processing 0082 Connection could not be established with specified remote node Note These response codes will be returned only on large multilevel networks TCP Socket Active Open Request Response Meaning code 0000 Normal end 0105 Local IP address setting error 0302 CPU Unit error cannot execute 1100 TCP socket number is not 1 to 8 or local TCP port number is 0 110C Request Switch turned ON during other processing 220F Specified socket is already open or already processing an open request 2211 Unit is busy cannot execute 2606 Specified socket is already open as UDP socket cannot open TCP socket 2607 Specified Socket Service Parameter Area is already being used for another socket 000D Remote IP address parameter error EACCES 003E Internal buffer cannot be obtained due to high reception traffic ENOBUFS 0042 Error EMSGSIZE See note 0044 ICMP data received ENOPROTOOPT 0045 Error in communications with remote node ECONNABORTED 0049 The same port number has been specified more than once EAD
233. ess table between FINS node numbers and IP addresses The following is an example of an IP address table FINS node IP address Destination FINS address a Destination IP address 11 150 31 2 83 23 150 31 3 68 FINS messages addressed to FINS node number 23 are sent to the node with IP address 150 31 3 68 Automatic Address Generation and IP Address Table With the combined method first the IP address table is referenced If the applicable node is not registered then the automatic address generation method is used FINS UDP Port Number Set the method for specifying the UDP port number for FINS communications 9600 Default Uses the default value of 9600 User defined Uses the input value from 1 to 65535 Local IP Address CJ Series Only Set the IP address for CJ series Ethernet Units The IP address can also be set with the allocated words in the DM Area This setting is enabled as the local IP address if it is set to any value other than 00 00 00 00 If it is set to 00 00 00 00 the value set in allocated words m 98 and m 99 in the DM Area is enabled For details on the setting method refer to the CX Programmer user s manual Note Choose the method used to set the local IP address as follows Set the local IP address in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup when making other settings in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup i e the default settings are not used The settin
234. essary to set a subnet mask FTP login name FTP password When setting the login name and password at the FTP server IP address table e When the FINS communications service is used on an Ethernet network e When it is necessary to set a value outside of the range of 1 to 126 for the least sig nificant byte of the local IP address IP router table e When the Ethernet network is configured with multiple segments Mail function When the mail function is used Refer to 4 2 CPU Bus Unit System Setup for details 3 9 2 Using a Programming Device The settings for the CPU Bus Unit System Setup must be made using the Unit settings on a CX Programmer connected to the PC The settings cannot be made using a Programming Console For details on how to connect and use a CX Programmer refer to the CX Programmer User s Manual 3 9 3 CPU Bus Unit System Setup Defaults The following table shows the items in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup and their default settings Item Default Broadcast settings All 1 4 3BSD specifications Address conversion method Automatic address generation UDP port number for FINS 9600 Local IP address CJ Series only 0 0 0 0 The local IP address is set with allocated words in the DM Area 0 0 0 0 A value corresponding to the IP address is used CONFIDENTIAL Not set Not set Not set Subnet mask FTP login name FTP password IP address table IP router ta
235. est Internode Testing Lit Running internode test 3 4 Switch Settings This section explains how to set the various switches on the Ethernet Unit 3 4 1 CS series Ethernet Units Setting the Unit Number The unit number is used to identify individual CPU Bus Units when more than one CPU Bus Unit is mounted to the same PC Use a small screwdriver to make the setting taking care not to damage the rotary switch The unit num ber is factory set to 0 UNIT ow Setting range Oto F Note 1 Turn OFF the power supply before setting the unit number 2 Ifthe unit number is being set for the first time or changed then an I O table must be created for the PC Unit Number and CPU Bus With CS series PCs words are automatically allocated in the ClO Area and Unit Allocations the DM Area The Ethernet Unit uses these words for receiving control data from the CPU Unit and for notifying the CPU Unit of Ethernet Unit and com munications status The word addresses in the allocated areas for the CPU Bus Unit are important in creating the user program for using the Ethernet Unit so be careful to take them into account when setting the unit number The following table shows the areas allocated for the CPU Bus Unit by unit number This table only shows the correspondences between unit numbers and the areas allocated for the CPU Bus Unit For more details refer to Sec tion 4 System Setup and Memory Allocations CIO Area All
236. eted and the transmission will end in an error mput FILE NAME Allows the use of a wildcard character to transfer multiple local files to the remote host Memory Card or EM File Memory Any existing file with the same name in the remote host Memory Card or EM File Memory will be overwritten by the contents of the transferred file If an error occurs during file transfer the file being transferred will be deleted and the transmission of that file will end in an error However mput execution will continue and remaining files will be transferred delete FILE_NAME Deletes the specified remote file from the Memory Card or EM File Memory mdelete FILE_NAME Allows the use of a wildcard character to delete multiple remote files from the Memory Card or EM File Memory close Disconnects the Ethernet Unit s FTP server bye Ends the FTP client quit Ends the FTP client 171 Using FTP Commands Section 7 5 7 5 3 Error Messages and FTP Status Error Messages The error messages returned by the Ethernet Unit are listed in the following table Message Meaning PPP is a directory The path name indicated at PPP is a directory PPP is not a directory The path name indicated at PPP is not a directory Another unit has access authority Another Unit currently has the access right FINS error 0 x 3001 Bad sequence of commands The RNFR command has not been executed Can t create data socket X X X
237. eted from the error log and the most recent error will be recorded The following information is recorded in the error log table e Main error code See table later in this section e Detailed error code See table later in this section e Time stamp from the clock in the CPU Unit When an error is detected the error codes and time stamp are recorded in the error log in RAM inside the Ethernet Unit Serious errors are also recorded in EEPROM The maximum number of errors that can be saved to EEPROM is 64 for the CS Series and 32 for the CJ Series The errors recorded in EEPROM will be saved even if the Unit is restarted or power is turned OFF When the Ethernet Unit is started the contents of the error log in EEPROM is copied to RAM When a FINS command is used to read the error log the log held in RAM is read When a FINS command is used to clear the error log the logs held in both RAM and EEPROM are cleared The following FINS commands can be used to read or clear the error log Refer to Section 11 FINS Commands Addressed to Ethernet Units Function Command code SRC ERROR LOG READ ERROR LOG CLEAR 10 4 Error Log Error Codes Meaning Watchdog timer error in CPU Unit 00 00 The error codes are described in the following table The detailed error code will provide detailed information on an error Detailed error code Correction ist byte 2nd byte Replace the CPU Unit Saved CPU Unit se
238. etry can be executed t 4 Exclusive control so execution is not simultaneous Execution Communications condition Port Enabled Flag aa Reset D Use exclusive control so that no other communica tions instructions are started before execution of the above communications instruction is complete Continued in same way 89 Sending Commands From a PC Section 5 3 Communications Flags Communications Port Completion Codes 90 Note The execution status of the SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 instruc tions is always reflected by the communications flags i e the Communica tions Port Enabled Flag and the Communications Port Error Flag The CS CJ series CPU Units communications flags are allocated in the Auxiliary Area as shown in the following table Flag name Address Contents Bits Communications Port Port 7 OFF Execution enabled Enabled Flag Port 6 being executed Port 5 ON Execution disabled Port 4 not being executed Port 3 Port 2 Port 1 Port O Communications Port Port 7 OFF Normal completion Error Flag Port 6 ON Abnormal completion Port 5 Port 4 Port 3 Port 2 Port 1 Port 0 With CS CJ series PCs communications ports 0 to 7 are also used for exe cuting the PCMR 260 PROTOCOL MACRO instruction so these flags are used in common for SEND 090 RECV 098 CMND 490 and PCMR 260 While PCMR 260 is being executed SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 canno
239. ets received The number of packets received continuously The number of bytes received continuously The number of received packets discarded due to an incorrect checksum The number of packets discarded because the TCP header was smaller than the minimum size for a TCP header or was larger than the IP packet The number of packets discarded because the TCP header and IP header could not be stored in the first short buffer The number of resent packets received The number of bytes in the resend packets The number of duplicated resend packets received The number of bytes in the duplicated resend packets received The number of out of range data packets received Always 0 The number of bytes in the out of range data packets received Always 0 The number of packets where the data was larger than the window The number of bytes in the packets where the data was larger than the win dow The number of packets received after closing Command Response Reference Section 11 3 UDP Status Response 1 2 3 Precautions Response Codes Command Block Response Block Parameters Memory Status Response 1 2 3 16 The number of window probe packets received 17 The number of resent ACK packets received 18 The number of ACK packets received with no data set 19 The number of ACK packets received 20 The number of ACK packets received for received transmission acknowl edgements ACK
240. etup For details refer to 4 2 CPU Bus Unit System Set up 3 4 2 CJ series Ethernet Units Note With CJ series Ethernet Units the local IP address is set with the Program Setting the Unit Number Note ming Device for the PC such as CX Programmer For details refer to 4 2 CPU Bus Unit System Setup and 4 4 DM Area Allocations The unit number is used to identify individual CPU Bus Units when more than one CPU Bus Unit is mounted to the same PC Use a small screwdriver to make the setting taking care not to damage the rotary switch The unit num ber is factory set to 0 UNIT Setting range No OtoF 1 Turn OFF the power supply before setting the unit number 2 Ifthe unit number is being set for the first time or changed then an I O table must be created for the PC 35 Switch Settings Unit Number and CPU Bus Unit Allocations CIO Area Allocations DM Area Allocations Section 3 4 With CJ series PCs words are automatically allocated in the CIO Area and the DM Area The Ethernet Unit uses these words for receiving control data from the CPU Unit and for notifying the CPU Unit of Ethernet Unit and com munications status The word addresses in the allocated areas for the CPU Bus Unit are important in creating the user program for using the Ethernet Unit so be careful to take them into account when setting the unit number The following table shows the areas allocated for the CPU Bus Unit by unit number Thi
241. g areas can be used CIO HR WR AR DM and EM Program file kkkkkkkk Complete user pro gram Contains all the programs for cyclic tasks and interrupt tasks as well as task infor mation for one CPU Unit Parameter area file kkkkkkkk e PC Setup e Registered I O tables e Routing tables e CPU Bus Unit Setup and other setup data Contains all of the parameter data for one CPU Unit There is no need for the user to distinguish the various types of data contained in the file The file can be automatically read to or written from the CPU Unit simply by speci fying the extension STD Files Data files trans ferred at startup AUTOEXEC I O Memory data for the specified number of words starting from D20000 There does not necessarily need to be a data file in the Memory Card when the automatic file transfer function is used at startup The AUTOEXEC IOM file always contains DM Area data starting at D20000 All data in the file will be transferred to memory starting at D20000 at startup Program files AUTOEXEC Complete user pro gram There must be a program file in the Mem ory Card when the automatic file transfer function is used at startup Contains all the programs for cyclic tasks and interrupt tasks as well as task infor mation for one CPU Unit Parameter area file AUTOEXEC Note 1 Initializing File Memory e PC Setup e Registered I O tab
242. g diagrams DM Area 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 D00000 CMND 490 control data for UDP OPEN REQUEST OO0AH 0004H 0001H 0110H 0000H 0032H Response monitor time 5 s FINS communications port Port 0 Remote Ethernet Unit designation L Network address 01hex Node number 01 pe Unit address 10hex Number bytes to receive 4 bytes Number of bytes to send 10 bytes 000A D00010 CMND 490 control data for UDP CLOSE REQUEST 0008H 0004H 0001H 0110H 0000H 0032H L Number bytes to receive 4 bytes Number of bytes to send 8 bytes 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 D00020 CMND 490 control data for UDP SEND REQUEST 0074H 0004H 0001H 0110H 0000H 0032H i Number bytes to receive 4 bytes Number of bytes to send 114 0072hex bytes Command format 14 bytes 100 bytes send data 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 D00030 CMND 490 control data for UDP RECEIVE REQUEST 000CH 0004H 0001H 0110H O000H 0032H Number bytes to receive 4 bytes Number of bytes to send 12 bytes 000Chex Number of bytes received is specified in command data 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 D01000 UDP OPEN REQUEST command data 2701H 0001H 8203H FCOOH 1000H
243. g time remote node 256 x 0 02 20 25 12 gt 30 ms Service processing ims Transmission processing time response 256 x 0 011 3 5 816 6 ms Reception processing time response Local node service cycle CPU Bus Unit service processing time local node 256 x 0 011 3 10 1 16 816 17 ms CPU data set processing local node 256 x 0 02 20 25 12 25 ms Total 10 1 3 19 30 1 6 17 25 112 ms 5 4 Sending Commands From a Host Computer Commands and responses sent from host computers must be in the formats described in this section and must provide the proper FINS header informa tion These formats can also be used to decode commands and responses 5 4 1 96 received from other network nodes Designating Remote Addresses UDP sockets are used when sending FINS commands from a host computer to a PC This section provides examples of addressing remote PCs from the Note host computer for communications 1 The FINS UDP port number at the Ethernet Unit is set to the default of 9600 It can be changed in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup but the same FINS UDP port number must be set for all of the Ethernet Units on the same Ethernet network 2 Even if the Ethernet network is comprised of multiple segments set the same value for the FINS network number Sending Commands From a Host Computer Section 5 4 Example 1 Intranetwork In this example the host computer an
244. ggers The user can select any of the following trigger conditions for e mail The des ignation is made in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup The particular informa tion to be sent can be selected individually for each trigger condition Trigger condition Contents User mail When Mail Send Mail is sent when the Mail Send Switch set in the words allocated to the CPU Bus Switch turns ON Unit in the CIO Area turns from OFF to ON leading edge Error mail When an error is Mail is sent when an error occurs and is recorded in the error log recorded in the error log Periodic mail Fixed time intervals Mail is sent each time the interval set in the CPU Bus Unit Area elapses The inter val can be set to anything from 10 minutes to 10 days 8 1 3 Sending Mail Triggered by Mail Send To send mail only as required use the Mail Send Switch bit 3 from among Switch the Unit Control Switches in the ClO Area words allocated to the CPU Bus Unit When the Ethernet Unit detects that the Mail Send Switch has turned 180 Overview of Mail Function Triggered by Error Log Recording Note Triggered at Regular Intervals Note 8 1 4 Mail Status Note Section 8 1 ON the mail transmission is started according to the mail settings that have previously been made in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup If a transmission is restarted while the mail processing is still in progress it will be invalid After the transmission has bee
245. ginning address of the results storage area Refer to page 216 for details about the variable types and addresses that can be spec ified Precautions Any other processing such as sending or receiving data being carried out when this close command is executed will be forcibly ended and a code will be stored in the results storage area to indicate that this processing was forcibly ended 235 Command Response Reference Section 11 3 Response Codes Normal Local IP address setting error CPU Unit error execution not possible Command too large Command too small The TCP socket number is out of range The variable type for the results storage area is out of range Non zero bit address specified for the results storage area No connection could be established to the specified socket High traffic at Unit cannot execute service Results Storage Area Response Codes 11 3 18 PING Command Block Response Block Parameters Destination IP Address Command Timeout Value Command Remarks Response Codes 236 0000 Normal Equivalent processing to the UNIX computer ping command see below 27 20 Command Destination IP address Timeout code value 27 20 Command Response code code The IP address in hexadecimal of the destination node for the PING com mand echo request packet The wait time for the echo reply packet T
246. grammer refer to the CX Pro grammer User s Manual Checking Communications Section 3 12 3 12 Checking Communications The Ethernet Unit supports the PING command which is also widely sup ported by host computers It also supports a function for internode testing in the FINS communications service by simply manipulating bits with a Program ming Device After the settings and connections have been completed use either the PING command or the internode test function as required to check communications with the remote nodes 3 12 1 PING Command and Internode Testing The following table outlines the points of difference between the PING com mand and internode testing PING command Internode testing Main application Testing communications as Checking settings such as an Ethernet node FINS addresses for using the FINS communications service Test objects Ethernet Units and Ether OMRON Units and Boards net devices that support that support FINS commu PING nications service intern ode testing Network classification Within Ethernet networks Up to three levels of Ether including between seg net networks and FA net ments works Address system used IP addresses FINS address system net work and node numbers Note Requires routing tables Transmission from Ether PING command is issued Set required parameters in net Unit to Ethernet Unit by DM from Programming CMND 490 instruction in Device and manipu
247. gs are made with CX Programmer 61 CPU Bus Unit System Setup Section 4 2 Set the local IP address in the allocated words in the DM Area when using the CPU Bus Unit System Setup at its default settings i e for simple operation Application Operation with the CPU Unit Bus Sys tem Setup set as The setting is usually made with a Programming Console Setting device CX Programmer Setting area CPU Unit Bus System Setup Remarks The IP address set in the CPU Unit Bus System Setup is stored in the allocated words desired i e The in the DM Area default settings are not used Simple operation i e The CPU Unit Programming Console CX Allocated words in the DM Programmer can also be Area Bus System Setup is used used at its default settings Only the IP address is set The setting in the allocated words in the DM Area is enabled only when the IP address in the CPU Unit Bus System Setup is set to 00 00 00 00 If the IP address in the CPU Unit Bus System Setup is set to a value other than 00 00 00 00 this value is stored in the allocated words in the DM Area Note 1 With CS series Ethernet Units set the local IP address using the 8 rotary switches on the back of the Unit For details refer to Setting the Local IP Address on page 34 2 Ifno local IP address is set in either the CPU Bus Unit System Setup or the allocated words in the DM Area m 98 and m 99 the Ethernet Unit
248. h 127 7F Hex The node number set on the rotary switch on the front of the Unit does not agree with the host ID in the IP address This probably can occur when the address conversion method is set for automatic address gener ation CJ Series only Make sure that the node number and the last byte of the IP address are the same and set other host IDs to 0 Change the address conversion method 193 Error Status Section 10 2 10 2 Error Status The Ethernet Unit will output error status to the following word in the CIO Area of the CPU Unit This information can be used in troubleshooting errors Word CIO 1500 25 x unit number 18 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 a ee 3 2 1 0 T CE LI L Transceiver echo test error CS1W ETNO1 only IP address setting error IP address table error IP router table error Routing table error Transceiver error Cable error Internode Test Flag Refer to page 189 Address mismatch EEPROM error The corresponding bit will turn ON when an error occurs Correction Transceiver echo test error Check the transceiver or transceiver cable CS1W ETNO1 only IP address setting error The following cannot be used as IP address settings e Host IDs that are all 0 or all 1 e Network IDs that are all O or all 1 e Subnetwork IDs that are all 1 e Addresses beginning with 127 7F Hex Reset the IP address IP address table er
249. he date of the file system volume label 2 The login date will be displayed for EM files and for MEMCARD if a volume label has not been created Connecting to the FTP Server The host computer must connect to the FTP server before the FTP server functions can be used The login name and password set in the CPU Bus Unit Setup will be used when connecting Refer to 4 2 CPU Bus Unit System Setup The FTP server in the Ethernet Unit can connect to only one client at a time If a client attempts to connect when the FTP server is in use a message will be returned and connection will be refused Login Messages Status Message Normal 220 XXX XX XX XX yyyyyyyyyy FTP server FTP Version z zz ready connection XXX XX XX XX IP address of Ethernet Unit 162 yyyyyyyyyy Ethernet Unit model number CS1W ETNO1 z zz Firmware version of Ethernet Unit FTP server 221 FTP server busy Goodbye busy Setting Login Names and Passwords Section 7 2 7 2 Setting Login Names and Passwords The default FTP login name is CONFIDENTIAL and no password is required Login is completed by typing only CONFIDENTIAL A different login name and a password can be set as required using the CPU Bus Unit Setup Setting Restrictions The following restrictions apply to login names and passwords e The login name and password must consist of alphanumeric characters hyphens and or underscores They are not case sensitive e A login name co
250. he following sequence Each value is returned as an 8 digit hexa decimal value 1 Connection Information 60 Bytes Fifteen items are returned in the following sequence 1 2 3 1 The number of times active connections were correctly established 2 The number of times a SYN packet was received while waiting to establish a passive connection 3 The number of times active or passive connections were correctly estab lished The number of times an established connection was cut off 5 The number of times the connection wait status was cut off 6 The number of times protocol control blocks or other actively allocated structures were released 7 The number of segments for the round trip time time from segment trans mission to ACK 8 The number of times the round trip time was changed 9 The number of times a delayed acknowledgement ACK was sent If the order of the received segments is reversed ACK is sent with a packet of data separate from ACK response to input data etc or is immediately sent with the ACK for other data 10 The number of times the connection was cut off because no ACK was re turned after several resend attempts 243 Command Response Reference 244 1 2 3 1 2 3 11 13 14 15 Section 11 3 The number of times no ACK was returned within the resend timer set time The resend timer sets the maximum time limit between the data being out put and ACK being returned
251. he names of the appropriate flags in the flowchart to adapt it to other socket services Start UDP Open Program Flow Error Evaluation Check socket status The specified UDP socket is NO already open YES Is Bit 15 Open Flag in the socket status word for the socket being used OFF Checks to see if the socket is open before com munications and close processing Check the Port Enabled Flag The specified port is runnin NO network communications YES Is the Port Enabled Flag in A502 for communica tions port ON Execute FINS command via CMND 490 for Ethernet Unit Use the CMND 490 to send the UDP OPEN RE QUEST command 2701 to the Ethernet Unit Check e 0000 An error occurred The Ethernet YES OPEN REQUEST command Is the response code 0000 normal for the UDP OPEN REQUEST command Check Opening Flag status ON OFF Socket status bit 00 Wait until bit 00 in the socket status turns OFF open complete Check results storage area response code 0000 An error occurred The specified NO socket could not be opened YES Is response code 0000 UDP opened 143 Using Socket Services with CMND 490 Section 6 3 6 3 3 Communications Timing Chart The timing of the status changes of the bits in the socket status area and the Port Enabled Flag is shown in the following diagram Port Enabled Fla 1 9 0 L 1 rd Opening Flag 0 _ 1
252. he slide latch c Then push the slide latch down to lock the cable connector in place 40 Connecting to the Network Section 3 6 DSS KS gt 7 el Slide latch mm good i NI IT ri AR cstw ETNo1 LOCK post Twisted pair Cable for CS1W ETN11 and CJ1W ETN11 Z Caution Turn OFF the PC s power supply before connecting or disconnecting twisted pair cable A Caution Allow enough space for the bending radius of the twisted pair cable as shown in below 35mm 1 2 3 1 Lay the twisted pair cable 41 Connecting to the Network Section 3 6 2 Connect the cable to the hub Be sure to press in the cable until it locks into place Examples of the above two steps are provided in Appendix A Request ca ble installation from a qualified professional 3 Connect the cable to the connector on the Ethernet Unit Be sure to press in the cable until it locks into place Example CS1W ETN11 RJ45 Modular Connector CS1W ETN11 3 6 4 Connecting the Power Supply CS1W ETNO1 Only Connect a 24 VDC power supply to the power supply terminals The Ethernet Unit converts this 24 VDC power supply to the power supply voltage for the transceivers and provides it through the transceiver cable 24 VDC Tl ED a 24 VDC power supply Crimp terminals must be used for the power supply cable The
253. he subnet number All nodes on the network that are going to belong to the same subnetwork must have the same subnet mask In this case the following subnet mask values will be used depending on the IP address class Class Network mask value 255 0 0 0 255 255 0 0 0 255 255 255 0 0 0 13 Precautions 1 8 Precautions 1 8 1 Installation 1 2 3 Section 1 8 Be sure to observe the following precautions when installing and using an Ethernet Unit Observe the following precautions when installing an Ethernet System Refer to Section 3 Installation and Initial Setup for details 1 Use transceiver cable that meets IEEE802 3 standards to ensure high noise resistance 2 Use a transceiver with a current consumption of not more than 0 4 A per port 3 Always turn off the power supply to the PC before connecting or discon necting the transceiver cable 4 Be sure not to exceed the current capacity of the Power Supply Unit on the Rack to which the Ethernet Unit is mounted The current consumption of the CS series Ethernet Units is 400 mA maximum and the current con sumption of the CJ series Ethernet Unit is 380 mA maximum This value added to the current consumption of all other Units mounted to the same Rack must not exceed the capacity of the Power Supply Unit 5 Do not install the transceiver cables or coaxial cables of the Ethernet Sys tem near power supply lines If installation near possib
254. he terminal block of the AC Power Supply Unit to the torque specified in the operation manual The loose screws may result in burning or malfunction Operating Environment Precautions 4 Z Caution Execute online edit only after confirming that no adverse effects will be caused by extending the cycle time Otherwise the input signals may not be readable 4 Operating Environment Precautions A Caution Do not operate the control system in the following places e Locations subject to direct sunlight e Locations subject to temperatures or humidity outside the range specified in the specifications e Locations subject to condensation as the result of severe changes in tem perature e Locations subject to corrosive or flammable gases e Locations subject to dust especially iron dust or salts e Locations subject to exposure to water oil or chemicals e Locations subject to shock or vibration Z Caution Take appropriate and sufficient countermeasures when installing systems in the following locations e Locations subject to static electricity or other forms of noise e Locations subject to strong electromagnetic fields e Locations subject to possible exposure to radioactivity e Locations close to power supplies N Caution The operating environment of the PC System can have a large effect on the longevity and reliability of the system Improper operating environments can lead to malfunction failure and other unforeseeab
255. he type of Unit or Board For details on FINS commands addressed to Ethernet Units refer to Section 11 FINS Commands Addressed to Ethernet Units For details regarding FINS commands addressed to CS CJ series CPU Units refer to the CS CJ series Programmable Controllers Communications Commands Refer ence Manual W342 The following table shows how the FINS communications service is used by the communications source and destination for PC to PC and host computer to PC Local node to remote node SEND 090 RECV 098 CMND 490 FINS commands e When the PC executes SEND 090 or e When the PC executes CMND 490 a RECV 098 a program is not required for program is not required for receiving a re receiving a response sponse e When the PC receives a SEND 090 or e When the PC receives a CMND 490 in RECV 098 instruction a program is not struction a program is not required for required for processing the instruction processing the instruction Ethernet Unit CPU Unit PC CPU Unit CPU Unit CPU Unit CPU Unit User program User program When addressed to eT Host computer to PC e The host computer issues the data for the SEND 090 RECV 098 or CMND 490 in struction as a UDP datagram Programs are required for sending data and for receiving and processing responses e Ifthe PC receives a SEND 090 or RECV 098 instruction a program is not required for processing the instruction Ethernet Unit Host computer
256. he value is set in seconds The time out time is set at 20 seconds if the value is specified as 0 If the echo reply packet is not received within the set time limit the code for a timeout error will be set as the results storage response code PING Command The PING command runs the echoback test using the ICMP protocol When the PING command is executed an echo request packet is sent to the remote node ICMP Correct communications are confirmed when the returned response packet is received normally The echo reply packet is automatically returned by the remote node ICMP Refer to 9 2 PING Command Normal echo reply received from the remote node Timeout error Command too large Command too small Zero destination address PING command currently being executed High traffic at Unit cannot execute service Command Response Reference Section 11 3 11 3 19IP ADDRESS TABLE WRITE Command Block Response Block Parameters Number of Records Command IP Address Table Records Command Precautions Response Codes Writes the IP address table 27 50 6 bytes 6 bytes Command Number of IP address IP address code records table records table records 27 50 Command Response code code The number of records to write is specified between 0000 and 0020 0 to 32 decimal in the command If this value is set to 0 the IP address table will be cl
257. hernet nodes Echoback tests with specific nodes can also be performed by setting parame ters in the DM Area and then manipulating specific bits in memory This type of internode test can be performed only for remote nodes that support the FINS internode testing function Internode testing can be used to make sure settings for FINS communications services are correct 9 2 PING Command 9 2 1 Ethernet Unit The PING command sends an echo request packet to a remote node and receives an echo response packet to confirm that the remote node is commu nicating correctly The PING command uses the ICMP echo request and responses The echo response packet is automatically returned by the ICMP The PING command is normally used to check the connections of remote nodes when configuring a network The Ethernet Unit supports both the ICMP echo request and reply functions If the remote node returns a normal response to the PING command then the nodes are physically connected correctly and Ethernet node settings are cor rect PC Remote Node host computer or Ethernet Unit TCP UDP 3 z D ICMP IP iu i Ethernet y Echo request Echo response The Ethernet Unit automatically returns the echo response packet in response to an echo request packet sent by another node host computer or other Ethernet Unit An echo request packet can be sent to another node by issu
258. htning surges when coaxial cable is installed outdoors requiring special measures Request outdoor installation from a professional 252 Network Installation Appendix A Transceiver Installation Examples The following illustrations show examples of installing transceivers in the ceiling and under the floor Ceiling Installation Inspection opening dD Mount near an inspection opening large enough to enable maintenance Free access Floor Installation 253 Network Installation Appendix A Ceiling Installation Examples Coaxial cable above ceiling Secured i wooden 1 board Transceiver Distribution panel Metal duct Corner box Transceiver cable Wire protector Installation Examples for Noise prone Environments Ethernet networks do not withstand noise very well and require special installation measures if installed where subject to noise The remainder of this section describes measures for dealing with noise Note Although the measures described in this section are suitable to certain levels of noise programming retries in communications will still be required Although some protocols provide for automatic retries UDP IP FINS communications and UDP sockets does not and the user must program retries in user applications Metal Ducts 1 Place the coaxial cable in metal ducts 2 Place transceivers into metal boxes placing a wooden board or other insulating board between the box and
259. ied number of bytes will be stored and the remainder of the bytes will be discarded Normal IP address setting error CPU Unit error execution not possible Command too large Command too small UDP socket number or number of reception bytes is out of range The variable type for the results storage area is out of range Non zero bit address specified for the results storage area The specified socket is currently receiving data The specified socket is not open High traffic at Unit cannot execute service Results Storage Area Response Codes Response Description code Normal Internal buffer cannot be reserved due to high reception load ENOBUFS Internal memory cannot be allocated cannot execute service A receive request timeout error occurred The specified socket was closed while receiving data 11 3 11 UDP SEND REQUEST Requests that data be received by a UDP socket 225 Command Response Reference Command Block Section 11 3 1984 bytes max 27 03 Command UDP code socket number Response Block Results Storage Format Parameters UDP Socket Number Command Results Storage Area Command Destination IP Address Command Destination UDP Port Number Command Number of Bytes Sent Command Results Storage Area Send Data Command Response Codes 226 Send data
260. ified step or until you are told to perform a specific action that corrects the problem If performing the action does not correct the problem return to the beginning of the proce dure and start over 1 2 3 1 Refer to 10 6 Troubleshooting with Response Codes on page 207 and re move any causes of the problem discovered there before proceeding with this procedure 2 Is the control data for the instruction set incorrectly True Make sure that the FINS network address is not set to O for the Ethernet Unit and check the network address node number and unit address 198 Troubleshooting Procedures Section 10 5 3 Is a CMND 194 instruction being addressed to the local node e g for socket services True Go to 10 5 6 Network Connection Problems on page 203 4 Are different UDP port numbers set for FINS communications for both the local node and the remote node True Set the same port number for both nodes 5 Are the local and remote nodes both on the same network i e do they have the same network number in their IP addresses True Step 10 6 Is the IP address of the remote node missing from the IP address table True Setthe IP address of the remote node in the local IP address table Note Use of the IP address table must be set in the mode settings for the IP address table to be effective 7 Is the IP address of the remote node missing from the IP router table True Set the network number of the
261. ime for Socket Service using Socket Service Request Switches Send processing time receive processing time PC cycle time x5 Ax2 B ms Delay Time for Socket Service using CMND 490 Send processing time receive processing time PC cycle time x 14 A ms A is the lowest multiple of the PC cycle time that is greater than or equal to 20 ms B is the lowest multiple of the PC cycle time that is greater than or equal to 20 ms 0 01 x number of send receive bytes Note 1 The formulas above calculate guideline figures for the transfer delays when the Ethernet Unit uses a single socket only The user program execution time is not included in these calculations 2 The communications time for the remote node varies according to the equipment used If the remote node is not an Ethernet Unit refer to the documentation for the actual equipment to calculate the communications time 3 The delay times may exceed the calculated values due to the operating en vironment Factors affecting the delay times are the network load ratio amount of network traffic the window size of each node the load on the Ethernet Unit including operating multiple socket services FTP server etc and the system configuration 4 The values for A and B given above are guideline values for when the pe ripheral service time in the PC Setup in the CPU Unit is set to the default value of 4 If the peripheral service time setting is increased the values of A
262. ing illustrations 141 Using Socket Services with CMND 490 Section 6 3 1 2 3 142 Execute a socket service request command MRC 27 for the Ethernet Unit using CMND 490 CPU Ethernet Unit User program ES h 2 Hi C cnn J Socket service Request command H End J CMND 490 ends normally when the socket service request command is received and a response is returned response code 0000 CPU Ethernet Unit User program H o h CMND ire Response The Ethernet Unit starts the process requested by the parameters in the socket service request command CPU Ethernet Unit Other node Communications gt When the process has been completed the result is stored in the results storage area defined in the socket service request command and the sock et status will indicate completion of processing CPU Ethernet Unit Socket status area Process complete notification Results storage area Results stored lt 4 Using Socket Services with CAND 490 Section 6 3 6 3 2 Socket Services and Socket Status When using socket services it is important to consider the timing of the status changes in the socket status area The diagram below shows a program flow chart for opening UDP Program flow is similar for other socket services Replace t
263. ing the FINS command to execute the PING command from the PC Refer to page 236 for details on the PING command 9 2 2 Host Computer 186 The PING command can be executed from the host computer to send an echo request packet to an Ethernet Unit The method for using the PING com mand from a UNIX computer is given next Internode Test Method Note Application Examples Normal Execution Abnormal Execution Section 9 3 Input the following at the host computer prompt ping IP_address host_name The destination is specified by its IP address or host name If the host name is used the host name must be defined in file etc hosts The PING command is not supported by some host computers These examples show sending the PING command to the node at IP address 130 25 36 8 The on the example screen represents the host computer prompt User inputs are underlined Comments are placed after semicolons ping 130 25 36 8 Executes PING command PING 130 25 36 8 56 data bytes 64 bytes from 130 25 36 8 icmp_seq 0 time 0 ms 64 bytes from 130 25 36 8 icmp_seq 0 time 0 ms 64 bytes from 130 25 36 8 icmp_seq 0 time 0 ms Enter Ctrl C Key to cancel 130 25 36 8 PING Statistics 9 packets transmitted 9 packets received 0 packets loss round trip ms min avg max 0 1 16 ping 130 25 36 8 Executes PING command PING 130 25 36 8 56 data bytes Enter Ctrl C Key to cancel 130 2
264. ing the Programming Console only set the IP address in the allocated words in the DM Area using the CX Pro grammer or Programming Console This method is mainly used when set ting the IP address in the allocated words in the DM Area using the Programming Console only When using this method be sure to set the lo cal IP address value in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup to 00 00 00 00 default If a different value is set the IP address set in the allocated words in the DM Area will be overwritten with this value Refer to 4 4 DM Area Allocations For operation with the System Setup set as desired set the IP address in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup with the CX Programmer This method is used when setting the local IP address with the CX Programmer Any set value other than 00 00 00 00 will be enabled as the local IP address Refer to 4 2 CPU Bus Unit System Setup Create the routing tables using the CX Net This step is required only if FINS communications are used or if CMND 490 is used by a PC with mul tiple Communications Units mounted to it Refer to 3 8 Creating Routing Tables Make the settings in the System Setup using the CX Programmer Create the IP address table and IP router table Refer to 3 9 System Setup 3 10 Creating an IP Address Table and 3 11 Creating an IP Router Table This step is required only in the following cases e When using a method other than automatic generation for IP address conversio
265. ings Note Section 3 4 34s o o gt GN g 2 ob oy 1H Toa lt N G gt foe 9j cs Ca Setting range OtoF Ca io v gt r op N O Nf O Learnt N N Wy 7 A g 2 p v o gt v a o N 9 O Ig eT 02 idle Q G N ep o 7 9 o C o o gt r 2 gt Or D ol boy eh Q S SwW4 Local IP Address Switch No 1 N 3 A SIG LZ 8 The switches are all factory set to 0 00 00 00 00 The Ethernet Unit cannot be used with this setting a proper IP address must be set The following set tings cannot be made for the IP address or the ERC indicator will flash All bits in the network number field set to 0 or 1 All bits in the host number field set to 0 or 1 All bits in the subnet number field set to 1 The beginning of the IP address set to 127 7F Hex Example 127 35 21 16 1 When using the automatic generation method for address conversion set switches 7 and 8 to the same values as the node number setting and set the rest of the host number to zeroes For details regarding the host num ber refer to 1 7 IP Addresses The value for the host number field in the IP address must match the value for the node number or the ERC indicator will flash 2 Ifa subnet mask is to be set use the CX Programmer to set it in the CPU Bus Unit System S
266. intervals of from once every 10 seconds to once every 10 days This setting is only enabled when the periodic mail setting see above is selected If the mail interval is set to 0 then mail will not be sent periodically If it is set to a value greater than 1 440 it will be processed as 1 440 10 days The default setting is O mail not sent periodically Periodic Mail for User Data Specify whether or not user data is to be added to mail contents when mail is sent periodically The user data is ASCII data stored with the CPU Unit s I O memory address set for the mail function s user created mail data address at the beginning When user data is sent 1 024 bytes or the data up to the null code 00 Hex is transmitted Not selected Default User data not included in periodic mail Selected User data included in periodic mail Periodic Mail for Error Log Information Specify whether or not all error log information 64 records max is to be added to mail contents when mail is sent periodically Not selected Default Error log information not included in periodic mail Selected Error log information included in periodic mail Periodic Mail for Status Information Specify whether or not status information is to be added to mail contents when mail is sent periodically Not selected Default Status information not included in periodic mail Selected Status information included in periodic mail Use
267. ired 1 XXX XXX XXX XXX zaxga XN Ethernet Unit IP address required User created information optional Error log information optional UDP Socket No 7 connection status Closed UDP Socket No 8 connection status Closed TCP Socket Connection Status TCP Socket No 1 connection status Establi ished TCP Socket No 2 connection status Closed TCP Socket No 3 connection status Closed TCP Socket No 4 connection status Closed TCP Socket No 5 connection status Closed TCP Socket No 6 connection status Closed TCP Socket No 7 connection status Closed TCP Socket No 8 connection status Closed Number Information Total number of receive packets 123 456 Total number of receive errors 0 Total number of send packets 234 567 Total number of send errors 0 Total number of send collisions 0 Status information optional The following header information is attached e Subject e Content Type e Content Transfer Encoding 7 bit e Model OMRON Ethernet Unit Mail Service text plain charset US ASCIl The following Ethernet Unit information is always attached to the mail 179 Overview of Mail Function Section 8 1 e Version e IP address decimal notation e Subnet mask decimal notation e ID address conversion method Optional Information The optional information that can be sent is shown in the following table Dif ferent information can be selected with each mail trigger and it is al
268. is 100 D30024 and D30025 8203 E800 Hex Send receive data address D01000 D30026 0000 Hex No timeout time After the parameter has been set the Receive Request Switch CIO 151904 is turned ON and the UDP Receiv ing Flag CIO 000203 is turned OFF If the Receive Request Switch CIO 151904 turns OFF while the UDP Receiving Flag CIO 000203 is OFF the contents of the response code D30027 in the Socket Service Parameter Area is checked and if it is not 0000 Hex normal end the UDP Receive Error Flag CIO 000103 is turned ON After the execution results have been checked the UDP Receive Bit CIO 000003 is turned OFF Note When using the above programming example change the bit and word addresses as necessary to avoid using the same areas used by other parts of the user program or the CPU Bus Unit 138 Using Socket Services with CAND 490 Section 6 3 6 3 Using Socket Services with CMND 490 Service request commands can be sent to the Ethernet Unit by executing the CMND 490 instruction in the ladder diagram CS CJ Ethernet Units support the same functionality as the CV series Ethernet Unit so heritage programs can be easily corrected and reused Up to 16 sockets can be connected using CMND 490 8 UDP sockets and 8 TCP sockets The socket service request commands that can be used are listed in the fol lowing table Refer to Section 11 FINS Commands Addressed to Ethernet Units for details on these commands
269. isk of loss shall pass from Omron to Buyer provided that Omron shall retain a security inter est in the Products until the full purchase price is paid d Delivery and shipping dates are estimates only and e Omron will package Products as it deems proper for protection against nor mal handling and extra charges apply to special conditions Claims Any claim by Buyer against Omron for shortage or damage to the Products occurring before delivery to the carrier must be presented in writing to Omron within 30 days of receipt of shipment and include the original trans portation bill signed by the carrier noting that the carrier received the Products from Omron in the condition claimed Warranties a Exclusive Warranty Omron s exclusive warranty is that the Products will be free from defects in materials and workmanship for a period of twelve months from the date of sale by Omron or such other period expressed in writing by Omron Omron disclaims all other warranties express or implied b Limitations OMRON MAKES NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION EXPRESS OR IMPLIED ABOUT NON INFRINGEMENT MERCHANTABIL 15 16 ITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF THE PRODUCTS BUYER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT ALONE HAS DETERMINED THAT THE PRODUCTS WILL SUITABLY MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THEIR INTENDED USE Omron further disclaims all warranties and responsibility of any type for claims or expenses based on infringement by the Products or oth
270. istributed to 223 Command Response Reference Section 11 3 the socket specified in the UDP socket number and send packets are distrib uted from the UDP socket to this port The port number specified as the FINS UDP port number default value 9600 cannot be used Response Codes Normal Local IP address setting error CPU Unit error execution not possible Command too large Command too small UDP socket number is out of range Local UDP port number is 0 The variable type for the results storage area is out of range Non zero bit address specified for the results storage area Specified socket is already open or is being closed High traffic at Unit cannot execute service Results Storage Area Response Codes Normal Internal buffer cannot be reserved due to high receive load ENOBUFS Duplicate UDP port number EADDRINUSE 11 3 10 UDP RECEIVE REQUEST Requests that data be sent from a UDP socket Command Block 27 02 Command UDP Results storage area Numberof Timeout code socket reception value number bytes Response Block 27 02 Command Response code code Results Storage me j Format Received bytes Results Source IP Source Number of Received data storage address UDP port reception response number bytes code Parameters UDP Socket Number The UDP socket number to recei
271. it The CPU Bus Unit Area in the DM Area is also used to receive results of processing from the Ethernet Unit to the CPU Unit After setting the required parameters in a Socket Service Parameter Area in the CPU Bus Unit Area in the DM Area the Socket Service Request Switches can be used to request opening sending receiving or closing for either the UDP or TCP protocol When requesting a send send data at the send receive data addresses set in the parameter area is sent When requesting a recep tion data is received to the send receive data addresses set in the parameter area 113 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches 6 2 1 114 Socket Service Parameters The Socket Service Parameter Areas in which parameters are set to request socket services is in the CPU Bus Unit Area in the DM Area of the CPU Unit The Socket Service Parameter Areas are allocated as shown in the following diagrams The first word of in the DM Area allocated to the Ethernet Unit as a CPU Bus Unit is referred to as m and is computed as follows The configuration of each of the Socket Service Parameter Areas is shown in m 18 m 27 m 28 m 37 m 88 m 97 m D30000 100 x unit number Section 6 2 Socket Service Parameter Area 1 Socket Service Parameter Area 8 the following diagram Offset 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 UDP TCP so
272. itions for details Response Codes in the Command Response A response code is returned in the command response as a 2 byte code that indicates the results of command execution The response code is returned just after the command code in the response The first byte of the response code provides the overall result of command execution and is called the main response code MRES The second byte provides details and is called the sub response code SRES Response Codes in the Results Storage Areas The response code stored in the Results Storage Area is a 2 byte code that indicates the processing results of the socket service requested by the com mand This response code is stored in the Results Storage Area when pro cessing has been completed Using Socket Service Each Ethernet Unit has eight TCP sockets and eight UDP sockets Open close send and receive processes are available for communications with sockets Open Enables communications on a specified socket A socket must be opened before it can be used for socket services Opening a TCP socket establishes a connection Close Ends use of the socket Breaks the connection for a TCP socket Send Sends data from a specified open socket Receive Specifies an open socket and receives data from that socket These processes are carried out by sending FINS commands to the Ethernet Unit The process from sending a request for processing to completion is shown in the follow
273. iver cable zn Optical transceiver Repeater Optical fiber cable Segment 2 Coaxial cable Transceiver Transceiver cable Optical transceiver Repeater Note Consult with the manufacturer for details on optical Ethernet devices CS1W ETN11 CJ1W ETN11 10Base T Precautions Precautions on Laying Twisted pair Cable Basic Precautions e Press the cable connector in firmly until it locks into place at both the hub and the Ethernet Unit e After laying the twisted pair cable check the connection with a 10Base T cable tester Environment Precautions e The twisted pair cable for 10Base T is not shielded and the hub is designed for use in OA environments In environments subject to noise we recommend the use of 10Base 5 Ethernet e Do not lay the twisted pair cable together with high voltage lines e Do not lay the twisted pair cable near devices that generate noise e Do not lay the twisted pair cable in locations subject to high temperatures or high humidity e Do not lay the twisted pair cable in locations subject to excessive dirt and dust or to oil mist or other con taminants Hub Installation Environment Precautions e Do not install the hub near devices that generate noise e Do not install the hub in locations subject to high temperatures or high humidity e Do not install the hub in locations subject to excessive dirt and dust or to oil mist or other contaminants
274. ket No 2 Status Refer to Section 6 Poa e EEE E AE as oe an ERE Socket Services BETI oac enaa TCP Socket No 3 Status _ 22 a eee TCP Socket No 4 Status n 13 TCP Socket No 5 Status nte le TCP Socket No 6 Status __ 2 ee Ne as eed TCP Socket No 7 Status 2 n 16 TCP Socket No 8 Status n 17 Service Status FTP Service etc n 18 Error Status All error conditions n 19 Socket Service Re Socket Service Re CPU Unit to Ethernet Unit Socket Services quest Switches 2 quest Switches 1 Refer to Section 6 foe ae ee Bee eR oer eae eg te Socket Services n 20 Socket Service Re Socket Service Re quest Switches 4 quest Switches 3 n 21 Socket Service Re Socket Service Re quest Switches 6 quest Switches 5 n 22 Socket Service Re Socket Service Re quest Switches 8 quest Switches 7 E n 23 Notused 2222 n 24 Not used n 25 Unit Control Switches CPU Unit to Ethernet Unit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 am 1 0 n eS Internode Test Start Switch Socket Force close Switch Mail Send Switch Status of UDP TCP Sockets 1 to 8 Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit 15 14 13 12 1110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 n 1 to n 16 Ele Opening Flag Receiving Flag Results Storage Error Flag Sending Flag TCP UDP Open Flag Socket Closed Flag 270 CPU Bus Unit Allocations in the CPU Unit Appendix F Service Status Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit 15 14 13 12 1110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
275. ks Transfer Media access method CSMA CD specifi f Modulation cations Baseband Transmission paths Bus Star Baud rate 10 Mbps Transmission media Coaxial cable Unshielded twisted pair UTP cable Trans mission Segment length 500 m max 100 m max distance Distance between nodes 2 500 m max Number of connect able nodes 100 segment max Distance between nodes Multiples of 2 5 m Transceiver cable length 50 m max Current consumption Unit 400 mA max at 5 VDC 400 mA max at 5 VDC External power supply Capacity 0 3 A min at 24 VDC per node Inrush current 2 5 A max 24 VDC startup time of 5 ms Permissible voltage fluctuation range 20 4 to 26 4 VDC 24 VDC 15 to 10 Recommended power supply OMRON S82u series Power supply to transceiver Capacity 0 4 Aat 12 V Voltage fluctuation range 13 05 to 14 48 VDC Ripple 2 p p Vibration resistance Conforms to JIS 0040 10 to 57 Hz 0 075 mm amplitude 57 to 150 Hz acceleration 9 8 m s in X Y and Z directions for 80 minutes each Time coefficient 8 minutes x coefficient factor 10 total time 80 minutes Shock resistance Conforms to JIS 0041 147 m s three times each in X Y and Z directions Ambient temperature Operating 0 to 55 C Storage 20 to 75 C Humidity 10 to 90 with no condensation Atmo
276. l Network Table Example Unit 07 Local network Unit number address 1 04 2 05 3 06 4 07 Network 1 Network 2 Network 3 Network 4 1 The unit number is set from 0 to F 1 to 15 by the rotary switch on the front of the Ethernet Unit 2 The network address is the number of the network from 1 to 127 to which the Communications Unit or Board is connected It is set when the local network table is created A relay table is a table that shows the nodes to which data should be sent first in order to send data to a network that is not connected to the local node It shows the correspondence between the address of the final destination net work and the network address and node number of the first relay point of the path to reach there When internetwork communications are carried out the end network can be reached by following the relay points The following example shows a routing table for sending data from PC 1 the local node network address 1 node number 1 to PC 4 the destination node network address 3 node number 2 PC 3 Node 2 relay node ponit fe PC 4 destination node Unit 1 PC 1 relay network table To go to network 3 first go to node 3 at according to the local network 1 PC 2 PC 3 End network relay network table relay network table Local network Unit address number cL To go to network mal 3 first go to node 2 at network 2
277. l communications without programming special measures to do so into the user s application program Transmission Control Protocol Performs communications after establishing a connection i e a virtual circuit with the target node to provide a highly reli able communications method Software Configuration Section 1 6 FINS Factory Interface Network Service A protocol that sends messages between PCs on any of various OMRON FA networks The user must provide mea sures such as retry processing to ensure that transmitted messages arrive at the destination node SMTP Simple Mail Transfer Protocol A communications protocol for sending e mail by TCP IP FTP File Transfer Protocol Transfers data files 11 IP Addresses 1 7 IP Addresses Section 1 7 Ethernet networks use IP addresses for communications IP addresses Inter net addresses identify both the Ethernet network and the node host com puter Ethernet Unit etc on the Ethernet network IP addresses must be set and controlled so that they are not duplicated 1 7 1 IP Address Configuration IP addresses are made up of 32 bits of binary data divided into four 8 bit fields called octets These four octets provide the network number net ID and host number host ID The network number identifies the network and the host number identifies the node or host on the network The network numbers in an IP addresses are divided into three classes A B and C so that the ad
278. lag Flag Using Socket Services with CMND 490 Programming Example 000000 000000 000200 A20200 mm 000000 000200 A20200 150900 KS 150914 D01020 0000 A021900 000000 000200 A20200 H 150900 RSET RSET 000101 SET 000201 RSET 000201 000101 000001 000001 000201 A20200 mm 000001 000201 A20200 H 150903 150914 D01050 0000 A021900 000001 000201 A20200 150903 H Continued on next page RSET 000000 Section 6 3 TCP Passive Open When the TCP Open Bit CIO 000000 turns ON the TCP Open Error Flag CIO 000100 is turned OFF and the TCP Opening Flag CIO 000200 is turned ON to initialize pro cessing When the TCP Opening Flag CIO 000200 turns ON the status of the Port Enabled Flag A20200 is checked to be sure it is ON and a PASSIVE TCP OPEN REQUEST com mand is sent using CMND 490 D01000 First command word D01010 First response word D00000 First control data word The TCP Opening Flag CIO 000200 is also turned OFF If the Port Enabled Flag A20200 turns ON and the Open ing Flag CIO 150900 turns OFF while the TCP Opening Flag CIO 000200 is OFF checks are made and if any of the following are true the TCP Open Error Flag CIO 000100 is turned ON The Results Storage Error Flag CIO 150914 is ON The contents of the Response Stor
279. lag oe H H Communications Port Completion Code Completion 0000 Normal completion 0000 Normal completion 0202 Unit address setting error 91 Sending Commands From a PC Section 5 3 5 3 2 Program Example Execution condition See note 000000 A20207 120002 4 n 120001 120000 MOV 21 000A D00000 MOV 21 0002 D00001 MOV 21 0400 D00002 MOV 21 0705 D00003 MOV 21 0064 D00004 XFER 70 000A 0000 D00010 SEND 90 D00010 D00020 D00000 120000 A20207 See note DIFU 13 120001 120000 A21907 H 120000 Continued on next page 92 When the Communications Port Enabled Flag for port 7 is ON and RECV 098 is not being executed the send execution program will start when execution condition CIO 000000 turns ON Input CIO 120000 remains ON from the start of SEND 090 execution until completion Control Data Creation Word Contents Meaning D0000 00 OA Number of send words 10 D0001 00 02 Destination network number 2 D0002 04 00 Destination node number 4 Destination unit address 0 D0003 07 05 Response required Communications port No used 7 Number of retries 5 D0004 00 64 Response monitor time 10 s Send Data Creation Ten words of data from word CIO 0000 is stored from D00010 onwards Ten words of data from D00010 at the local node is s
280. late user program start switch bit Reception at Ethernet Unit When PING command is When internode test mes received it is automati sage is received it is auto cally returned matically returned 3 12 2 PING Command The PING command checks communications with another node by sending an echo back request packet and receiving a response packet Use the PING command as required to check communications Using the PING command between nodes that support the PING command makes it possible to check whether internode communications are normal For details on using the PING command refer to 9 2 PING Command 3 12 3 Internode Test The internode test is a function for checking a network by sending data to and from specified nodes and checking the responses Use the internode test as required to check the FINS communications service settings Using it between Communications Units and Boards that support it makes it possible to check whether the FINS communications service settings are correct For details on using the internode test refer to 9 3 Internode Test 53 Checking Communications Section 3 12 Note 1 The internode test can be easily carried out by manipulating dedicated control switches for the Ethernet Unit For details refer to 9 3 Internode Test 2 Internode testing of the FINS communications service can also be carried out by means of the FINS commands INTERNODE ECHO TEST and BROADCAST TEST R
281. le problems with the PC System Be sure that the operating environment is within the specified condi tions at installation and remains within the specified conditions during the life of the system Follow all installation instructions and precautions provided in the operation manuals 5 Application Precautions Observe the following precautions when using the PC System N WARNING Always heed these precautions Failure to abide by the following precautions could lead to serious or possibly fatal injury Always connect to a ground of 100 or less when installing the Units Not connecting to a ground to a ground of 100 or less may result in electric shock e A ground of 100 Q or less must be installed when shorting the GR and LG terminals on the Power Supply Unit e Always turn OFF the power supply to the PC before attempting any of the following Not turning OFF the power supply may result in malfunction or electric shock xix Application Precautions 5 e Mounting or dismounting I O Units CPU Units Inner Boards or any other Units e Assembling the Units e Setting DIP switches or rotary switches e Connecting cables or wiring the system Z Caution Failure to abide by the following precautions could lead to faulty operation of the PC or the system or could damage the PC or PC Units Always heed these precautions e Fail safe measures must be taken by the customer to ensure safety in the event of incorrect missing
282. le sources of noise is unavoidable install the cables in grounded metal ducts or take other measure to eliminate noise interference 1 8 2 Ethernet and IEEE802 3 Standards 14 The Ethernet Unit was designed based on version 2 Ethernet standards and not on the international IEEE802 3 standards which were developed based on Version 2 0 Ethernet specifications Although these two sets of standards are similar they are not necessarily the same Particularly different frame for mats are used making direct communications impossible between systems that do not support the same standards Standards for equipment used to configure networks are the same allowing IEEE802 3 standard equipment to be used with the Ethernet Unit Particularly the transceiver cable for the IEEE802 3 standards provides superior noise resistance and should be used for the Ethernet Unit Terminology also differs between Version 2 0 Ethernet and IEEE802 3 stan dards These differences are shown in the following table Version 2 0 Ether net terminology is used in this manual Version 2 Ethernet IEEE802 3 Transceiver MAU Transceiver cable AUI Ethernet address MAC address Ethernet 10Base 5 10Base T This section provides an overview of the communications functions that can be used with the Ethernet Unit 2 1 2 2 2 3 2 4 2 5 Communications Functions 0 0 00000 2 1 1 2 1 2 2 1 3 FINS Ethernet Unit Functions 00 0
283. les e Routing tables e CPU Bus Unit Setup and other setup data There must be a parameter file in the Memory Card when the automatic file transfer function is used at startup Contains all of the parameter data for one CPU Unit There is no need for the user to distinguish the various types of data contained in the file All parameters in the file will be automati cally transferred to specified locations in memory at startup Refer to information on file memory in the CS CJ series Programmable Controllers Operation Manual W339 2 All files transferred automatically at startup must have the name AUTOEX EC Memory Memory Cards Initialization method 1 Insert the Memory Card into the CPU Unit 2 Initialize the Memory Card from a Programming Device Programming Consoles included EM File Mem ory 1 Specify in the PC Setup the first bank to convert to file memory 2 Initialize EM File Memory from the CX Programmer 165 Using File Memory Section 7 3 Data File Format The format of data files files with IOM extensions is shown in the following diagram 0 1 2 3 4 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 Byte position from the T T T beginning of the file EEA OE Reserved 48 bytes Data Set the reserved bytes to all zeros 00 Hex Writing Data Files via FTP In this example the put command see page 171 is used to write the follow ing data to a file called DMDATA IOM o
284. load ENOBUFS 0042 See note Received ICMP data EMSGSIZE 0044 See note Received ICMP data ENOPROTOOPT 0045 See note A communication error occurred with the remote node ECONNABORTED 004B A communication error occurred with the remote node ECONNRESET 004E See note Incorrect destination IP address ENETUNREACH No network number in IP router table Router incorrectly set 004F See note Received ICMP data EHOSTDOWN 0051 See note Received ICMP data EHOSTUNREACH Router incorrectly set 0053 A communications error occurred with the remote node ETIMEDOUT 0066 Internal memory cannot be allocated cannot execute service 0080 A receive request timeout error occurred 0081 Socket was closed while receiving Note These errors occur only in large multilayered networks 233 Command Response Reference Section 11 3 11 3 16 TCP SEND REQUEST Requests that data be received at a TCP socket Command Block mor r r o o oar aoa aa a a a 27 13 1 984 bytes max Command TCP Results storage Number of Data sent code socket area bytes sent number Response Block 27 13 Command Response code code Results Storage l Format Response Number of code bytes sent Parameters TCP Socket Number The TCP socket number to send the data specified as 1 byte betwe
285. ly longer times until the maximum time of 60 s is reached 2MSL timer 60s The 2MSL timer starts at the TCP socket that first closes the socket and will run for 60 s in the TIME_WAIT status IP reassemble timer 12s A fragmented IP packet is discarded if it cannot be reassembled within 12 seconds ARP timer 20 min 3 min If a complete ARP table entry with an Ethernet address is not referred to for 20 minutes it is removed from the table An incomplete ARP table entry no response yet returned to the ARP request is removed from the table after 3 minutes Window size 4 096 bytes The initial value of the maximum capacity used to control the conver gence of TCP sockets Actually the node negotiates with the remote node and uses the smaller of the values for the two nodes The window size will fluctuate with the available space in the TCP reception buffers of the remote node when processing communications Fragment size 1 500 bytes UDP data is separated into 1 472 byte fragments The remaining 28 bytes are for the IP header Segment size 1 024 bytes TCP data is separated into 1 024 byte units unless the segments are dif ferent in which case it will be separated into 536 byte units TTL Time to Live 30 Decremented each time an IP router is passed 261 CPU Unit FINS processing buffers 192 x 2 020 bytes Appendix C Buffer Configuration
286. m Ee aa Ly L Timeout Error code Response error Send error Data does not match Routing table error Send parameter error Internode test results are reflected here The bits all turn back OFF when the internode test is started Bits 0 to 5 turn ON when their applicable error occurs The error code for the error that occurred is stored in bits 13 to 15 The mean ings of the error codes are shown in the following table Meaning Normal Timeout error Response response code error Send error Data disagreement error Routing table error See note Send parameter error See note Note When a routing table error or a sent parameter error occurs the number of internode test runs is not incremented Number of Internode Test Runs Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 m 4 Number of test runs 0000 to FFFF Hex Internode tests are executed repeatedly as long as the Internode Test Start Switch one of the Unit Control Switches in the CIO area remains ON In this word specify in hexadecimal the number of times that the internode test is actually to be executed 0000 to FFFF Hex 0 to 65 535 times 74 DM Area Allocations Section 4 4 When the count reaches FFFF Hex it will start over again at 0 The count value will be retained until the internode test is restarted Note When a routing table error
287. mean Omron Corporation and any direct or indirect subsidiary or affiliate thereof Certain Precautions on Specifications and Use 1 Suitability of Use Omron Companies shall not be responsible for conformity with any standards codes or regulations which apply to the combination of the Product in the Buyers application or use of the Product At Buyers request Omron will provide applicable third party certification documents identifying ratings and limitations of use which apply to the Product This information by itself is not sufficient for a complete determination of the suitability of the Prod uct in combination with the end product machine system or other application or use Buyer shall be solely responsible for determining appropriateness of the particular Product with respect to Buyers application product or system Buyer shall take application responsibility in all cases but the following is a non exhaustive list of applications for which particular attention must be given i Outdoor use uses involving potential chemical contamination or electrical interference or conditions or uses not described in this document ii Use in consumer products or any use in significant quantities iii Energy control systems combustion systems railroad systems aviation systems medical equipment amusement machines vehicles safety equip ment and installations subject to separate industry or government regulations iv Systems machi
288. mented IP packets discarded because they could not be reassembled within 12 seconds after being received Always 0 The number of packets addressed to other networks that have been dis carded Always 0 Ten types 46 items of ICMP status information occupying 4 bytes each are returned in the following sequence Each value is returned as an 8 digit hexa decimal value 1 The number of times the ICMP error routine was called The ICMP error routine uses ICMP packets to inform the source about errors The routine is called when an illegal packet is received error in IP option processing or error in relay processing or if the object port does not exist when using UDP Always 0 241 Command Response Reference Section 11 3 3 Always 0 4 Total number of outputs of each packet type during ICMP output The 19 statistical values are returned in the order shown below Contents are de fined for 13 types only all other types contain 0 Only 0 3 14 16 and 18 are counted by the Ethernet Unit 0 1 2 3 4 5 to 15 16 17 18 4 bytes Type number Echo reply Undefined always 0 Destination unreachable Source quench Routing redirect Undefined always 0 Echo Undefined always 0 Time exceeded Parameter problem Time stamp Time stamp reply Information request Information request reply
289. ments or require satisfactory security or payment in advance If Buyer fails to make payment or otherwise comply with these Terms or any related agreement Omron may without liabil ity and in addition to other remedies cancel any unshipped portion of Prod ucts sold hereunder and stop any Products in transit until Buyer pays all amounts including amounts payable hereunder whether or not then due which are owing to it by Buyer Buyer shall in any event remain liable for all unpaid accounts Cancellation Etc Orders are not subject to rescheduling or cancellation unless Buyer indemnifies Omron against all related costs or expenses Force Majeure Omron shall not be liable for any delay or failure in delivery resulting from causes beyond its control including earthquakes fires floods strikes or other labor disputes shortage of labor or materials accidents to machinery acts of sabotage riots delay in or lack of transportation or the requirements of any government authority Shipping Delivery Unless otherwise expressly agreed in writing by Omron a Shipments shall be by a carrier selected by Omron Omron will not drop ship except in break down situations b Such carrier shall act as the agent of Buyer and delivery to such carrier shall constitute delivery to Buyer c All sales and shipments of Products shall be FOB shipping point unless oth erwise stated in writing by Omron at which point title and r
290. mote host Memory Card or EM File Memory 169 Using FTP Commands rmdir Format Function pwd Format Function cd Format Function cdup Format Function type Format Function get Format Function mget Format 170 Section 7 5 An error will occur if a file or directory of the same name already exists in the working directory rmdir DIRECTORY_NAME Deletes the directory of the specified name from the remote host Memory Card or EM File Memory The directory must be empty to delete it An error will occur if the specified directory does not exist or is empty pwd Displays the remote host s Ethernet Unit current work directory cd directory_name Changes the remote host Ethernet Unit work directory to the specified remote directory The files in the Memory Card are contained in the MEMCARD directory under the root directory The files in EM File Memory are contained in the EM directory under the root directory The root directory is the directory used when logging into the Ethernet Unit No MEMCARD directory will exist if a Memory Card is not inserted in the PC or if the Memory Card power indica tor is not lit No EM directory will exist if EM File Memory does not exist cdup Changes the working directory at the remote host to the parent directory one directory above the current working directory type data_type Specifies the file data type The following
291. mple shows the relay network table settings for three different inter connected networks Relay Network Table End Rela network Noge Network A Network B Network C In the table for PC 3 for example if network A is taken as the end network then network B becomes the relay network and node c becomes the relay node If network C is taken as the end network then network B still becomes the relay network and node e becomes the relay node 49 Creating Routing Tables Section 3 8 Example 3 All Nodes This example uses the following configuration to show the routing tables for all nodes Unit 5 Node 6 Unit 3 Unit 4 Node 4 Node 5 Unit 2 Unit 7 Node 15 Node 3 Network 20 Network 30 Unit 0 Unit 1 Unit 5 Unit 6 Node 1 Node 2 Node 5 Node 10 PC 1 Routing Table Local network table Relay network table End Relay Relay of network network node 1 02 PC 2 Routing Table Local network table Relay network table Local CPU Bus End Relay Relay network a No te network node 010 020 3 PC 3 Routing Table Local network table Relay network table Local CPU Bus End Relay Relay network oa No network node W PC 4 Routing Table Local network table Relay network table Local CPU Bus End Relay Relay network Unit No network network node 1 020 i 02 03 020 03 PC 5 Routing Table Local network table Rela
292. mportant to consider the timing of the status changes in the Socket Status Area The diagram below shows a flowchart for opening UDP 127 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 The flow is similar for other socket services Replace the names of the appro priate flags in the flowchart to adapt it to other socket services Start UDP Open Program Flow Error Evaluation Check Socket Open Flag L gt lt 7 The specified UDP socket is already open YES Is Bit 15 Open Flag in the socket status word for the socket being used OFF Checks to see if the socket is open before com munications and close processing Turn ON UDP Open Request Switch This Socket Service Request Switch is used to request opening of a UDP socket to the Ethernet Unit Confirm end of processing ON OFF This Socket Service Request Switch that was turned OFF ON will be turned OFF by the Ethernet Unit when processing has been completed An error occurred The specified Check response code 0000 NO socket could not be opened YES Is the response code 0000 indicating a normal end UDP socket opened 6 2 7 Timing Charts The timing of flags for socket services Opening Receiving Sending or Clos ing Flag when the Request Switches are used and the changes in the response code are shown in the following chart Request Switch 9 Response rr ip ee COS __ C nssassbiisscccssasmess
293. mputer running Windows CX Programmer CPU Bus Unit System Setup Ethernet Unit Screen CS CJ series CPU Unit The following items are included in the System Setup Screen Default Setup Screen Broadcast setting All 1 4 3BSD specifications Address conversion method Automatic generation FINS UDP port number 9600 Local IP address CJ Series only 0 0 0 0 Set the IP address in the allocated words in the DM Area Subnetwork mask 0 0 0 0 Uses value corresponding to IP address class FTP login name CONFIDENTIAL FTP password Not set IP address table Not set IP router table Not set Mail Setup Screen Mail settings None set User created mail data address Not set Local node address Not set Destination address Not set SMTP server address 0 0 0 0 Not set When using the default values that are already stored in the CS Cu series CPU Unit there is no need to make any settings with the CX Programmer Refer to 4 2 CPU Bus Unit System Setup for details on the above settings Specifications Section 1 5 1 5 Specifications CS series Ethernet Units Item Specifications Model number CS1W ETNO1 CS1W ETN11 Type 10Base 5 10Base T Applicable PCs CS series PCs Unit classification CS series CPU Bus Unit Mounting location CPU Rack or Expansion Rack Number of Units that can be mounted 4 max including Expansion Rac
294. munications with the socket is specified as 2 Command Results bytes 0 cannot be specified Do not specify the port number of the FTP Storage Area server port 21 An available TCP port number is automatically assigned if O is specified Remote IP Address Specify the remote node s IP address must be non zero Command Remote Port Number Specify the remote TCP port number must be non zero Command Response Codes Normal Local IP address setting error CPU Unit error execution not possible Command too large Command too small TCP socket number is out of range Remote IP address is 0 Remote TCP port number is 0 The variable type for the results storage area is out of range Non zero bit address specified for the results storage area The specified socket connection is already open or is being opened High traffic at Unit cannot execute service 231 Command Response Reference Section 11 3 Results Storage Area Response Codes 0000 Normal 000D A parameter error occurred at the remote IP address EACCES 003E Internal buffer cannot be reserved due to high receive load ENOBUFS 0042 See note An error occurred EMSGSIZE 0044 Received ICMP data ENOPROTOOPT 0045 Local socket closed ECONNABORTED 0049 Duplicated port numbers EADDRINUSE 004A An error occurred ECONNREFUSED Passive remote is not available 004B See no
295. n Address conversion method IP address table e When using the mail notification function e When setting a subnet mask e When setting an FTP login name and password e When Ethernet is configured in multiple segments IP router table e When Ethernet 4 28 is used broadcast settings e When the UDP port number for FINS is changed to something other than the default setting 9600 Check communications Use PING command and an internode test 3 3 Unit Components 28 This section explains the Ethernet Unit s components settings and LED indi cators For details regarding the settings refer to the individual explanations later in this section Unit Components Section 3 3 3 3 1 Nomenclature CS series Ethernet Units CS1W ETNO1 10Base 5 Indicators Display the operating status of the Unit Unit Number Switch Used to set the Ethernet Unit s unit number in one digit hexadecimal Node Number Switches Used to set the Ethernet Unit s FINS node number in two digits hexadecimal Ethernet Connector Used to connect the Ethernet transceiver cable Power Supply Terminals Used to connect an external 24 VDC power supply for the transceiver CS1W ETN11 10Base T Indicators Display the operating status of the Unit Unit Number Switch Used to set the Ethernet Unit s unit NODE pp NO sue OQ K number in one digit hexadecimal ETHERNET Node Number Switches Used to set the Ethernet Unit s
296. n IP address If this is the case sending any FINS command will end in an error Check the ca bles and other setup conditions and eliminate any possible factors prevent ing normal communications Confirm that a normal response is received to the PING command 5 Senda FINS Command Send the following kind of PC addressed FINS command to the PC MEM ORY AREA READ command code 0101 from the host computer s UDP port 9600 same port number as the Ethernet Unit s default FINS UDP port If a normal response is received this means that the startup test is completed For details of FINS frames ICF to SID below refer to 5 4 2 FINS Frames For details of FINS commands refer to the CS CJ series Programmable Controllers Communications Commands Reference Manual W342 Command 80 00 02 01 2A 00 01 28 00 01 01 01 ICF RSV GCT DNA DA1 DA2 SNA SA1 SA2 SID HEADY code 82 00 64 00 00 96 I O memory area Number of DM Area Beginning address to items to read read 150 Word 100 word units 55 Checking Communications Section 3 12 Normal Response CO 00 02 01 28 00 01 2A 00 01 01 01 ICF RSV GCT DNA DA1 DA2 SNA SA1 SA2 SID Command code READ o0 00 t Data read Data read from D100 from D249 Completion code Normal completion
297. n a Memory Card and then the READ DATA FILE instruction FREAD 700 is used to write 5 words of data from the beginning of the DMDATA IOM file to D00000 to D00004 C Control word 0000 Read data from Memory Card S1 First source word saconworde S2 Filename 00 05 io toad amp First word to read 0 D First destination word Contents of DMDATA IOM Data File ell Joo 13 3a E4 3 cc E4 F3 CC 0B 3c 5F A2 00 J R d Data 10 bytes 48 bytes m 00 Hex if necessary to make an even number of bytes Data Read from File Word Contents Note 1 FREAD 700 will not be able to read the last byte in a file if the files con tains an odd number of bytes Add 00 Hex to the end of the file if necessary to make an even number of bytes 2 The UM and DM Areas contain binary data Set the data type to binary us ing the type command see page 170 before reading or writing files us ing FTP 3 Refer to the CS CJ series Programmable Controllers Programming Manu al W340 for information on the File Memory Instructions 166 FTP Server Application Example Section 7 4 7 4 FTP Server Application Example The following procedure shows how to use the FTP server by connection with the default login name CONFIDENTIAL No password is required Note The login name and a password must be set in the CPU Bus Setup for the Ethernet Unit in the CPU Unit to use any login name other than CO
298. n completed the Ethernet Unit will automatically turn the switch OFF again Once the switch has been turned OFF another mail message can be sent Unit Control Switches ClO 1500 25 x unit number 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 BREee eee a ame L Mail Send Switch If there is a need for immediate notification when an error occurs e mail can be sent at the same time as an error is recorded in the error log When an error to be recorded in the error log occurs the e mail transmission is started according to the mail settings that have previously been made in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup If several errors in a row are recorded in the error log the notification of these errors may all be included in the same e mail message If there is a need to periodically check the Ethernet Unit s status e mail can be sent at regular intervals With this method e mail is sent at fixed time inter vals according to the mail interval and mail information settings in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup After the mail processing has been completed the next e mail will be sent when the fixed time interval elapses There may be discrepancies in the trans mission intervals if the Ethernet Unit status causes the processing to take more time The mail status is reflected in the Mail Status areas in the CPU Bus Unit words allocated in the DM Area It can be checked as required Mail Status D30000 100 x unit number 15 14 13 12
299. n open UDP TCP socket No 1 0001 to 0008 Hex W W W W W 1 to 8 Local UDP TCP port No 1 0000 to FFFF Hex WwW RW 0 to 65 535 Remote IP address 2 00000000 to FFFFFFFF Hex RW WwW 0 0 0 0 to 255 255 255 255 Remote UDP TCP port 1 0000 to FFFF Hex RW W No 0 to 65 535 Number of bytes to send 1 0000 to 07CO Hex RW RW receive 0 to 1 984 bytes Send Receive data 2 Memory area address W W address Time out time 1 0000 to FFFF Hex WwW Ww 0 to 65 535 0 No limit 0 1 to 6 553 5 s Response code 1 R R R R R Note W Written by user RW Written by user at execution and then read for results at completion R Read by user for results at completion Not used UDP TCP Socket No Specify the number of the UDP or TCP socket to open 115 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 Local UDP TCP Port No Remote IP Address 116 Specify the number of the UDP or TCP port for the socket to use for communi cations e Do not specify the port being used as the FINS UDP port default 9600 in an open request for a UDP socket e Do not specify FTP server TCP port numbers 20 and 21 in an open request for a TCP port e Do not specify mail communications TCP port number 25 e As a rule use port numbers 1 024 and higher If port number 0 is specified when for an active TCP open the TCP port n
300. n the UDP Receive Bit CIO 000003 turns ON the UDP Receive Error Flag CIO 000103 is turned OFF and the UDP Receiving Flag CIO 000203 is turned ON to initialize processing When the UDP Receiving Flag CIO 000203 turns ON the status of the Port Enabled Flag A20200 is checked to be sure it is ON and a UDP RECEIVE REQUEST command is sent using CMND 490 D04000 First command word D04010 First response word D00030 First control data word The UDP Receiving Flag CIO 000203 is also turned OFF If the Port Enabled Flag A20200 turns ON and the Re ceiving Flag CIO 150101 turns OFF while the UDP Re ceiving Flag CIO 000203 is OFF checks are made and if any of the following are true the UDP Receive Error Flag CIO 000103 is turned ON The Results Storage Error Flag CIO 150114 is ON The contents of the Response Storage Area set in the com mand code D04020 is not 0000 Hex normal end The Network Communications Error Flag A21900 is ON After the execution results have been checked the UDP Receive Bit CIO 000003 is turned OFF Using Socket Services with CUND 490 Section 6 3 Note When using the above programming example change the bit and word addresses as necessary to avoid using the same areas used by other parts of the user program or the CPU Bus Unit 159 This section describes the functions provided by the FTP server 7 1 7 2 7 3 7 4 7 5 7 6 Overview 005 Setting Login N
301. n the entire network We recommend that customers keep one or more spare Ethernet Units to allow immediate recovery of the network 10 1 Troubleshooting with Indicators 00 0 0 0c eee eee eee 192 1022 Error Status s jc scteot eed pa kdeal ea 4 Bet e ayh ALS on de ee OE eee 194 1073 Errot Eog 0 dite Pe aids Heiney hey A een ae ean 194 10 4 Error Log Error Codes 0 0 0 cee eens 195 10 5 Troubleshooting Procedures 0 0 ee eee 197 10 5 1 Startup Problems 0 0 0 eee ee 197 10 5 2 FINS Communications Problems SEND 090 RECV 098 CMND 490 002000005 198 10 5 3 UDP Socket Problems 00 000 000 0020 199 10 5 4 TCP Socket Problems 0 000 c eee eee eee 201 10 5 5 FTP Service Problems 0 0 00 c eee eee eee 202 10 5 6 Network Connection Problems 0 0 0 2 0000 203 102527 Mail Probles s eiae Seales a G8 Pease Bea absense ees 205 10 6 Troubleshooting with Response Codes 0 000 000 0000 207 10 7 Results Storage Area Response Codes 00 00 e eee ee eee 210 191 Troubleshooting with Indicators Section 10 1 10 1 Troubleshooting with Indicators The indicators on the Ethernet Unit can be used to troubleshoot some error The probable cause and correction for errors that can be determined from the RUN ERC and ERH indicators are listed in the following table Not lit Not lit Not lit Pro
302. nd proprietary and Buyer shall limit distribution thereof to its trusted employees and strictly prevent disclosure to any third party Export Controls Buyer shall comply with all applicable laws regulations and licenses regarding i export of products or information iii sale of products to forbidden or other proscribed persons and ii disclosure to non citizens of regulated technology or information Miscellaneous a Waiver No failure or delay by Omron in exercising any right and no course of dealing between Buyer and Omron shall operate as a waiver of rights by Omron b Assignment Buyer may not assign its rights hereunder without Omron s written consent c Law These Terms are governed by the law of the jurisdiction of the home office of the Omron company from which Buyer is purchasing the Products without regard to conflict of law princi ples d Amendment These Terms constitute the entire agreement between Buyer and Omron relating to the Products and no provision may be changed or waived unless in writing signed by the parties e Severability If any provi sion hereof is rendered ineffective or invalid such provision shall not invalidate any other provision f Setoff Buyer shall have no right to set off any amounts against the amount owing in respect of this invoice g Definitions As used herein including means including without limitation and Omron Compa nies or similar words
303. ned OFF If the Close Request Switch CIO 151905 turns OFF while the UDP Opening Flag CIO 000201 is OFF the contents of the response code D30027 in the Socket Service Parameter Area is checked and if it is not 0000 Hex normal end the UDP Close Error Flag CIO 000101 is turned ON After the execution results have been checked the UDP Close Bit CIO 000001 is turned OFF UDP Send When the UDP Send Bit CIO 000002 turns ON the UDP Send Error Flag CIO 000102 is turned OFF and the UDP Sending Flag CIO 000202 is turned ON to initialize pro cessing Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 Continued from previous page 000002 000202 m MOV 21 0001 D30018 MOV 21 MOV 21 2037 D30021 MOV 21 1000 D30022 MOV 21 0064 D30023 MOV 21 8200 D30024 MOV 21 0000 D30025 151903 RSET 000202 000102 RSET 000002 RSET 000103 SET 000203 000002 000202 I 000002 000202 151903 lt gt 305 D30027 0000 000002 000202 151903 000003 Continued on next page When the UDP Sending Flag CIO 000202 turns ON the following parameters are written to the parameter area for socket number 1 D30018 0001 Hex UDP TCP socket No 1 D30020 and D30021 C424 2037 Hex Remote IP address 196 36 32 55 D30022 1000 Hex Remote UDP TCP port No 4096 D30023
304. neral precautions for using the CS CJ series Programmable Controllers PCs and related devices The information contained in this section is important for the safe and reliable application of Programmable Controllers You must read this section and understand the information contained before attempting to set up or operate a PC system NN BWN Intended Audience General Precautions Safety Precautions Operating Environment Precautions 0 00 00 00 eee Application Precautions Conformance to EC Directives xviii xviii xviii xix Xix xxi xvii Intended Audience 1 2 3 xviii Intended Audience This manual is intended for the following personnel who must also have knowledge of electrical systems an electrical engineer or the equivalent e Personnel in charge of installing FA systems e Personnel in charge of designing FA systems e Personnel in charge of managing FA systems and facilities General Precautions N WARNING The user must operate the product according to the performance specifica tions described in the operation manuals Before using the product under conditions which are not described in the manual or applying the product to nuclear control systems railroad systems aviation systems vehicles combustion systems medical equipment amuse ment machines safety equipment and other systems machines and equip ment that may have a serious influenc
305. nes and equipment that could present a risk to life or prop erty Please know and observe all prohibitions of use applicable to this Prod uct NEVER USE THE PRODUCT FOR AN APPLICATION INVOLVING SERIOUS RISK TO LIFE OR PROPERTY OR IN LARGE QUANTITIES WITHOUT ENSURING THAT THE SYSTEM AS A WHOLE HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO ADDRESS THE RISKS AND THAT THE OMRON S PRODUCT IS PROP ERLY RATED AND INSTALLED FOR THE INTENDED USE WITHIN THE OVERALL EQUIPMENT OR SYSTEM Programmable Products Omron Companies shall not be responsible for the user s programming of a programmable Product or any consequence thereof Performance Data Data presented in Omron Company websites catalogs and other materials is provided as a guide for the user in determining suitabil ity and does not constitute a warranty It may represent the result of Omron s test conditions and the user must correlate it to actual application require ments Actual performance is subject to the Omron s Warranty and Limitations of Liability Change in Specifications Product specifications and accessories may be changed at any time based on improvements and other reasons It is our prac tice to change part numbers when published ratings or features are changed or when significant construction changes are made However some specifica tions of the Product may be changed without any notice When in doubt spe cial part numbers may be assigned to fix or establish key specifications for your
306. net Unit Data 100 bytes is sent beginning at D02005 e CIO 000003 is turned ON to request receiving data from the Ethernet Unit The data that is received 100 bytes is stored beginning at D04022 146 Using Socket Services with CMND 490 Section 6 3 Program Memory Maps Legend DM Area e One of the bits between CIO 000100 and CIO 000103 will turn ON if an error occurs Refer to 6 2 2 Response Codes for information on errors The following areas can be used to access details about errors CMND 490 response codes Response codes in results storage area Network Communications Error Flags A21900 to A21907 Completion codes A203 to A210 The send and receive data and bits flags used by the program are shown in the following diagrams The following example shows how the memory maps are structured Describes the meaning of the data 0 1 2 y D0000 CMND 490 control data 0012H 0004H 0001H 00 Indicates the contents of D00001 is 0004 Hex Indicates the contents of D00000 is 0012 Hex 15 to 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 CIO 0000 TCP TCP TCP TCP Receive Send Close Open Bit Bit Bit Bit 4 4 Indicates that CIO 000001 is used as the TCP Close Bit Indicates that CIO 000000 is used as the TCP Open Bit 0 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 0012H D00000 CMND 490 control data for TCP PASSIVE OPEN REQUEST 0004H
307. ng example change the bit and word addresses as necessary to avoid using the same areas used by other parts of the user program or the CPU Bus Unit 6 2 9 UDP IP Communications Programming Example The following programming example illustrates transferring 100 bytes of data between an Ethernet Unit and a host computer using UDP IP communica tions System Configuration The programming example uses the following system configuration Host computer Ethernet Unit IP address 196 36 32 55 IP address 196 36 32 101 Port number 4096 Port number 4096 134 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 Basic Operations Program Memory Map e CIO 000000 is turned ON to request opening a UDP socket from the Ethernet Unit e ClO 000001 is turned ON to request closing the UDP socket from the Ethernet Unit e CIO 000002 is turned ON to request sending data from the Ethernet Unit e CIO 000003 is turned ON to request receiving data from the Ethernet Unit The data that is received 100 bytes is stored beginning at D01000 e One of the bits between CIO 000100 and CIO 000103 will turn ON if an error occurs Refer to6 2 2 Response Codes for information on errors The send and receive data and bits flags used by the program are shown in the following diagram DM Area Bek 0 D00000 Send data 100 bytes 100 0064 Hex l D00049 15 sesser eee ew ewe een nee ee ewer eens ran cee een nenenn snes ar ee
308. nit can be used The time will not be set correctly in the error log unless the clock time is set correctly 4 Anerror record is not created in EEPROM when a CPU Bus Unit memory error occurs 10 5 Troubleshooting Procedures The following procedures can be used to troubleshoot various problems in system operation 10 5 1 Startup Problems Most of the initial steps in these procedures are in question form Continue in sequence until a True answer tells you to jump to a specified step or until you are told to perform a specific action that corrects the problem If performing the action does not correct the problem return to the beginning of the proce dure and start over 1 2 3 1 RUN indicator lit True Step 14 2 ERH indicator lit True Step 12 3 ERC indicator lit True Step 9 4 Power not supplied to CPU Unit True Make sure that sufficient power is supplied to the CPU Unit 5 Ethernet Unit loose on Rack 197 Troubleshooting Procedures Section 10 5 True Make sure that Unit is firmly mounted and tighten the mounting screws firmly or lock the sliders into place 6 Do the RUN and ERH indicators not light if another CPU Unit is mounted to the Rack True Replace the Ethernet Unit 7 Replace the CPU Unit that didn t work 8 ERC indicator not lit True Step 14 9 Is the same node number used by another Unit True Set the node numbers so that each one is used only once 10 Create
309. nnection has been made TCP Passive Open Passive TCP socket opened when switch is turned ON Request Switch Unit turns OFF switch when open processing has been com pleted i e when a connection has been made TCP Active Open Active TCP socket opened when switch is turned ON Request Switch Unit turns OFF switch when open processing has been com pleted i e when a connection has been made Send Request Send processing executed when switch is turned ON Switch The protocol TCP UDP is determined when the socket is opened Unit turns OFF switch when send processing has been com pleted Receive Request Receive processing executed when switch is turned ON Switch The protocol TCP UDP is determined when the socket is opened Unit turns OFF switch when receive processing has been com pleted Close Request Close processing executed when switch is turned ON Switch The protocol TCP UDP is determined when the socket is opened Unit turns OFF switch when close processing has been com pleted As shown in the above table the Request Switches are turned OFF by the Ethernet Unit when the requested processes has been completed Note There is also a Socket Force close Switch in bit 2 of the first word allocated to the Ethernet Unit in the CPU Bus Unit Area in the CIO Area When the Socket Force close Switch is turned ON all sockets that are open will be force closed Ref
310. nsists of 12 characters e A password consists of 8 characters e Always set a password when setting a new login name The login name will not be valid unless a password is set for it e If a login name is not set or contains illegal characters the default login name CONFIDENTIAL must be used No password is required and any password that is set will be ignored Setting Method A new login name and password can be set in the CPU Bus Unit Setup using the Unit settings on the CX Programmer Note The CPU Bus Unit Setup is not contained in I O memory but in a parameter area The Setup cannot be written using instructions or edited as I O memory Settings can be made only with the CX Programmer Refer to the CX Programmer User s Manual for actual setting methods 7 3 Using File Memory There are two media that can be used to store files in memory for CS CJ series PCs e Memory Cards e EM File Memory CPU Unit Memory Card File EM File Memory File File Memory Memory type Capacity File data recognized by CPU Unit Flash memory 8 MB HMC EF861 e Complete user program 15 MB HMC EF171 e Specified portions of I O Memory 30 MB HMC EF371 e Parameter area data e g PC Setup Max capacity of EM Area All EM Area banks in CPU Unit from specified bank in 1 O Memory specified in PC Setup 163 Using File Memory File Types File Names Directories 164 Section 7 3 Note The HMC
311. ntrol switches in memory Presetting parameters eliminates the need for ladder programs to monitor the completion timing of instructions and socket service processing and thereby reduces the work hours involved in program development The Ethernet Unit also supports FINS message communications OMRON s standard communications service so other OMRON PCs can be accessed by using SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 instructions in ladder pro grams In addition the FINS gateway function can be used to allow access to other PCs on not only the same Ethernet network but also on other networks such as Controller Link and SYSMAC Link The Ethernet Unit has a built in FTP server function so any workstation or personal computer with an FTP client function can be used for reading files from or writing files to the PC This enables large amounts of data to be trans ferred at one time without any need for writing a ladder program User defined messages Unit error information status information and so on can be sent from the PC to the mail server as e mail This function allows information generated at the production site to be sent out as e mail For the CS1W ETNO1 10Base 5 a 24 VDC power supply can be used as the power supply for the transceiver The Ethernet Unit voltage output pro vides for a voltage drop in the transceiver cables so there is no need to adjust the power supply voltage Ethernet the information system network can be conn
312. nts Date and time Date Fri 1 Jan 1999 13 00 00 0900 From alpha omron co jp Ethernet Unit e mail address Message Id lt XXXOXXXXXX omron co jp gt Destination e mail address To beta omron co jp chia iis i Subject OMRON Ethernet Unit Mail Service posted at regular intervals Title fixed Content Type text plain charset US ASCI Content Transfer Encoding 7bit This is OMRON ethernet unit mail posting service This mail have been posted at regular intervals Ethernet Unit Identification Mode gt CS1W ETNOT Eom E Version 1 VXXX IP address Subnet mask IP conversion Table used User Message TEST MAIL Error Log Information MM DD YY HH MM SS Error Detail Description 01 01 99 12 00 00 0006 0000 CPU unit error 01 01 99 12 30 00 0121 0101 Destination IP address not registered Status Information Error Status iP router table error iP address table error Routing table error Address mismatch Transceiver error Transceiver loopback test error EEP ROM error Executing the Internode test 33333333 UDP Socket Connection Status UDP Socket No 1 connection status UDP Socket No 2 connection status Closed UDP Socket No 3 connection status Closed UDP Socket No 4 connection status Closed UDP Socket No 5 connection status UDP Socket No 6 connection status Closed ON Renton type fixed Ethernet Unit model required Unit version number requ
313. o the parent direc tory pwd Displays the Ethernet Unit work directory type Specifies the data type of transferred files get Transfers the specified file from the Memory Card to the local host mget Transfers multiple files from the Memory Card to the local host put Transfers the specified local file to the Memory Card mput Transfers multiple local files to the Memory Card delete Deletes the specified file from the Memory Card mdelete Deletes multiple files from the Memory Card close Disconnects the FTP server bye Closes the FTP client quit Closes the FTP client e The Ethernet Unit is considered to be the remote host and the host com puter FTP client is considered to be the local host e A remote file is a file on the Memory Card or in EM File Memory in the CPU Unit A local file is one in the host computer FTP client e The parent directory is the directory one above the working directory 168 Using FTP Commands Section 7 5 7 5 2 Using the Commands open Format open IP_address or host_name_of_FTP_server Function Connects the FTP server Normally when the FTP client is booted the FTP server IP address is specified to execute this command automatically user Format user user_name Function Specifies the user name Specify the FTP login name set in the Ethernet Unit system setup The default FTP login name is CONFIDENTIAL If a non default login name is used it must be
314. oaxial cables only at intervals of 2 5 m These locations should be marked on the cable e Connection methods can vary with the manufacturer of the cable Follow all recommendations and specifi cations of the manufacturer e Mount the transceiver onto an insulating object such as a wooden board e Ground the transceiver through the shield of the transceiver cable and through the Ethernet Unit e Do not install transceivers near sources of noise e Do not install coaxial cable in environments subject to excessive dirt dust oil mist etc e Do not install coaxial cable in environments subject to high temperatures or high humidity Transceiver Cable Installation Precautions e Make sure that the transceiver cable is firmly and completely connected to both the transceiver and the Ethernet Unit Be sure that the slide latches are engaged e Do not install transceiver cables together with power cables e Do not install transceiver cable near sources of noise e Do not install transceiver cable in environments subject to high temperatures or high humidity Grounding e Ground all devices requiring grounding to 100 W or less using AWG 14 wire cross sectional area of 2mm or better and a ground cable length of 20m or less Electrical shock can occur between ungrounded devices in the system The lack of proper grounds can also corrupt data e Use one safety ground on each segment of the network e Inductive voltages can be generated due to lig
315. ocations Unit No Allocated words Unit No Allocated words decimal decimal 0 0 CIO 1500 to CIO 1524 8 8 CIO 1700 to CIO 1724 1 1 CIO 1525 to CIO 1549 9 9 CIO 1725 to CIO 1749 2 2 CIO 1550 to CIO 1574 A 10 CIO 1750 to CIO 1774 3 3 CIO 1575 to CIO 1599 B 11 CIO 1775 to CIO 1799 4 4 CIO 1600 to CIO 1624 C 12 CIO 1800 to CIO 1824 5 5 CIO 1625 to CIO 1649 D 13 CIO 1825 to CIO 1849 6 6 CIO 1650 to CIO 1674 E 14 CIO 1850 to CIO 1874 7 7 CIO 1675 to CIO 1699 F 15 CIO 1875 to CIO 1899 33 Switch Settings Section 3 4 DM Area Allocations Unit No Allocated words Unit No Allocated words decimal decimal D30000 to D30099 D30800 to D30899 D30100 to D30199 D30900 to D30999 D30200 to D30299 D31000 to D31099 D30300 to D30399 D31100 to D31199 D30400 to D30499 D31200 to D31299 D30500 to D30599 D31300 to D31399 D30600 to D30699 D31400 to D31499 D30700 to D30799 D31500 to D31599 NN QO oo AJOJ N j oO Setting the Node Number With the FINS communications service when there are multiple Ethernet Units connected to the Ethernet network the Ethernet Units are identified by node numbers Use the node number switches to set the node number between 01 and 7E hexadecimal 1 to 126 decimal Do not set a number that has already been set for another node on the same network Setting range 01 to 7E 1 to 126 decimal The lef
316. ocessing is the socket number so a socket can be closed even when parameters are set for another process 6 2 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request 112 Switches Socket services can be used by setting the parameters in a Socket Service Parameter Area in the CPU Bus Unit Area and then turning ON a Socket Ser vice Request Switch When using Socket Service Request Switches a maximum of 8 sockets can be opened simultaneously for the UDP and TCP combined Also the same socket number cannot be used simultaneously for both UDP and TCP There is only one Socket Service Parameter Area for each socket i e the same area must be used for both UDP and TCP Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 An illustration of using Socket Service Request Switches to execute socket services is provided below CS CJ series PC Parameters Note CPU Unit Socket Service Request Switches Coon Refreshed Socket Service See note 1 See note 2 Host computer or other device TCP data transfers System User program a call UDP data transfers Refreshed 1 Socket Service Request Switches in the CPU Bus Unit Area in the CIO Area are used to send a service request from the CPU Unit to the Ethernet Unit 2 The Socket Service Parameters in the CPU Bus Unit Area in the DM Area are used to specify the service being requested from the Ethernet Un
317. ocol the fragmented data is passed to the user pro gram Therefore the receiving user program must be able to evaluate the end of the data transmission and repeatedly send receive requests until all data has been received The receive request is sent twice in the example shown above but the data would be even more fragmented if a router was included in the communications path and the number of receive requests would need to be increased accordingly When making the receive request it is not necessary to specify the same data length as the sent data length For example if the length setting is shorter than the actual length of the data all the data can be received by repeating the receive requests Note If communications are with a different segment and data is sent via the TCP Cautions when Using UDP 1 2 3 Sending User Program 1 Send request 1 984bytes protocol data will be fragmented into units of 536 bytes An example of fragmentation and transmission of data using the UDP is shown in the following illustration 1 The transmission user program sends a request to send 1 984 bytes of da ta 2 The Ethernet Unit fragments the send data into Data A with 1 472 bytes and Data B with 512 bytes 3 Data A and Data B are sent consecutively 4 When the receiving user program sends a request to receive 1 984 bytes of data Data A and Data B are linked to restore the original data which is passed to the user program
318. of multipoint transceivers can be used in a network The length of the network will be lim ited to the maximum length of transceiver cable Node Node Node Node Node Transceiver cable Multipoint Transceiver Multipoint Transceiver Optical Ethernet Systems Some manufacturers provide optical fiber components for Ethernet networks to provide high resistance to noise The following illustrations show some simple examples of optical installations See the manufacturer for specifics Use as Noise Countermeasure The following illustration shows how optical components can be used to convert to optical fiber cable through areas highly prone to noise Node Node Noise prone area Coaxial cable I Transceiver Transceiver Segment 1 Segment 2 _ 1 1 SS Coaxial cable ID q Coaxial cable Transceiver Transceiver Noise prone area Transceiver cable E Transceiver cable Optical Optical transceiver transceiver Repeater Repeater Optical fiber cable 256 Network Installation Outdoor Installations Appendix A The following example shows how optical fiber cable can be used to connect a network between two buildings eliminating possible adverse affects of lightning Segment 1 Coaxial cable Transceiver Transce
319. ollowing programming example illustrates transferring 100 bytes of data between an Ethernet Unit and a host computer using TCP IP communica tions System Configuration The system configuration for the program example and the Ethernet Unit sys tem setup are shown below To establish a TCP connection the Ethernet Unit is passively opened and the host computer actively opened Host computer Ethernet Unit IP address 196 36 32 55 IP address 196 36 32 101 Port number 4096 Port number 4096 FINS network address 01 Hex Node address 01 Hex Unit number 10 Hex Data Flow The data will flow between the CPU Unit Ethernet Unit and host computer as shown in the following diagram Line Host computer Ethernet Tea CPU Unit Request Switches and execution bits turned ON Sent to line See note CMND 490 response gt Results stored in results storage area Processing in host computer Execution bits turned OFF Note Here execution bits refer to CIO 000000 to CIO 000003 which are used in the ladder diagram to control execution of communications and are not sys tem flags such as the Port Enabled Flags A20200 to A20207 Basic Operations e CIO 000000 is turned ON to request opening a passive TCP socket from the Ethernet Unit e CIO 000001 is turned ON to request closing the TCP socket from the Ethernet Unit e CIO 000002 is turned ON to request sending data from the Ether
320. ommunications Basic Operations e CIO 000000 is turned ON to request opening a TCP socket from the Ethernet Unit e CIO 000001 is turned ON to request closing the TCP socket from the Ethernet Unit e CIO 000002 is turned ON to request sending data from the Ethernet Unit Data 100 bytes is sent beginning at D00000 e CIO 000003 is turned ON to request receiving data from the Ethernet Unit The data that is received 100 bytes is stored beginning at D01000 e One of the bits between CIO 000100 and CIO 000103 will turn ON if an error occurs Refer to 6 2 2 Response Codesfor information on errors 130 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 Program Memory Map The send and receive data and bits flags used by the program are shown in the following diagram DM Area ME rt Ae ee tee 0 D00000 l i Send data 100 bytes 100 0064 Hex D00049 Wo 0 D01000 Receive data 100 bytes 100 0064 Hex D01049 CIO Area The following bits and flags are used to control CMND 490 execution The bits in CIO 0000 are used to signal execution the bits in CIO 0001 are used to signal errors and the bits in CIO 0002 are used to control the program so that the instruction is executed only once 15to8 7 6 5 4 3 2 il 0 TCP TCP TCP TCP CIO 0000 Receive Send Close Open Bit Bit Bit Bit TCP TCP TCP TCP CIO 0001 Receive Send Close Open Error Error Error Error Flag Flag Flag Flag Tce t
321. on e Changing the operating mode of the PC e Force setting force resetting any bit in memory e Changing the present value of any word or any set value in memory Conformance to EC Directives Applicable Directives Concepts Note e EMC Directives e Low Voltage Directive EMC Directives OMRON devices that comply with EC Directives also conform to the related EMC standards so that they can be more easily built into other devices or the overall machine The actual products have been checked for conformity to EMC standards see the following note Whether the products conform to the standards in the system used by the customer however must be checked by the customer EMC related performance of the OMRON devices that comply with EC Direc tives will vary depending on the configuration wiring and other conditions of the equipment or control panel on which the OMRON devices are installed The customer must therefore perform the final check to confirm that devices and the overall machine conform to EMC standards Conformance with the EMC Electromagnetic Compatibility standards for EMS Electromagnetic Susceptibility and EMI Electromagnetic Interference vary with the model in the way shown below Ethernet Unit EMS EMI CS1W ETNO1 11 EN61131 2 EN61000 6 4 Radiated emis CJ1W ETN11 EN61000 6 2 sion 10 m regulations Low Voltage Directive Always ensure that devices operating at voltages of 50 to 1 0
322. on Opening Flag i Turns ON when an open request is received Turns OFF when open processing has been completed Receiving Flag Turns ON when a receive request is received Turns OFF when receive processing has been completed Sending Flag Turns ON when a send request is received Turns OFF when send processing has been completed Closing Flag Turns ON when an close request is received Turns OFF when close processing has been completed 140 Using Socket Services with CMND 490 Section 6 3 Bit Flag Status Manipulated Unit operation by Results Storage Error Turns ON when there is an error in the Results Storage Area speci Flag fied for the service request command to the Ethernet Unit This flag will turn ON at the same timing as turning OFF bits 0 to 3 i e at completion of processing Turns OFF when the next request is received for processing Socket Open Flag Turns ON when open processing has been completed i e when a connection is made Turns OFF when close processing has been completed Will remain OFF when open processing ends in an error Note The TCP socket connection status is also provided as codes in the following words of the words allocated to the Ethernet Unit in the CPU Bus Unit Area in the DM Area D30000 100 x unit number 9 to 16 Refer to TCP Socket Connection Status on page 75 and to Appendix D TCP Status Trans
323. on 4 Sys tem Setup and Memory Allocations CIO Area Allocations Each Unit is allocated 25 words in the CIO Area as shown in the following table Unit No decimal 2 Allocated words CIO 1500 to CIO 1524 Unit No decimal Allocated words CIO 1700 to CIO 1724 a CIO 1525 to CIO 1549 CIO 1725 to CIO 1749 N CIO 1550 to CIO 1574 CIO 1750 to CIO 1774 wo CIO 1575 to ClO 1599 CIO 1775 to ClO 1799 CIO 1600 to CIO 1624 CIO 1800 to CIO 1824 ol CIO 1625 to CIO 1649 CIO 1825 to CIO 1849 O CIO 1650 to CIO 1674 CIO 1850 to CIO 1874 o 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 P SJS SGG N CIO 1675 to CIO 1699 CIO 1875 to CIO 1899 269 CPU Bus Unit Allocations in the CPU Unit Appendix F Area Configuration Offset Bit 15 8 7 0 Data direction Related communications services 1 n Unit Control Switch CPU Unit to Ethernet Unit Socket Services n 1 UDP Socket No 1 Status Refer to Section 6 es E Se ie a a E Socket Services n 2 f _______ UDP Socket No 2 Status 2 0 Mail Function mE aa anA DE ee eee Refer to Section 8 Mail n 4 ______ _ UDP Socket No 4 Status n 5 222 UDP Socket No 5 Status _ 2 n 6 ______ UDP Socket No 6 Status _ _ n 7 ______ UDP Socket No 7 Status n 8 _______ UDP Socket No 8 Status P n9 fo TCP Socket No 1 Status Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit Socket Services n 10 TCP Soc
324. oncentrated Reduce the size of events 196 Logic error in setting table 01 Data link table 02 Network parameters 03 Routing tables 04 Setup 05 CPU Bus Unit Words CIO DM Recreate the data specified by the 2nd byte of the detailed error code Troubleshooting Procedures Section 10 5 Error Meaning Detailed error code Correction EE code 1st byte 2nd byte PROM Parameter error packet discarded Commands Check the command format and Bit 15 set the correct command data Bits 08 to 14 Bits 00 to 07 Responses Bit 15 Bits 08 to 14 Bits 00 to 07 CPU Bus Unit error Arbitrary Restart the CPU Unit If the prob Saved lem persists replace the Ethernet Unit CPU Bus Unit memory error 01 Read 06 Error log Restart the CPU Unit If the prob Saved error lem persists replace the Ethernet except 02 Write Unit for error error log Note 1 The time information in the CPU Unit is used in the CPU Bus Units 2 If the time information cannot be read from the CPU Unit the time stamp in the error log will be all zeros This can occur due to CPU Unit startup error unit number errors CPU error and model number errors If the time is read out from a Programming Device the time will be shown as all zeros in the year 2000 3 The battery must be installed in the CS CJ series CPU Unit the power turned ON and then the time set before the clock in the CPU U
325. onnecting to the Network Section 3 6 Connector Signal name Abbr Signal pin direction Transmission data Output Transmission data Output Reception data Input Not used Not used Reception data Not used Not used INIA amp oo pm 3 6 3 Connecting the Cable Transceiver Cable for CS1W ETNO1 Z Caution Turn OFF the PC s power supply before connecting or disconnecting trans ceiver cable 1 2 3 1 Prepare a coaxial cable 2 Connect the transceivers to the coaxial cable e Mark the coaxial cable at intervals of 2 5 meters Then connect the transceivers at those marks e The transceiver connection method depends on the type of transceiv er so refer to the transceiver operation manual 3 Prepare the transceiver cable and then connect it to the transceivers For more details regarding these steps refer to Appendix A Network Installa tion The cable preparation should be performed by an experienced profes sional 4 Connect the transceiver cable to the Ethernet Unit connector The Ethernet Unit connector has a slide latch conforming to IEEE802 3 specifications that serves as a lock mechanism To connect the transceiver cable oper ate the slide latch as described below a First push the slide latch upwards b Insert the cable connector into the Ethernet Unit s connector with the two locking posts at the end of the cable connector aligned with the holes in t
326. or abnormal signals caused by broken signal lines momentary power interruptions or other causes Interlock circuits limit circuits and similar safety measures in external cir cuits i e not in the Programmable Controller must be provided by the customer Always use the power supply voltages specified in the operation manuals An incorrect voltage may result in malfunction or burning Take appropriate measures to ensure that the specified power with the rated voltage and frequency is supplied Be particularly careful in places where the power supply is unstable An incorrect power supply may result in malfunction Install external breakers and take other safety measures against short cir cuiting in external wiring Insufficient safety measures against short cir cuiting may result in burning Be sure that all the mounting screws terminal screws and cable connec tor screws are tightened to the torque specified in the relevant manuals Incorrect tightening torque may result in malfunction Leave the label attached to the Unit when wiring Removing the label may result in malfunction if foreign matter enters the Unit Remove the label after the completion of wiring to ensure proper heat dis sipation Leaving the label attached may result in malfunction Use crimp terminals for wiring Do not connect bare stranded wires directly to terminals Connection of bare stranded wires may result in burning Wire all connections correc
327. orcibly closed when this Page 129 bit turns ON Turned OFF by Unit after sockets are closed Mail Send Switch User mail is sent when this bit turns ON 8 1 3 Send Turned OFF by Unit after user mail has 79 Mail been sent Not used 68 Internode Test Start Switch Bit 1 Internode testing is executed and stopped by turning ON and OFF this switch The parameters for designating the remote node for testing and so on are set in the allocated words in the DM Area For details refer to 9 3 Internode Test The software switch settings on the CX Programmer can also be used to set parameters and control internode tests Socket Force close Switch Bit 2 All UDP and TCP sockets used for socket services can be force closed by turning ON this switch This can be used for operations such as error process ing Be careful not to force close sockets during communications or an error will occur After all sockets have been force closed the Ethernet Unit will turn the switch OFF again Do not attempt to forcibly manipulate this switch before it is automatically turned OFF by the Unit Ports used exclusively by the Ethernet Unit will not be closed Mail Send Switch Bit 3 User mail can be sent by turning ON this switch The contents of the user mail are set in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup After the user mail has been sent the Ethernet Unit will turn this switch OFF again Do not attempt to fo
328. ork Communications with PC on another network such as Controller Link The ony Communications Jnits Communications Units other than mounted are Ethernet Units Ethernet Units are also mounted Use the CX Programmer to set the local network table and the relay network table at the CPU Unit Routing table settings are not Use the CX Programmer to set required the local network table at the CPU Unit l Create a user program for issuing FINS messages by SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 Note The location of the local IP address setting depends on the type of CPU Unit in the following way CS Series Rotary switches on back of Ethernet Unit CJ Series CPU Bus Unit System Setup or allocated words in the DM Area 82 Sending Commands From a PC Section 5 3 5 3 Sending Commands From a PC FINS commands can be sent from the user s ladder diagram program in the PC by using the SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 instructions SEND 090 Writes I O data from the local node to another node RECV 098 Reads I O data from another node to the local node CMND 490 Issues FINS commands for controlling operations such as send ing and receiving I O memory data to and from other nodes reading informa tion regarding other nodes and so on 5 3 1 Communications Specifications The following table shows the specifications for PC communications using the SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 inst
329. ork ID of the local IP address is used for the network ID The IP address of a remote node is calcu lated from the local Ethernet Unit s IP address the subnet mask and the remote node number Fins node number as follows Remote IP address local IP address AND subnet mask OR remote FINS node number Example The remote IP address is calculated for the node using the following settings Local IP address 130 25 36 8 decimal Subnet mask 255 255 255 0 decimal Remote FINS node number 5 Before Operation Note Note 1 2 3 Section 3 1 130 25 36 8 Local IP address AND 255 255 255 0 Subnet mask 130 25 36 0 OR 5 Remote FINS node number 130 25 36 5 Remote IP address The rightmost byte of the host number becomes the FINS node number and set the rest of the host number to all zeroes Example 1 Class B Local IP address 130 25 0 8 Subnet mask 255 255 0 0 Remote FINS node number 5 i Host number Remote IP address 130 25 0 5 A _ Becomes 0 Example 2 Class A Local IP address 130 0 0 8 Subnet mask 255 0 0 0 Remote FINS node number 5 Host number Remote IP address 130 0 0 5 Becomes 0 With CS series Ethernet Units when using either the address conversion method the default or the combined method set the local IP address switches 7 and 8 on the back of the Ethernet Unit and the node number to the same values and set the other host settings to 0 If the values are wrong the ERC indicator
330. ory Host computer with out FINS Gateway function Active open FTP commands executed by host computer Host computer Data type FINS commands vari ous commands for I O memory communica tions in the PC chang ing the operating mode reading and writing files and so on Any data PC s internal I O memory DOS files in File Mem ory Memory Card or EM File Memory User defined mes sages error log infor mation status information Maximum data size PC to PC 1 980 bytes max PC to host computer 1 980 bytes max Host computer to PC 2 000 bytes max 1 984 bytes max No particular limit User defined mes sages 1 024 bytes max Features Enables control of PC and host computer that support FINS com mands Communications by standard TCP IP and UDP IP via Ethernet No need to set FINS addresses Files are read by means of simple com mands and applica tions from host computers with FTP client functions Ethernet Unit status is obtained by e mail Notification of errors is received by e mail Reference 16 Section 5 FINS Com munications Section 6 Socket Ser vices Section 7 FTP Server Section 8 Mail Communications Functions Section 2 1 2 1 1 Ethernet Unit Functions FINS communications e A SEND 090 RECV 098 or CMND 490 instruction from the PC s lad der program is used to send a FINS command to a remote node
331. other methods to use the func CS1G H CPULIL EV1 CS1G H CPULIUH tions of the CS CJ series PCs CJ1G H CPULIOIH CJ1M CPULI CJ1G CPU Programmable Controllers Programming Manual SYSMAC CS CJ series W340 E1 Describes the ladder diagram programming instructions supported by CS1G H CPULIL EV1 CS1G H CPULUH CS series and CJ series PCs CJ1G H CPULOH CJ1M CPULLL CJ1G CPU Programmable Controllers Instructions Reference Manual About this Manual Continued Contents Provides information on how to program and operate CS CJ series PCs using a Programming Console SYSMAC CS CJ series C200H PRO27 E CQM1H PROO1 E CQM1 PRO01 E Programming Consoles Operation Manual W341 E1 SYSMAC CS Cu series CS1G H CPULIL EV1 CJ1G CPULI CS1W SCB21 V1 41 V1 CS1W SCU21 CJ1W SCU41 Communications Commands Reference Manual W342 E1 Describes the C series Host Link and FINS communications com mands used with CS CJ series PCs SYSMAC WS02 CXPC1 EV3 CX Programmer Ver 3 1 Operation Manual W414 E1 Provide information on how to use the CX Programmer a programming device that supports the CS CJ series PCs and the CX Net contained within CX Programmer SYSMAC CS Cu series CS1W SCB21 V1 41 V1 CS1W SCU21 CJ1W CSU41 W336 E 1
332. peration The settings that are actually used for operation can be confirmed using CONTROLLER DATA READ page 218 and ADDRESS INFORMATION READ page 248 This command is supported for CJ series Ethernet Units only Command Block l 27 67 Command code Response Block 27 67 00 Command Response Number of IP address Subnet mask code code addresses FINS node number Parameters Number of Addresses Response The number of sets of FINS node numbers IP addresses and subnet masks being returned The Ethernet Unit is always 0001 1 decimal FINS Node Number Response Node number set on the Ethernet Unit hexadecimal IP Address The local IP address set in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup for the Ethernet Unit is returned in order starting from the leftmost bytes in hexadecimal If the local IP address set in the allocated words in the DM Area is enabled 0 0 0 0 is returned Subnet Mask Response The subnet mask set in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup for the Ethernet Unit is returned in order starting from the leftmost bytes in hexadecimal Response Codes 0000 Normal 1001 Command too large 249 Appendix A Network Installation Basic Installation Precautions e Take the greatest care when installing the Ethernet System being sure to follow ISO 8802 3 specifications You must obtain a copy of these specifications and be sure you understand them
333. ple The following programming example illustrates transferring 100 bytes of data between an Ethernet Unit and a host computer using UDP IP communica tions System Configuration The system configuration for the program example and the Ethernet Unit sys tem setup are shown below Host computer Ethernet Unit IP address 196 36 32 55 IP address 196 36 32 101 Port number 4096 Port number 4096 FINS network address 01 Hex Node address 01 Hex Unit number 10 Hex Basic Operations e CIO 000000 is turned ON to request opening a UDP socket from the Ethernet Unit e CIO 000001 is turned ON to request closing the UDP socket from the Ethernet Unit e CIO 000002 is turned ON to request sending data from the Ethernet Unit Data 100 bytes is sent beginning at D02008 e CIO 000003 is turned ON to request receiving data from the Ethernet Unit The data that is received 100 bytes is stored beginning at D04025 e One of the bits between CIO 000100 and CIO 000103 will turn ON if an error occurs Refer to 6 2 2 Response Codes for information on errors The following areas can be used to access details about errors CMND 490 response codes Response codes in results storage area Network Communications Error Flags A21900 to A21907 Completion codes A203 to A210 153 Using Socket Services with CMND 490 Section 6 3 Program Memory Maps The send and receive data and bits flags used by the program are shown in the followin
334. pleted Stays OFF for abnormal open pro cessing completion Note The status of these flags can also be checked using the software switch set tings on the CX Programmer Opening Flag Bit 0 Turns ON when an open request is received either by control switch manipula tion or the CMND 490 instruction and turns OFF again when the open pro cessing has been completed When CMND 490 is used the Results Storage Error Flag bit 14 will turn ON at the same time as the Opening Flag turns OFF if there is an error in the Results Storage Area designation Receiving Flag Bit 1 Turns ON when a receive request is received either by control switch manipu lation or the CMND 490 instruction and turns OFF again when the receive processing has been completed When CMND 490 is used the Results Stor age Error Flag bit 14 will turn ON at the same time as the Receiving Flag turns OFF if there is an error in the Results Storage Area designation 69 CIO Area Allocations Section 4 3 Sending Flag Bit 2 Turns ON when a send request is received either by control switch manipula tion or the CMND 490 instruction and turns OFF again when the send pro cessing has been completed When CMND 490 is used the Results Storage Error Flag bit 14 will turn ON at the same time as the Sending Flag turns OFF if there is an error in the Results Storage Area designation Closing Flag Bit 3 Turns ON when a close request is received eithe
335. ponse Reference Response Codes Section 11 3 Normal Command too large Command too small Beginning record number is out of range The number of read records is 0 11 3 8 ERROR LOG CLEAR Command Block Response Block Response Codes Command Block Response Block Results Storage Format Parameters UDP Socket Number Command Results Storage Area Command Local UDP Port Number Command Clears the number of records stored in the Ethernet Unit error log 21 03 Command code 21 03 Command Response code code 0000 Normal 11 3 9 UDP OPEN REQUEST Requests processing to open a socket I I I I I 27 01 l l l l Command UDP Results storage area Local UDP code socket port number number 27 01 Command Response code code Results storage response code The UDP socket number to be opened specified as 2 bytes between 1 and 8 The area in which the results of the command execution are stored The first byte specifies the memory area and data type variable type The 2nd to 4th bytes specify the beginning address of the results storage area Refer to page 216 for details about the variable types and addresses that can be spec ified The UDP port number for communications with the socket is specified as 2 bytes 0 cannot be specified Packets received at this port are d
336. processing time com p gt Reception processing time response Transmission processing time response r i Service processing CPU Bus Unit service cycle remote node i CPU Bus Unit service processing time remote node Maximum transmission delay j Epi The CPU Bus Unit service cycle is a single PC cycle This is the time required to process CPU Bus Units and is approximately 1 ms for Ethernet Units 3 ms Number of words transferred x 0 011 3 ms Command Response The CPU data read processing time is the integer portion of the minimum cycle time which satisfies the following formula Number of words transferred x 0 02 20 ms lt Integer portion of remote node cycle time Number of words transferred x 0 02 20 ms 95 Section 5 4 Sending Commands From a Host Computer Example Calculations The following example shows calculations for receiving 256 words between two PC nodes using RECV 098 The local node s CPU cycle time is 10 ms and the remote node s CPU cycle time is 15 ms Calculations are shown in the following table Item Calculation CPU Bus Unit service cycle local node PC cycle time 10 ms CPU Bus Unit service processing time local node 1 ms Transmission processing time command 3 ms Reception processing time command Remote node service cycle CPU Bus Unit service processing time remote node 3 15 1 19ms CPU data read processin
337. pulating specific Socket Service Request Switches e CMND 490 Requests can be made to a socket service by sending service request commands to the Ethernet Unit Note One of the main differences between using Socket Service Request Switches and using CMND 490 is in the number of sockets that can be connected simultaneously as shown in the following table Protocol Socket Service Request CMND 490 Switches Total of 8 sockets max 8 sockets max a 8 sockets max Using Socket Service Request Switches CS CJ series PC Host computer or other device CPU Unit TCP data User program transfers prog Socket Service Request Switches UDP data transfers See note 1 Socket Service Parameters Refreshed See note 2 Note 1 Socket Service Request Switches in the CPU Bus Area in the CIO Area are used to send a service request from the CPU Unit to the Ethernet Unit 2 The Socket Service Parameters in the CPU Bus Unit Area in the DM Area are used to specify the service being requested from the Ethernet Unit The CPU Bus Unit Area in the DM Area is also used to receive results of processing from the Ethernet Unit to the CPU Unit Using CMND 490 CS CJ series PC CPU Unit Ethernet Unit Host computer or other device FINS command TCP data transfers i System User program Plo call FINS response be f UDP data P Processing transfers results 104
338. r Bit 07 Transceiver error CS1W ETNO1 only Bit 08 Internode test flag OFF Test stopped ON Test running Bit 14 Address mismatch Not used Bit 15 EEPROM error Status Manipulated by Unit operation Transceiver echo test error CS1W ETNO1 only See note ON if an error occurred during the self diagnostic testing after the Unit was turned ON or reset OFF if the self diagnostic testing after the Unit was turned ON or reset was normal IP address setting error ON if any of the following conditions apply to the IP address e All bits in the host ID are O or 1 e All bits in the network ID are 0 or 1 e All bits in the subnet ID are 1 e The IP address begins with 127 Ox7F OFF when the IP address is normal IP address table error On if the IP address table information is incorrect OFF when the IP address table is normal IP router table error ON if the IP router table information is incorrect OFF when the IP address table is normal Not used Routing table error ON if the routing table information is incorrect OFF when the routing table is normal Transceiver error CS1W ETNO1 only See note ON when the transceiver cable is disconnected the transceiver is not receiving power or the transceiver is defective Returns to OFF when the transceiver status returns to normal OFF when the transceiver is normal In
339. r transferring files from host 171 transferring files to host 170 171 MEMORY STATUS READ 245 meget 170 mode settings reading from Unit 218 mounting Racks 37 38 mput 171 MRES 215 N networks network memory 245 264 network numbers 12 size 12 troubleshooting 203 node numbers converting to IP addresses 63 error indicator 32 setting 34 36 noise Contact Output Units 258 reduction 254 256 290 Index O P open 169 optical Ethernet Systems 256 P S indicator 32 PC errors indicator 32 PING 53 186 236 comparison with internode test 53 echo test 186 port numbers sockets 105 TCP port 116 remote device 117 UDP port 116 reading from Unit 218 remote device 117 power supply 7 precautions applications xix Contact Output Units 258 EC Directives xxi environmental 252 general xviii 14 grounding 251 252 TEEE802 3 standards 14 39 inductive voltages 252 inspections 285 installation 14 37 38 251 coaxial cables 251 IP communications 80 ISO 8802 3 standards 39 operating environment xix replacing Units 283 safety xviii 39 Socket Service Request Switches 112 socket services 111 TCP communications 108 Terminators 252 transceiver cables 252 transceivers 252 UDP communications 80 109 wiring 40 41 Programming Console 45 Programming Devices 6 connecting 45 CX Net 45 CX Programmer 45 51 Programming Console 45 programs examples 99 P
340. r by control switch manipula tion or the CMND 490 instruction and turns OFF again when the close pro cessing has been completed When CMND 490 is used the Results Storage Error Flag bit 14 will turn ON at the same time as the Closing Flag turns OFF if there is an error in the Results Storage Area designation Results Storage Error Flag Bit 14 Turns ON if there is an error in the Results Storage Area for a socket service request open receive send close made using CMND 490 This flag turns ON at the same time as the services request processing flags bits 0 to 3 turn OFF It remains ON until the next services request is received and then it turns OFF again When this flag turns ON check the set values in the Results Storage Area The Results Storage Error Flag does not operate when socket services are requested by control switch manipulation TCP UDP Open Flag Bit 15 Remains ON while a socket is open by means of control switch manipulation or the CMND 490 instruction In the case of TCP it indicates a connection When the socket is closed this flag turns OFF again If the socket did not close properly the flag remains ON Check to be sure that this flag is ON before executing a send or receive request Service Status Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit 15 14 13 12 1110 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 ni7 Hil Ee ene nc dd L Power status CS1W ETNO1 only E FTP status Status Manipulated Unit operation Reference
341. r created Mail Data Specify by area classification and beginning word address the CPU Unit s Address memory address for the data user created information to be transmitted when data is sent by user request The default setting is for no address to be set Local Mail Address In 50 or fewer characters specify the mail address to be entered in the From field in the mail Destination Mail Address In 50 or fewer characters specify the address to which the mail is to be sent SMTP Server Address Specify the IP address of the mail server i e the SMTP server address The setting range is 0 0 0 0 to 255 255 255 255 The default is 0 0 0 0 nothing set 66 CIO Area Allocations Section 4 3 4 3 CIO Area Allocations Offset n 1 n 2 n 3 n 4 n 5 n 6 n 7 n 8 nn 9 n 10 n 11 n 12 n 13 n 14 n 15 n 16 n 17 n 18 n 19 n 20 n 21 n 22 n 23 n 24 The various kinds of data are stored in the offset positions shown in the fol lowing diagram from the beginning word in the area for each Unit The beginning word n is calculated by the following equation Beginning word n CIO 1500 25 x unit number Bit 15 8 7 0 Data direction Related communications services Unit Control Switch CPU Unit to Ethernet Unit UDP Socket No 1 Status TCP Socket No 8 Status Service Status Error Status Socket Service Re quest Switches 1 Socket Service Re quest Switches 2 i Socket S
342. r is being supplied to the transceiver ERC Not lit Unit normal Ethernet Unit Error Lit e Node number not between 1 and 126 e A hardware e g internal memory error has occurred Flashing An illegal IP address has been set With automatic address generation the rightmost two digits of the IP address do not match the node num ber Refer to Setting the Local IP Address This error is generated for the CS Series only ERH Not lit PC normal PC Error Lit e A PC error has occurred e An error exists in I O table unit number system data or routing table settings Flashing An illegal IP address has been set With automatic address generation the rightmost two digits of the IP address do not match the node num ber Refer to Section 4 2 1 Settings This error is generated for the CJ Series only SD Yellow Not lit Not sending data Ready to send Send Data Lit Sending data RD Yellow Not lit Not receiving data Ready to receive Receive Data Lit Receiving data TCP Yellow Not lit None of the eight TCP sockets provided for socket services is in use TCP Socket in Use Lit At least one of the eight TCP sockets provided for socket services is in use FTP Not lit FTP server on stand by File Server Service Lit FTP server operating 32 Switch Settings Section 3 4 indicator Color Status Meaning TS Yellow Not lit Not running internode t
343. rammer connected to the PC It cannot be created using a Programming Console For details on how to connect and use a CX Programmer refer to the CX Programmer User s Manual An IP address table can also be registered using the FINS command IP ADDRESS TABLE WRITE For details refer to P ADDRESS TABLE WRITE on page 237 3 11 Creating an IP Router Table Note Connecting and Using a Programming Device for the PC 52 An IP router table is a table of correspondences between IP router IP addresses and the network numbers of segments relayed by the IP router If the Ethernet network is configured of multiple segments an IP router table must be registered for communications between the segments For details on segments and connecting nodes refer to 1 2 2 Node Connections If the Ethernet network has the minimal configuration of just one segment there is no need to create an IP router table In that case proceed to 3 12 Checking Communications 1 An IP router table needs to be created only when the IP address table method or the combined method is used for address conversion 2 With CJ series Ethernet Units it is possible to register one default IP router the IP router selected when the applicable network number is not regis tered The IP router table must be created using the Unit settings on a CX Program mer connected to the PC It cannot be created using a Programming Console For details on how to connect and use a CX Pro
344. rcibly manipulate this switch before it is automati cally turned OFF by the Unit CIO Area Allocations Section 4 3 Status of UDP TCP Sockets 1 to 8 Ethernet Unit to CPU Unit 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 n 1 to n 16 Opening Flag L Opening Flag Receiving Flag Results Storage Error Flag Sending FI ending Flag TCP UDP Open Flag Cisna osing Flag Status Manipulated Unit operation Reference by ON during open processing Turns ON when Section 6 open request is received Socket Ser Turns OFF when open processing has been vices completed Receiving Flag ON during receive processing Turns ON when receive request is received Turns OFF when receive processing has been completed Sending Flag ON during send processing Turns ON when send request is received Turns OFF when send processing has been completed Closing Flag ON during close processing Turns ON when close request is received Turns OFF when close processing has been completed Not used Results Storage Error Flag Turns ON if there is an error in storing the results Section 6 when socket services are used by means of the Socket Ser CMND 490 instruction vices Turns OFF when the next request is received Connected by TCP TCP UDP Open Flag Turns ON when open processing has been com pleted Turns OFF when close processing has been com
345. red at D00040 onwards Note With CS CJ series PCs the Communications Port Enabled Flags at bits 0 to 7 in word A202 turn OFF even when the PCMR 260 instruction is being exe cuted using the ports corresponding to those flags 5 3 3 Transmission Delays The methods of computing the maximum time required from execution of the SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 instructions until processing is completed are described in this section These times however do not take transmission delay times on the network into account so they may be increased depending on the conditions under which the instructions are exe cuted 93 Sending Commands From a PC Section 5 3 SEND 090 CPU Bus Unit Service Cycle CPU Bus Unit Service Processing Time Transmission Processing Time Reception Processing Time CPU Data Set Processing Time Note Example Calculations 94 The transmission delay for the SEND 090 instruction can be calculated using the following equation which is illustrated in the following diagram Max delay Local node service cycle local node service processing time transmission processing time reception processing time remote node service cycle remote node service processing time CPU data set processing time remote node SEND 090 executed in user program CPU Bus Unit service cycle local node tw CPU Bus Unit service processing time local node gt Transmission processing time
346. remote node in the IP router table With CJ series Ethernet Units it is possible to set a default IP router 8 Are the FINS network addresses of the local and remote nodes different True Set both nodes to the same FINS network address 9 Are you attempting a broadcast transmission True Do not attempt to broadcast to a node with a different network number You can broadcast only to nodes on the same IP network 10 Set the IP address of the remote node in the IP address table or use auto matic address conversion 11 Are you attempting to communicate with a PC on another network True Go to 10 5 6 Network Connection Problems on page 203 12 Are the routing tables set improperly True Set routing tables at the local node target node and any relay nodes 10 5 3 UDP Socket Problems Most of the initial steps in these procedures are in question form Continue in sequence until a True answer tells you to jump to a specified step or until you are told to perform a specific action that corrects the problem If performing the action does not correct the problem return to the beginning of the proce dure and start over General Problems 1 2 3 1 Go through the procedure in 10 5 2 FINS Communications Problems SEND 090 RECV 098 CMND 490 before starting this procedure 2 Is the response code a value other than 0000 True Go to 10 6 Troubleshooting with Response Codes on page 207 3 Is the response code in
347. ress table 18 153 214 0 62 FINS node number 20 153 214 0 129 IP address 23 153 218 51 8 Characteristics of IP Address Table Method The IP address table method provides a simple correspondence table so it has the advantage of allowing FINS node numbers and IP address to be freely allocated It does however have the following restrictions 1 Not more than 32 pairs of node number and IP addresses can be regis tered in the IP address table so that limits the number of nodes including the local node to 32 2 The correspondences must be preset or the remote FINS node numbers will not be recognized The combined method incorporates both the automatic generation method and the IP address table method It first refers to the IP address table and if there is an applicable FINS address it reads the corresponding IP address If there is no applicable FINS address it uses the automatic generation method to calculate an IP address FINS node number IP address table FINS node Aumbar IP address table If found in IP address table 19 eee 20 153 214 0 129 IP address 23 153 218 51 8 If not found in IP address table Host number XX XX 00 00 ee IP address FINS node number XX 3 2 Overview of Startup Procedure 26 1 2 3 CS Series 1 Determine the local IP address and the address conversion method Refer to 3 1 Before Operation 2 Set the unit number of the Ethernet
348. ring receive processing UDP Socket Send Request Response Meaning code 0000 Normal end 0302 CPU Unit error cannot execute 1100 Number of bytes to send is not in allowable range or the remote IP address is 0 1101 The area designation of the Send Receive Data Address is not in allowable range 1103 The bit number in the Send Receive Data Address is not 00 118 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 Response code Meaning Request Switch turned ON during other processing Specified socket is already processing a send request The specified socket is not open Unit is busy cannot execute Specified Socket Service Parameter Area is already being used for another socket Internal buffer cannot be obtained due to high reception traffic ENOBUFS The remote IP address is a broadcast address and the number of bytes to send is greater than 1 472 bytes EMSGSIZE The network ID is incorrect or the remote IP address is incorrect EADDRNOTAVAIL The network ID is not in the IP router table router settings are incor rect or the remote IP address is incorrect ENETUNREACH The router settings are incorrect or the remote IP address is incor rect EHOSTUNREACH UDP Socket Close Request Response code The specified socket was closed during send processing Meaning Normal en
349. rom date of sale by OMRON OMRON MAKES NO WARRANTY OR REPRESENTATION EXPRESS OR IMPLIED REGARDING NON INFRINGEMENT MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR PARTICULAR PURPOSE OF THE PRODUCTS ANY BUYER OR USER ACKNOWLEDGES THAT THE BUYER OR USER ALONE HAS DETERMINED THAT THE PRODUCTS WILL SUITABLY MEET THE REQUIREMENTS OF THEIR INTENDED USE OMRON DISCLAIMS ALL OTHER WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED LIMITATIONS OF LIABILITY OMRON SHALL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR SPECIAL INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES LOSS OF PROFITS OR COMMERCIAL LOSS IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH THE PRODUCTS WHETHER SUCH CLAIM IS BASED ON CONTRACT WARRANTY NEGLIGENCE OR STRICT LIABILITY In no event shall the responsibility of OMRON for any act exceed the individual price of the product on which liability is asserted INNO EVENT SHALL OMRON BE RESPONSIBLE FOR WARRANTY REPAIR OR OTHER CLAIMS REGARDING THE PRODUCTS UNLESS OMRON S ANALYSIS CONFIRMS THAT THE PRODUCTS WERE PROPERLY HANDLED STORED INSTALLED AND MAINTAINED AND NOT SUBJECT TO CONTAMINATION ABUSE MISUSE OR INAPPROPRIATE MODIFICATION OR REPAIR xiii Application Considerations SUITABILITY FOR USE OMRON shall not be responsible for conformity with any standards codes or regulations that apply to the combination of products in the customer s application or use of the products At the customer s request OMRON will provide applicable third party certification documents identifying
350. ror Correct the IP address table If the problem persists replace the CPU Unit IP router table error Correct the IP router table If the problem persists replace the CPU Unit Routing table error Correct the routing tables If the problem persists replace the CPU Unit CS1W ETNO1 Transceiver Check the transceiver transceiver cable or cable error CS1W ETN11 and CJ1W ETN11 Cable error Address mismatch Make sure that the node number and the last byte of the IP address are the same and set other host IDs to 0 Change the address conversion method EEPROM error Restart the PC If the problem persists replace the Ethernet Unit 10 3 Error Log The Ethernet Unit provides an error log that records errors that have occurred during Ethernet Unit operation The contents of the error log can be read or cleared from a Programming Device such as the CX Programmer or it can be read or cleared using FINS commands from a workstation or computer See 11 3 7 ERROR LOG READ and 11 3 8 ERROR LOG CLEAR Logged Errors The following errors are recorded in the error log e Errors in network operation e Errors in data transfers e Error in the CPU Unit 194 Error Log Error Codes Error Log Table Error Log Location FINS Commands for Error Logs Section 10 4 Each error is recorded as one record in an error log table Up to 64 records can be saved If more than 64 errors occur the oldest errors will be del
351. ructions Item Specifications Destination 1 1 SEND 090 RECV 098 CMND 490 instructions 1 N SEND 090 CMND 490 instructions broadcasting Data length SEND 090 990 words 1 980 bytes max broadcasting 727 words 1 454 bytes RECV 098 990 words 1 980 bytes max CMND 490 1 990 bytes max broadcasting 1 462 bytes after FINS command code Data contents The following data is sent and received with the execution of each instruction SEND 090 Sends request for remote node to receive data and receives response data RECV 098 Sends request for remote node to send data and receives response data CMND 490 Sends any FINS command and receives response data Communications port num Ports 0 to 7 Eight transmissions can occur simultaneously ber Response monitor time 0000 2 s default 0001 toFFFF 0 1 to 6 553 5 s in 0 1 s increments specified by user Number of retries 0 to 15 retries Note 1 The maximum data length is limited to 512 bytes for data exchange be tween the PC and SYSMAC LINK Systems or the PC and SYSMAC BUS 2 Remote I O Systems 2 When broadcasting do not require a response PC Communications Data The following table shows the I O data areas involved when SEND 090 and Areas RECV 098 are used CIO Area CIO 0000 to CIO 6143 Work Area W000 to W511 Holding Area H000 to H511 Auxiliary Area A000 to A959 See note 1 Timer Area TIMOO00 to 4095 Counter Area CNT0000 to 4095
352. rvice monitor error Monitor time ms Check the operating environment Saved Other CPU error Bit 11 Unit not in Registered I O Tables Create the I O tables Saved CPU Unit initialization error 00 00 Replace the CPU Unit Saved Insufficient System Setup Area 00 00 Reduce the number of CPU Bus Units Saved Event timed out MRC SRC Replace the CPU Unit Saved CPU Unit memory error 01 Read error 02 Write error 03 Routing table 04 Setup error 05 CPU Bus Unit Words CIO DM 01 Recreate the data specified by the 2nd byte of the detailed error code 02 Clear memory using proce dure in the PC operation manual Saved CPU Unit protected 00 Remove protection from CPU Unit memory Saved 195 Error Log Error Codes Section 10 4 Error Meaning Detailed error code Correction EE code PROM Resend count exceeded send failed Node address setting error send failed Remote node not in network send failed No Unit with specified unit address send failed CPU Unit error send failed Destination address not in routing tables send failed No routing table entry send failed Routing table error send failed Too many relay points send failed Command too long send failed Header error send failed Internal buffers full packet dis carded Illegal packet discarded Local
353. ry area and data type variable type The 2nd to 4th bytes specify the beginning address of the results storage area Refer to page 216 for details about the variable types and addresses that can be spec ified The TCP port number for communications with the socket is specified as 2 bytes 0 cannot be specified Do not specify the port number of the FTP server port 21 The maximum control time between receiving the open request and storing the result If this set time limit is exceeded the code for a timeout error will be set as the results storage response code The value is set in units of 0 1 s The timeout time is unlimited if the value is set to 0 Specify the remote node s IP address If all zeroes are set no remote node is specified and connection is awaited from any node If any other value is set connection is awaited from the specified remote node The IP address of the connected remote node will be stored in the results storage area Command Response Reference Section 11 3 Remote Port Number Command Results Storage Area Precautions Specify the remote TCP port number with this command If all zeroes are set no remote TCP port number is specified If any other value is set it specifies the TCP port number of the remote node The TCP port number of the con nected remote node will be stored in the results storage area Processing varies as shown in the table below according to the specified com bination of remot
354. s Network device Contents CS series 10Base 5 Ethernet Unit CS1W ETNO1 The 10Base 5 Ethernet Unit is a Communications Unit that connects a CS series PC to an Ethernet network 24 VDC power supply This is a external 24 VDC power supply for the purpose of providing power to the transceivers via transceiver cable Use a power supply with an output current of at least 0 3 A per node The power is converted within the Unit to the transceiver power supply voltage and is provided to the transceiver Transceiver The transceiver is a device for interfacing between the coaxial cable and the nodes Note The Ethernet Unit can provide a maximum current of 0 4 A to the transceiver so use a transceiver with a current consumption of not more than 0 4 A Check with the manufacturer for information regarding transceiver current consumption Transceiver cable AUI cable This is the cable for connecting between transceivers and nodes Devices Required in a Network Section 1 3 Network device Contents Coaxial cable The coaxial cable comprises the main line of the Ethernet System Terminator for coaxial cable The Terminators connect to both ends of the coaxial terminating resistance cable Note 1 It is also possible to use 10Base T twisted pair cable by connecting the Ethernet Unit to a 10Base T conversion adapter 2 A24 VDC power supply is required even if a 10Base T conversion adapter is used
355. s 3 7 1 W O Table Overview 0 0 00 ee eee eee 3 7 2 Connecting Programming Devices to the PC 3 7 3 Procedure for Creating an I O Table 00 Creating Routing Tables 0 0 00 cece eee eee 3 8 1 Routing Table Overview 0 00 0 cece ee eee 3 8 2 Connecting and Using a Peripheral Device for the PC System Setup ic ecb eee ska ei net bade tonsa gare geet a dade geebeertes 3 9 1 When Settings are Required 0 00 0 000 0000 3 9 2 Using a Programming Device 00 00055 3 9 3 CPU Bus Unit System Setup Defaults 0 Creating an IP Address Table 0 0 00 0 0 eee eee eee eee Creating an IP Router Table 00 0 0 ee eee eee eee Checking Communications 0 00 00 c eee eee eee eee ee 3 12 1 PING Command and Internode Testing 3 12 2 PING Command 00 rererere cee eee 3212 3 Intemode Tests 3 2 yan VEE ne eee ens eee sole ee ays WE AS 3 12 4 Simple Startup Test Example 0000 SECTION 3 Installation and Initial Setup 24 24 25 26 28 29 32 33 33 35 37 37 38 39 39 39 40 42 45 45 45 45 46 46 48 51 51 51 51 52 52 53 53 53 53 54 23 Before Operation Section 3 1 3 1 Before Operation In order to connect the Ethernet Unit to an Ethernet network it is necessary to set
356. s broken during communications the TCP socket at the local node must also be closed The communications Results Storage Area can be used to check if the connection has been broken Close the local socket immediately after detecting that the remote TCP socket has closed The following situ ations indicate that the remote socket has closed TCP Receive Results Storage Area Response code 004B error at remote node TCP Send Results Storage Area Response code 0020 connection broken with remote socket during transmission 111 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 Precautions in Using Socket Service Request Switches e Data can remain in a buffer at the local node if the remote TCP socket closes during communications Any data remaining in the buffer will be discarded when the TCP socket is closed To avoid problems of this nature steps will have to be taken in the application program such as sending data to enable closing and then only closing once reception of this data has been confirmed When closing a connection for a TCP socket the first port to be closed cannot be reopened for at least 60 seconds after the other port closes However this restriction does not apply for a port opened using the TCP ACTIVE OPEN REQUEST command with a local TCP port number of 0 port number automatically assigned which is closed from the side that actively opened the socket e A connection is establish
357. s table only shows the correspondences between unit numbers and the areas allocated for the CPU Bus Unit For more details refer to Sec tion 4 System Setup and Memory Allocations Unit No Allocated words Unit No decimal decimal CIO 1500 to ClO 1524 CIO 1525 to CIO 1549 CIO 1550 to CIO 1574 CIO 1575 to CIO 1599 CIO 1600 to CIO 1624 CIO 1625 to CIO 1649 CIO 1650 to CIO 1674 CIO 1675 to CIO 1699 Allocated words ClO 1700 to CIO 1724 ClO 1725 to CIO 1749 CIO 1750 to CIO 1774 CIO 1775 to ClO 1799 CIO 1800 to CIO 1824 CIO 1825 to CIO 1849 CIO 1850 to CIO 1874 CIO 1875 to CIO 1899 NIJA BR N j oO Unit No Allocated words Unit No decimal decimal D30000 to D30099 D30100 to D30199 D30200 to D30299 D30300 to D30399 D30400 to D30499 D30500 to D30599 D30600 to D30699 D30700 to D30799 Allocated words D30800 to D30899 D30900 to D30999 D31000 to D31099 D31100 to D31199 D31200 to D31299 D31300 to D31399 D31400 to D31499 D31500 to D31599 NIOJ oO BR O N oO Setting the Node Number 36 With the FINS communications service when there are multiple Ethernet Units connected to the Ethernet network the Ethernet Units are identified by node numbers Use the node number switches to set the node number between 01 and 7E hexadecimal 1 to 126 decimal Do not set a number that has already been set for another node on the same network Setting r
358. s when installing Contact Output Units and Ethernet Units on the same Rack Mounting Location Mount or connect any Contact Output Units as far away from the Ethernet Unit as possible Contact Output Unit Transceiver Hub F Contact outputs m Ethernet Unit L 258 Network Installation Appendix A Cable Location Separate the transceiver cable or twisted pair cable connecting the Ethernet Unit as far from the wiring to the Contact Output Units as possible The coaxial cable must also be placed as far away from the Contact Output Units and their wiring as possible Contact outputs a Contact Output Unit R ie Ethernet Unit transceiver hub Transceiver Hub Measures Attach several ferrite cores designed for EMI countermeasures on the transceiver cable or twisted pair cable near the transceiver hub The transceiver must also be placed as far away from the Contact Output Units and their wiring as possible Ethernet Unit Ferrite core H Transceiver Hub Transceiver E cable 259 Parameter TCP send buffer Appendix B Ethernet Network Parameters 4 096 bytes Description Maximum capacity of the TCP send buffer TCP receive buffer 4 096 bytes Maximum capacity of the TCP receive buffer UDP send buffer 9 000 bytes Maximum capacity of the UDP send buffer
359. scasnrees i AEREE E EAEN EEE Response code stored ee EE a E E Flagg fvistaanmttnnn Request Switch Request i turned ON accepted Rea a Closing during Other The Close Request Switch or Force close Switch can be used to close a Processes socket even when open receive or send processing is being executed Clos ing is the only other process that is possible during other processes Close Request Switch The processing results are stored as the response code when the Close Request Switch is used There will always be one PC cycle time between 128 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 turning OFF the Request Switch for the canceled process and turning of the Close Request Switch allowing time for the response code to be read Request Switch Response Code Open Send or Receive Close Request Switch Opening Sending or At least one PC cycle time be tween response codes e a 1 1 t 1 1 T Receiving Flag 0 TEEI EENE SOS O Closing Flag o i i a ee E Open Flag Ghinni ere epee e A Request Switch Request i turned ON accepted Close request See oie Not synced with ose Requesi j Switch turned ON Request Switches Note The Open Flag will not turn ON at all if a close request is made during open processing Force close Switch The requested processes are canceled and an response code is stored when the Force close Switch is used
360. service 6 1 3 Using Sockets with the Ethernet Unit The Ethernet Unit supports up to 16 simultaneous socket connections for the socket services 8 each for UDP and TCP sockets Socket numbers 1 to 8 are assigned to sockets for both UDP and TCP sockets Sockets are managed from the ladder diagram program by assigning a socket port for each socket number The socket port number is assigned when the socket is opened Socket ports are assigned to socket numbers UDP socket port 1 E UDP open request Socket services Sockets TCP socket ii port 65535 6 1 4 Socket Port Numbers Port numbers up to 1023 on a UNIX workstation can be used by the supe ruser only Port numbers 0 to 255 are reserved for well known ports Conse 105 Overview Section 6 1 quently port numbers 1024 and above should be used for socket services The Ethernet Unit does not support port 0 Some port numbers over 1024 may be reserved on some workstations for example the X window server is port 6000 Do not use port numbers that are already reserved for other processes The setting status of the UNIX workstation port numbers can be checked in etc services 6 1 5 Differences between TCP and UDP TCP Communications There are differences in the socket services between TCP and UDP The following procedure is followed each time data is transmitted to ensure that the data arrives normally at the remote node
361. so possi ble to make multiple selections The selections are specified in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup If not even one is selected however no e mail will be sent even when the trigger condition is met Item Contents User created information User created information is data set by the user in ASCII in the CPU Unit s memory A maxi mum of 1 024 bytes of data is sent from the user created information address set in the CPU Bus Unit Area If there is a null code 00 Hex in the data however only the data up to that point will be sent The data set by the user is sent just as it is and the code is not converted The relevant words are always read by the Ethernet Unit so the contents of the mail can be changed by changing the contents of the words Error log information The error log information includes the entire error log in RAM A maximum of 64 records can be saved For details refer to 10 3 Error Log Status information The following data is sent 1 Open closed status of UDP sockets 1 to 8 2 TCP status of TCP sockets 1 to 8 3 Unit error information 4 Counter information e Total number of receive packets e Total number of receive errors e Total number of send packets e Total number of send errors e Total number of send collisions The Ethernet Unit processes error log and status data in ASCII so that it can be easily read as e mail Note Set user created information in ASCII 8 1 2 Mail Tri
362. sphere Must be free from corrosive gas Weight 300 g max Dimensions 35 x 130 x 101 mm W x H x D Specifications Section 1 5 CJ series Ethernet Units Item Model number Specifications CJ1W ETN11 Type 10Base T Applicable PCs CJ series PCs Unit classification CJ series CPU Bus Unit Mounting location CPU Rack or Expansion Rack Number of Units that can be mounted 4 max including Expansion Racks Transfer Media access method CSMA CD specifi Modulation Baseband cations Transmission paths Star Baud rate 10 Mbps Transmission media Unshielded twisted pair UTP cable Transmission Segment distance length 100 m max Current consumption Unit 380 mA max at 5 VDC Vibration resistance Conforms to JIS 0040 10 to 57 Hz 0 075 mm amplitude 57 to 150 Hz acceleration 9 8 m s in X Y and Z directions for 80 minutes each Time coefficient 8 minutes x coefficient factor 10 total time 80 minutes Shock resistance Conforms to JIS 0041 147 m s three times each in X Y and Z directions Ambient temperature Operating 0 to 55 C Storage 20 to 75 C Humidity 10 to 90 with no condensation Atmosphere Must be free from corrosive gas Weight 100 g max Dimensions 31 x 90 x 65 mm W x H x D Specifications Section 1 5 Dimensions CS1W
363. ssing Time Transmission and Reception Processing Times CPU Data Read Processing Time CPU Data Set Processing Time CPU Bus Unit service Calculation PC cycle time 10 ms Item CPU Bus Unit service cycle local node CPU Bus Unit service processing time local ims node Transmission processing time 256 x 0 011 3 5 816 6ms 256 x 0 011 3 5 816 6 ms Reception processing time CPU Bus Unit service cycle remote node 5 ms CPU Bus Unit service processing time remote 1 ms node CPU data set processing time remote node 256 x 0 02 20 25 12 25 ms Total 104 1 6 6 5 1 25 54 ms The transmission delay for the RECV 098 instruction can be calculated using the following equation which is illustrated in the following diagram Max delay Local node service cycle local node service processing time transmission processing time command reception pro cessing time command remote node service cycle remote node service processing time CPU data read processing time remote node remote node service processing time transmission processing time response reception process ing time response local node service cycle local node ser vice processing time CPU data set processing time local node CPU data set processing time Service processing CPU Bus Unit service processing time local node processing time local node Transmission
364. sy cannot execute 2607 Specified Socket Service Parameter Area is already being used for another socket 003E Internal buffer cannot be obtained due to high reception traffic ENOBUFS 0042 ICMP data received EMSGSIZE See note 0044 ICMP data received ENOPROTOOPT See note 0045 Error in communications with remote node ECONNABORTED See note 004B Error in communications with remote node ECONNRESET 004E ICMP data received ENETUNREACH See note 004F ICMP data received EHOSTDOWN See note 0051 ICMP data received EHOSTUNREACH See note 0053 Error in communications with remote host ETIMEDOUT 0066 Internal memory cannot be obtained cannot execute 0080 Receive request timed out 0081 The specified socket was closed during receive processing Note These response codes will be returned only on large multilevel networks TCP Socket Send Request Response Meaning code Normal end CPU Unit error cannot execute Number of bytes to send not in allowable range The area designation of the Send Receive Data Address is not in allowable range The bit number in the Send Receive Data Address is not 00 121 Using Socket Services with Socket Service Request Switches Section 6 2 Response Meaning code 110C Request Switch turned ON during other processing 220F Specified socket is already processing a send request 2210 The spe
365. t Error log information not included in mail when error is registered to error log Selected Error log information included in mail when error is regis tered to error log Sending Status Information for Errors Specify whether or not status information is to be added to mail contents when mail is sent whenever an error is registered to the error log Setting Meaning Not selected Default Status information not included in mail when error is reg istered to error log Selected Status information included in mail when error is regis tered to error log Periodic Mail Specify whether or not mail is to be sent at the time intervals set for the mail interval in the mail settings The following types of data can be specified to be sent as mail e User data Refer to Periodic Mail for User Data below e Error log information Refer to Periodic Mail for Error Log Information below e Status information Refer to Periodic Mail for Status Information 65 CPU Bus Unit System Setup Section 4 2 If none of these types of data is selected mail will not be sent even if the set ting is made for mail to be sent whenever an error is registered Not selected Default Mail is not sent periodically Selected Mail is sent periodically Mail Interval When mail is sent periodically it is sent at the time interval that is set here The setting range is 1 to 1 440 in units of 10 seconds so the mail can be sent at
366. t be executed at the same communications port The status of a SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 instruction after execution is reflected as a communications port completion code in one word two bytes of data as shown in the following table The value is 0000 during instruction execution The recorded status is saved until execution of the next instruction Word Contents Communications Port 0 Completion Code Communications Port 1 Completion Code Communications Port 2 Completion Code Communications Port 3 Completion Code Communications Port 4 Completion Code Communications Port 5 Completion Code Communications Port 6 Completion Code Communications Port 7 Completion Code The meanings of the communications port completion codes are the same as those for FINS commands and responses When CMND 490 is used how ever even if a FINS command has an abnormal completion it will not be reflected in the communications port completion code For details refer to Communications Port Error Flag and Completion Codes for CMND 490 below Bits 08 to 15 in the communications port completion code correspond to the first byte of the response code and bits 00 to 07 correspond to the second byte For details refer to 10 6 Troubleshooting with Response Codes Sending Commands From a PC Section 5 3 Communications Port Error Flag and Completion Codes CMND 490 Errors that occur when CMND 490 is used generate a Communi
367. t switch sets the sixteens digit most significant digit and the right switch sets the ones digit least significant digit The node number is factory set to 01 When using the automatic generation method for address conversion set the node number to the same value as that of the local IP address switches If this is not possible then either the IP address table method or the combined method must be used for address conversion For details refer to 4 2 CPU Bus Unit System Setup If the FINS communications service is not being used over the Ethernet net work then there is no problem if the node number duplicates that of another Ethernet Unit The node number must still be set from 01 to 7E however or the ERC indicator will light Note Turn OFF the power supply before setting the node number Setting the Local IP Address The nodes on an Ethernet network are identified by IP addresses Each IP address is set with 32 bits of binary data These 32 bits are divided into four 8 bit fields called octets and each octet is expressed as four decimal numbers At CS series Ethernet Units four bits are expressed as a hexadecimal digit and the eight hexadecimal rotary switches the local IP address switches on the back of the Unit are used to set the local IP address Set the eight switches in hexadecimal as shown below combining SW1 and SW2 SW3 and SW4 SW5 and SW6 and SW7 and SW8 Each switch can be set from 0 to F 34 Switch Sett
368. tatus Waiting for mail or mail ready to send according to Mail Send Switch or no mail is being sent Mail being processed Waiting for mail or mail ready to send according to Mail Send Switch Previous mail transmission completion was normal Waiting for mail or mail ready to send according to Mail Send Switch Previous mail transmission completion was abnormal Mail cannot be sent due to System Setup error Note 0 OFF 1 ON 183 This section describes functions that allow you to test communications 9 1 Communications Testing Functions 2 0 0 002s 9 2 PING Command Serii esse SoG ee Gis Oe eee ee ee ee 9 2 y Ethernet Unitas ws es eee sae Aso SU GPR ie ba eee RS 9 2 2 Host Computer m oeras eetas e r a ee E eee 9 3 Internode Teste pi sanded eter 6 iea tee ea npg eb ates 9 321 Running the Tests os serri sachs vies pa SA SG R P Glee 9 3 2 Checking Results SECTION 9 Testing Communications 186 186 186 186 187 187 189 185 Communications Testing Functions Section 9 1 9 1 PING Command Internode Testing Communications Testing Functions The Ethernet Unit provides two functions that allow communications with other node to be tested The PING command is a common way to perform echoback tests on Ethernet networks The PING command can be executed to see if nodes are physically connected properly and to be sure that IP address are set for the correct Et
369. tch when open processing has been completed i e when a connection has been made TCP Active Open Active TCP socket opened when switch is turned ON Request Switch Unit turns OFF switch when open processing has been completed i e when a connection has been made Send Request Send processing executed when switch is turned ON Switch The protocol TCP UDP is determined when the socket is opened Unit turns OFF switch when send processing has been completed Receive Request Receive processing executed when switch is turned Switch ON The protocol TCP UDP is determined when the socket is opened Unit turns OFF switch when receive processing has been completed Close Request Close processing executed when switch is turned ON Switch The protocol TCP UDP is determined when the socket is opened Unit turns OFF switch when close processing has been completed Not used Not used 72 DM Area Allocations Section 4 4 4 4 DM Area Allocations The various kinds of data are stored in the offset positions shown in the fol lowing diagram from the beginning word in the area for each Unit The beginning word m is calculated by the following equation Beginning word m D30000 100 x unit number Offset m 1 m 2 m 3 m 4 m 5 m 6 m 7 m 8 m 9 m 16 m 17 m 18 m 28 m 88 m 98 m 99 Bit 15 Br 0 Data dire
370. te A communication error occurred with the remote node ECONNRESET 004C A parameter error occurred at the remote IP address EAD DRNOTAVAIL A parameter was specified incorrectly An attempt was made to actively open local TCP port A parameter error occurred at the remote IP address ENETUNREACH No network number in IP router table or incorrect router setting A parameter error occurred at the remote IP address EHOSTUNREACH Incorrect router setting A communication error occurred with the remote node ETIMEDOUT No remote exists Socket was closed during opening procedure Note These errors occur only in large multilayered networks 11 3 15 TCP RECEIVE REQUEST Requests that data be sent from a TCP socket Command Block 27 12 Command TCP Results storage Numberof Timeout code socket area reception value number bytes Response Block 27 12 Command Response code code Results Storage i Format Received bytes Response Number of Received data code reception bytes Parameters TCP Socket Number The TCP socket number to receive data specified as 2 bytes between 1 and 8 Command Results Storage Area The area in which the results of the command execution are stored The first Command byte specifies the memory area and data type variable type The 2nd to 4th bytes specify the beginning addr
371. ter table Refer to 3 9 System Setup 3 10 Creating an IP Address Table and 3 11 Creating an IP Router Table This step is required only in the following cases e When using a method other than automatic generation for IP address conversion Address conversion method IP address table e When using the mail notification function e When setting a subnet mask e When setting an FTP login name and password e When Ethernet is configured in multiple segments IP router table e When Ethernet 4 28 is used broadcast settings e When the UDP port number for FINS is changed to something other than the default setting 9600 11 Check communications Use PING command and an internode test CJ Series 1 Determine the local IP address and the address conversion method Refer to 3 1 Before Operation 2 Set the unit number of the Ethernet Unit as a CPU Bus Unit Refer to 3 4 Switch Settings 3 Set the node address Refer to 3 4 Switch Settings 4 Mount the Unit to the PC Refer to 3 5 Mounting to a PC 5 Connect to the network Connect the twisted pair cable Refer to 3 6 Connecting to the Network 6 Turn ON power to the CPU Unit 7 Create the I O tables using a Programming Device such as CX Program mer CX Net or a Programming Console 27 Unit Components 11 Section 3 3 Refer to 3 7 Creating an I O Table For simple operation where the IP address only and no other System Set up settings is set or for operation us
372. ternode Test Flag ON during internode testing OFF while internode testing is stopped Not used Address mismatch ON if the remote IP address is set to automatic genera tion but the local IP address host number and FINS node number do not agree OFF under all other circumstances EEPROM error ON if an error has occurred in the EEPROM memory OFF when the EEPROM memory is normal 71 CIO Area Allocations Section 4 3 Note A transceiver is built into the CS1W ETN11 and CJ1W ETN11 If this bit turns ON the Ethernet Unit has malfunctioned Socket Service Request When a socket service request is executed by control switch manipulation it Switches 1 to 8 CPU Unit is the following bits that are manipulated For details refer to 6 2 Using Socket to Ethernet Unit Services with Socket Service Request Switches 15 14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 n 19 to n 22 I I ry ry E UDP Open Request Switch TCP Passive Open Request Switch TCP Active Open Request Switch Send Request Switch Receive Request Switch Close Request Switch Switch Status Manipulated Unit operation by UDP Open Request UDP socket opened when switch is turned ON Switch Unit turns OFF switch when open processing has been completed i e when a connection has been made TCP Passive Open Passive TCP socket opened when switch is turned ON Request Switch Unit turns OFF swi
373. the I O tables in the CPU Unit 11 Replace the following components one at a time in the order given and dis card any faulty ones transceiver cable transceiver Ethernet Unit 12 Is the node number set between 01 and 7E Hex True Replace the following items in order to eliminate the faulty part Ethernet Unit transceiver transceiver cable 13 Set the unit number to between 01 and 7E Hex 14 ERH indicator not lit True Step 18 15 Is the same unit number used by another CPU Bus Unit True Set the unit numbers correctly 16 Has a CPU Unit error occurred in the PC s CPU Unit True Restart the CPU Unit If the error persists replace the CPU Unit 17 Set the Setup and routing tables correctly 18 ERH indicator not flashing True Go to 10 5 6 Network Connection Problems on page 203 19 Is the IP address incorrect True Correct the IP address in the System Setup and read out the con troller status using the READ CONTROLLER STATUS command in FINS communications and correct any problems indicated 20 Make sure that the node number and the last byte of the IP address are the same and set other host IDs to 0 or change the address conversion meth od to use and IP address table or both methods 10 5 2 FINS Communications Problems SEND 090 RECV 098 CMND 490 Most of the initial steps in these procedures are in question form Continue in sequence until a True answer tells you to jump to a spec
374. the IP address This section explains the process of address conversion which is required information for determining the Ethernet Units IP address Address Conversion for When using the FINS communication service it is necessary to specify the FINS Communications nodes according to the FINS address system Even in this case data must be Only sent and received on the Ethernet network using IP addresses Therefore IP addresses are converted from FINS addresses Ethernet Unit Ethernet Unit f User program CS CJ series CPU Unit 5 Network address 5 To IP address 153 211 32 114 ata Node number 23 Node number 23 Address conversion To 153 211 32 114 To 153 211 32 114 There are three ways to convert addresses For each method there are restrictions on the maximum number nodes at the same network level for which communications is possible The methods and the maximum number of nodes are shown in the following table Address conversion method Maximum number of nodes including local node Automatic generation the default IP address table Combined method using both automatic generation and IP address table Use the CX Programmer to select the address conversion method in the Sys tem Setup For an explanation of how to make the setting refer to 4 2 CPU Bus Unit System Setup 3 1 1 Automatic Address Generation 24 Automatic address generation converts addresses using the FINS node num ber as the host number of the IP address The netw
375. the Unit Up to four Ethernet Units can be mounted to a single PC If it is mounted in combi nation with other CPU Bus Units e g Controller Link Units the maximum total number of CPU Bus Units that can be mounted is 16 Tighten PC Backplane mounting screws to a torque of 1 2 N m and the Unit s Note screws to a torque of 0 8 N m i End cover CPU Rack 10 Units max je gt gt P C S P C Hi U Expansion Backplane 10 Units max Ene Gove PJI S i gt Up to four Ethernet Units can be mounted i End cover Expansion Backplane y 10 Units max R y PJI S I esa Expansion Backplane 10 Units max End cover PJI S I I ai PS Power Supply Unit CPU CPU Unit IC I O Control Unit Il O Interface Unit Note The CS1W ETNO1 ETN11 Ethernet Unit s maximum current consumption is 380 mA Make sure that the total current consumption of all the Units con nected to the same CPU Backplane or Expansion Backplane does not exceed the output capacity of the Power Supply Unit 38 Connecting to the Network Section 3 6 3 6 Connecting to the Network 3 6 1 Ethernet Network Installation When installing an Ethernet network be sure to take all appropriate safety measures and to follow the applicable standards ISO 8802 3 You must obtain a copy of th
376. the results storage area a value other than 0000 True Go to 10 7 Results Storage Area Response Codes on page 210 There will be no response code in the results storage area if Sock et Service Request Switches are being used 4 Goto 10 5 6 Network Connection Problems on page 203 199 Troubleshooting Procedures Section 10 5 Opening and Closing Refer to General Problems on page 199 Problems Reception Problems 1 2 3 1 Is reception processing finishing True Step 10 2 Is the remote node not processing to send data True Adjust the remote node to process send data 3 Read controller status using the FINS command READ CONTROLLER STATUS 4 Have any reception errors occurred True There may be noise affecting the network Increase the number of retries or take measures against noise as described in Appendix A Network Installation or 3 6 4 Connecting the Power Supply CS1W ETNO1 Only 5 Read memory status using the FINS command READ MEMORY STATUS 6 Is the network memory being used more than 80 True There may be too much load on the Ethernet Unit If the memory exhaustion records show counts UDP data may be corrupted Check your applications 7 Read protocol status using the FINS command READ PROTOCOL STA TUS 8 Are any of the first three items in the status being counted True The UDP protocol of the remote node may not be compatible with that of the Ethernet Unit Use another communic
377. the transceiver The transceiver and the metal box must be electrically insulated from each other 3 If the transceiver cable is also in a noise prone area place it into a metal duct as well 254 Network Installation Appendix A 4 Refer to the CS CJ series Programmable Controllers Operation Manual W339 for information on wiring inside distribution boxes 4 Distribution box gt M Ethernet Unit CS series PC Transceiver cable 7 m 3 Metal duct Wooden board 1 Metal duct Transceiver 2 Metal box for transceiver Gy Metal box for transceiver Note 1 Coverall metal portions of cables with insulating tape to be sure they do not come into contact with the metal ducts or boxes 2 Securely ground all distribution boxes and metal boxes around transceivers The lower the ground resistance the more effective the shields will be 3 The twisted pair cable for 10Base T is not shielded and the hub is designed for use in OA environ ments In environments subject to noise we recommend the use of 10Base 5 Ethernet 255 Network Installation Appendix A Multipoint Transceivers Multipoint transceivers can be used to eliminate the need for coaxial cable which is easily affected by noise and replace it with transceiver cable as shown in the following diagram This will increase overall system resis tance to noise Note Up to two sets
378. tion The setting is usually made with a Programming Console Remarks The IP address set in the CPU Unit Bus System Setup is stored in the allocated words in the DM Area Setting area CPU Unit Bus System Setup Simple operation i e The CPU Unit Bus System Setup is used at its default settings Only the IP address is set Programming Console CX Programmer can also be used Note Allocated words in the DM Area The setting in the allocated words in the DM Area is enabled only when the IP address in the CPU Unit Bus System Setup is set to 00 00 00 00 If the IP address in the CPU Unit Bus System Setup is set to a value other than 00 00 00 00 this value is stored in the allocated words in the DM Area 1 If a value other than 00 00 00 00 is set as the local IP address in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup even if an IP address is set in the allocated words in the DM Area it will be overwritten with the setting in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup 2 Ifno local IP address is set in either the CPU Bus Unit System Setup or the allocated words in the DM Area m 98 and m 99 the Ethernet Unit will not be able to perform communications Be sure to set the local IP address in one of these areas It is not possible however to set the following IP ad dresses If any of these values are set the ERH indicator will flash e IP addresses where all network number bits are 0 e IP addresses where all host n
379. tly Double check all wiring and switch settings before turning ON the power supply Incorrect wiring may result in burning Mount Units only after checking terminal blocks and connectors com pletely Be sure that the terminal blocks Memory Units expansion cables and other items with locking devices are properly locked into place Improper locking may result in malfunction e Check the user program for proper execution before actually running it on the Unit Not checking the program may result in an unexpected opera tion e Do not lay communications cables near power lines or high voltage lines e Always lay communications cables in ducts e XX Conformance to EC Directives 6 6 6 1 6 2 e Do not pull on the communications cables or bend the communications cables beyond their natural limit Doing either of these may break the cables e Do not place objects on top of the communications cables or other wiring lines Doing so may break the cables e Before touching a Unit be sure to first touch a grounded metallic object in order to discharge any static built up Not doing so may result in malfunc tion or damage e When transporting or storing Units place them in special packing boxes and do not allow them to be subject to excessive shock or vibration during transportation e Confirm that no adverse effect will occur in the system before attempting any of the following Not doing so may result in an unexpected operati
380. to make the initial mail settings in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup in the CPU Unit For the purposes of this example make the settings shown below For details regarding the CPU Bus Unit System Setup refer to 4 2 2 Mail Settings e User mail Send user created information and status information e Error mail Not used e Periodic mail Not used Settings e User mail Enabled selected e User mail status information transmission Enabled selected Leave all other check boxes for mail settings not selected e User created mail data address DM00200 See below e Ethernet Unit mail address e Destination mail address e SMTP server address mail server IP address From DMO00200 onwards store data to be sent as mail user created informa tion in ASCII as shown below 15 87 0 53 S i 79 y DM00200 pwo0201 pwo0z02 DM00203 pmo0204 0400205 000206 000207 Duo0208 omoozs oS 182 Mail Example Section 8 3 2 Turn ON the Mail Send Switch in the CIO Area words allocated to the CPU Bus Unit n CIO 1500 25 x unit number 1514 43210 za LLT to Mail Send Switch For Unit 5 for example the Mail Send Switch address is CIO 162503 e SET162503 The status such as mail being processed and so on is reflected in the User Mail Status Area in the DM Area words allocated to the CPU Bus Unit Check the status as required User Mail Status D30000 100 x unit number 17 bits O to 2 S
381. to send and the send data are specified When a receive request is made the number of bytes to receive is specified In addition to the received data the source IP address and source UDP port number are stored in the response data With the UDP protocol communications with another remote device are pos sible even if the socket that was opened is not closed Overview Section 6 1 6 1 6 Opening TCP Sockets Passive OPEN and Active OPEN To achieve highly reliable data communications TCP establishes a virtual communications circuit between the two nodes before starting data transmis sions The virtual communications circuit is known as a connection An open command is executed for a node to establish a connection The open method differs depending on whether the node is a client or server A passive open method is used to open the node as a server and the active open method is used to open the node as a client Active Passive Client open open Server TCP TCP socket socket Connection Note 1 TCP sockets must be closed once a connection has been made before TCP Communications Procedure communications are possible with other TCP sockets This is true for other server and client sockets Up to eight TCP sockets can be open simulta neously 2 With UDP sockets communications are possible with more than one other UDP socket even without closing the connection 3 When a connection is made be
382. tween two nodes the process at the node providing a service is called the server and the process at the node re questing the service is called the client The server is started first and waits for a service request from a client The client requests to the server that a connection be opened and then transmits data When the TCP protocol is used however the client server relationship does not need to be pro grammed in the application because it is automatically handled by the pro tocol The communications procedure is shown below for communications between a host computer and Ethernet Unit using a TCP socket In this example the host computer is the server and the Ethernet Unit is the client 107 Overview Section 6 1 Host computer Ethernet Unit server client 3 Passive open gt pi Active open Connection requested Y Y Connection established _ i ee a a E a a i C Connection established _ Y l Send data Data send request D y Data receive request gt ACK acknowledge c Send next data 1 C Data send request 7 Send data y Data receive request gt ACK acknowledge C Next data receive request 9 y C Close D a Close gt 6 1 7 Fragmentation of Send Data The Ethernet Unit fragments data for TCP transmission into units of 1 024 bytes and data for UDP transmission into units of 1 47
383. um ber of subnetworks but from the outside it acts as a single network and uses only a single network number To establish subnetworks the host number in the IP address is divided into a subnet number and a host number by using a setting called the subnet mask The subnet mask indicates which part of the host number is to be used as the subnet number The user must first determine the number of bits of the host number to be used as the subnet number and then set the subnet mask accordingly All bits in the subnet mask that correspond to the bits in the IP address used either as the network number or subnet number are set to 1 and the remaining bits which will correspond to the bits in the IP address actually used for the host number are set to 0 The following example shows the subnet mask for an 8 bit subnet number used in a class B IP address This subnet mask is structured as follows This would thus be a class B IP address masked as a class C IP address i e externally it would be allocated a class B IP address but internally it can be addressed using class C IP addresses Subnet mask 11111111 11111111 11111111 00000000 FFFFFFOO It is only necessary to set subnet masks if subnetworks are used If a subnet mask is not set by the user a default mask will be set automatically according to the IP address class to indicate that the entire host number will be used as the host number i e no bits will be assigned for use as t
384. um ber will be automatically allocated and the number of the port that was opened will be stored in the local UDP TCP port number in the Socket Service Parameter Area i e the actual port number will be overwritten on the value of 0 set by the user Specify the IP address of the remote device e Offset 2 in the Socket Service Parameter Area contains the upper bytes of the Remote IP Address and offset 3 contains the lower bytes Example The contents of offsets 2 and 3 would be as shown below when the Remote IP Address is 196 36 32 55 C4 24 20 37 Hex 2 C424 3 2037 e This parameter is not used when making a receive request for a UDP socket The remote IP address will be stored with the response data and will be written as the Remote IP Address in the Socket Service Parameter Area e When opening a passive TCP socket the combination of the remote IP address and the remote TCP port number can be used to affect process ing as shown in the following table Remote IP Remote TCP Processing Address Port No All connection requests accepted Connection requests accepted only for the same port number Connection requests accepted only for the same IP address Connection requests accepted only for the same port number and IP address If the Remote IP Address is set to 0 a connection can be made to any remote node and the remote IP address of the node that is connected will be stored as the Remote IP
385. umber bits are 0 e IP addresses where all subnet number bits are 0 77 SECTION 5 FINS Communications This section provides information on communicating on Ethernet Systems and interconnected networks using FINS commands The information provided in the section deals only with FINS communications in reference to Ethernet Units FINS commands issued from a PC are sent via the SEND 090 RECV 098 and CMND 490 instructions programmed into the user ladder diagram program Although an outline of these instructions is provided in this section refer to the CS CJ series Programmable Controllers Programming Manual W340 for further details on programming these instructions 5 1 Overview of FINS Communications 0 00002 eee ee eee 80 5 1 1 Communications On an Ethernet Network 80 5 1 2 FINS Communications Service Features 80 5 2 Procedure Before Using FINS Communications 82 5 3 Sending Commands From a PC 0 0 eee eee 83 5 3 1 Communications Specifications 00 00 0000 83 5 3 2 Program Example 0 0c a e eee eee 92 5 3 3 Transmission Delays 0 0 93 5 4 Sending Commands From a Host Computer 0 0 000 96 5 4 1 Designating Remote Addresses 0000000005 96 9 4 2 FINS Frames s e ah ees dadig hh te tins r EA PE 97 5 4 3 Sample Program 0 0 eee eee ee 99 5 4 4 Dela
386. umber of stored records is fixed at 0008 8 records The number of IP router table records stored at the time the command is exe cuted is returned The number of IP router table records specified in the number of records parameter is returned The total number of bytes in the IP router table records is calculated as the number of records x 8 bytes record The configuration of the 8 bytes of data in each record is shown below 1 8 bytes IP Network address Router IP address Network ID IP Network Address The network ID from the IP address in hexadecimal The network ID part cor responding to the address class determined by the leftmost 3 bits refer to 1 7 IP Addresses set here is enabled Router IP Address The IP address of a router connected to a network specified with IP addresses If the IP router table contains fewer records than the number specified in the number of records parameter all the records contained in the IP router table when the command is executed will be returned and the command execution will end normally Response code Description Normal Command too large Command too small Command Response Reference Section 11 3 11 3 23 PROTOCOL STATUS READ Reads the Ethernet Unit protocol status Command Block Response Block Parameters IP Status Response 1 2 3 ICMP Status Response 1 2 3 27 62 Command code
387. unt an FTP client Are you using FINS communications e g SEND 090 RECV 098 or CMND 490 True Do an internode test Read protocol status using the FINS command READ PROTOCOL STA TUS and check the following parameters in the returned status data If any of these items have actually been counted the remote node may not sup port the relevant service IP all communications Items 2 through 6 ICMP PING Items 5 through 8 TCP FTP and TCP sockets Items 4 through 6 under reception status UDP FINS and UDP sockets Items 1 through 3 If item 4 8 or 9 under the IP status is being counted there may be too much traffic through the Ethernet Unit Check your user applications Troubleshooting Procedures Section 10 5 10 5 7 Mail Problems Most of the initial steps in these procedures are in question form Continue in sequence until a True answer tells you to jump to a specified step or until you are told to perform a specific action that corrects the problem If performing the action does not correct the problem return to the beginning of the proce dure and start over 1 2 3 1 Is the ERH indicator lit True Correct mistakes in the Setup Correct the SMTP server address it is set to 255 255 255 255 or 127 Correct the local mail address Correct the notification destination mail address 2 Is notification given for user mail True Step 9 3 Is the user mail send status 7 True
388. ve data specified as 2 bytes between 1 and Command 8 Results Storage Area The area in which the results of the command execution are stored The first Command byte specifies the memory area and data type variable type The 2nd to 4th bytes specify the beginning address of the results storage area Refer to page 216 for details about the variable types and addresses that can be spec ified 224 Command Response Reference Number of Reception Bytes Command Results Storage Area Timeout Value Command Source IP Address Results Storage Area Source UDP Port Number Results Storage Area Received Data Results Storage Area Precautions Response Codes Section 11 3 The maximum number of bytes of data to be received is given in the com mand The number of bytes of data received will be stored in the results stor age area Up to 1 984 bytes can be specified The maximum control time between receiving the receive request and storing the result If this set time limit is exceeded the code for a timeout error will be set as the results storage response code The value is set in units of 0 1 s The timeout time will be unlimited if the value is set to 0 The IP address of the node sending data The port number of the node sending data The data sent from the remote node If a packet is received which contains more bytes than the number specified in Number of reception bytes specified in the command the specif
389. ximum of 64 records can be returned The format of each record is shown below Protocol 4 bytes The protocol used for the socket is returned as a number 00 00 00 06 TCP 00 00 00 11 UDP Receive Queue 4 bytes The number of bytes in the reception queue Send Queue 4 bytes The number of bytes in the send queue Local IP Address 4 bytes The local IP address allocated to the socket Local Port Number 4 bytes The local port number allocated to the socket Remote IP Address 4 bytes The remote IP address allocated to the socket Remote Port Number 4 bytes The remote port number allocated to the socket TCP Transitions 4 bytes The TCP connection status is returned as one of the numbers shown in the following table Refer to Appendix D TCP Status Transitions for a diagram of transitions Number Stage Status 00 00 00 00 CLOSED Closed 00 00 00 01 LISTEN Waiting for connection 00 00 00 02 SYN SENT SYN sent in active status 00 00 00 03 SYN RECEIVED SYN received and sent 00 00 00 04 ESTABLISHED Already established 00 00 00 05 CLOSE WAIT Received FIN waiting to close 00 00 00 06 FIN WAIT 1 Completed and FIN sent 00 00 00 07 CLOSING Completed and exchanged FIN Awaiting ACK 00 00 00 08 LAST ACK FIN sent and completed Awaiting ACK 00 00 00 09 FIN WAIT 2 Close completed and ACK received Awaiting FIN
390. y The transceiver cable is disconnected or the transceiver is defective 219 Command Response Reference Total Number of Packets Received Response Total Number of Receive Errors Response Total Number of Packets Sent Response Total Number of Errors Sent Response Total Number of Send Collisions Precautions Response Codes Command Block Response Block Parameters Test Data Command Response Precautions 220 Section 11 3 Note If this bit turns ON for the CS1W ETN11 or CJ1W ETN11 the Ether net Unit has malfunctioned Address Mismatch The address conversion method was set for automatic generation but the node number and the last byte of the local IP address do not agree or other host sections are 0 EEPROM Error An error occurred in the EEPROM memory in the Ethernet Unit The total number of packets received by the Ethernet Unit is returned The total number of errors detected while the Ethernet Unit was receiving is returned The types of error detected are short packet errors alignment errors and CRC errors The total number of packets sent by the Ethernet Unit is returned The total number of packet errors detected while the Ethernet Unit was send ing is returned The number of packets damaged by 16 collisions with data from other nodes during Ethernet Unit transmissions Counting of the total number of packets received total number of receive errors total number of packets
391. y network table Local CPU Bus End Relay Relay ee u Do network network node 02 00 3 PC 6 Routing Table Local network table Local CPU Bus Relay ae j network Unit No network node 1 0 6 00 OF 2 PC 7 Routing Table Local network table Relay network table Local CPU Bus Relay Relay j network Unit No t 030 6 2 network node 50 System Setup Section 3 9 3 9 System Setup 3 9 1 Settings Broadcast setting The settings for the Ethernet Unit s basic and special functions are made in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup These settings and the situations in which the settings must be made are shown in the following table For details on how to make the settings refer to 4 2 CPU Bus Unit System Setup When Settings are Required When settings are required When Ethernet is used with UNIX 4 2BSD specifications Address conversion method e When the FINS communications service is used on an Ethernet network e When it is necessary to set a value outside of the range of 1 to 126 for the least sig nificant byte of the local IP address UDP port number for FINS When it is necessary to set a value other than the default 9600 for the FINS UDP port number Local IP address CJ Series only When setting the local IP address with the CPU Bus Unit System Setup i e when not setting the local IP address with the allocated words in the DM Area Subnet mask When it is nec
392. ys for Accessing PC Memory 000 101 o 5 BINS Setventicsaacisa a shee neo ee aera heed eae Hades 102 79 Overview of FINS Communications Section 5 1 5 1 Overview of FINS Communications The FINS communications service enables client control of operations such as reading or writing server PC memory area data without the need to pro gram these operations into the server PC user program The Ethernet Unit uses a dedicated UDP IP port to execute the FINS communications service Refer to FINS UDP Port Number under 4 2 1 Settings 5 1 1 Communications On an Ethernet Network Ethernet header IP header UDP header Data is sent and received as UDP packets on an Ethernet network The FINS port number default value 9600 set in the CPU Bus Unit System Setup is used for FINS communications Refer to 4 2 CPU Bus Unit System Setup UDP User Datagram Protocol packet FINS frame ECS Ethernet Note or host computer UDP packet FINS command UDP packet FINS response When a FINS command is issued from the Ethernet Unit the IP address is found from the FINS address specified by CMND 490 For details refer to 3 1 Before Operation The UDP IP protocol does not provide communications control to ensure communications reliability Consequently the FINS communications services using the UDP IP protocols cannot guarantee that any message arrived safely and unaltered at the

OPERATION MANUAL Ethernet Units

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents